The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About92-00 RESOLUTION• • MICROFILMED RESOLUTION NO. 92-00 A RESOLUTION AWARDING AN ENGINEERING CONTRACT IN THE AMOUNT OF $425,970, PLUS A 15% CONTINGENCY AMOUNT OF $63,895.50, TO HARRISON DAVIS CONSTRUCTION COMPANY TO CONSTRUCT TWO EIGHT - BAY T -HANGARS AT THE FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT/DRAKE FIELD; AND AUTHORIZING THE MAYOR AND CITY CLERK TO EXECUTE SAID CONTRACT; AND APPROVAL OF A BUDGET ADJUSTMENT IN THE AMOUNT OF $193,854. • BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS* Section 1. That the City Council hereby awards an engineering contract in the amount of $425,970, plus a 15% contingency amount of $63,895.50, to Harrison Davis Construction Company to construct two eight -bay T -hangars at the Fayetteville Municipal Airport/Drake Field and authorizes the Mayor and City Clerk to execute said contract. A copy of the bid tabulation and contract are attached hereto marked Exhibit "A" and made a part hereof. Section 2. The City Council hereby approves a budget adjustment in the amount of $193,854 increasing Building Costs, Acct. No. 5550 3960 5804 00, Project No 98056 1 by decreasing Building Costs, Acct. No. 5550 3960 5804 00, Project No. 99040 1. A copy of the budget adjustment is marked Exhibit "B" attached hereto and made a part hereof. PASSED AND APPROVED this F� •- u, �..`v v i • r Es ATTEST: By: 5th day of July , 2000. APPROVED: By: NAME OF FILE: zzae- 12 -de • CROSS REFERENCE: Date Contents of File Initials Sze-Oo Asez.0 c 92- �1Y//lBzT 1)91(&c� ,� / if ,v �! �i Q ../ezt Ai #00-17) rATT `‘B "(/�/// .'- dam, ) £ /a 1d Od , SAI„X.L.9//A/,lj,[.('p�� //.%/fdj' ,t' Y,11._z J aJ i d I.S? \ aarn 1244 ,� a 4 yJ ,e_i.,.e..02,02 /4IJ Q/% .�- y /i7-Qo / 7' / � 7w -iv / //i / AC -r-, * C_ //-2900 d Ada 4o, / ll _x-oo�%ir� ? sigtert.proz. c1/529172 / 4 r Ho-. /.i , kith, 0- )2L- DIEM ' 2 hc�zr MfrA • 8 091d1Th30 as wns dwm 1VIO1 'EXHIBIT A 0 0 z -4 0 O OI 8 r F 0 n Z P 0 0 BID DATE: JUNE 7, 2000 2:00 PM m X 03 • DOCUMENT 00500 CONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into on the S day of 2000, by and between Harrison Davis Construction Co. Inc. the Contractor, and the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, hereinafter called the Owner: • EXHIBIT A WITNESSETH: herein called That the Contractor, for the consideration hereinafter fully set out, hereby agrees with the Owner as follows: 1. That the Contractor shall furnish all the materials, and perform all of the work in manner and form as provided by the following enumerated Drawings, Specifications, and Documents, which are attached hereto and made a part hereof as if fully contained herein and are entitled 8 Bay "T" Hangars "F" & "G" for Drake Field, dated March 2000. Advertisement for Bids Instructions to Bidders Bid and acceptance thereof Performance Bond SHEET INDEX Sheet No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 E-1 E-2 Payment Bond General Conditions Supplemental Conditions Specifications Drawings (See Sheet Index below) Description Cover Site Plan Floor Plan - "T" Hangars "F" and "G" Elevation and cross sections "T" Hangars "F" and "G" Foundation Plan - "T" Hangar "F" Foundation Plan - "T" Hangar "G" Electrical Plan - "T" Hangar "G" Electrical Details 2. That the Owner hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor for the faithful performance of this Agreement, subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Specifications or Bid, in lawful money of the United States, the amount of: Four Hundred Twenty Five Thousand Nine Hundred Seventy Dollars ($ 425,970.00 ). 3. The Work will be substantially completed within 120 days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in Notice to Proceed, and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with the General Conditions within 120 days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run. A notice to proceed, for materials purchasing only, shall be issued by the Owner to the Contractor after execution of the Contract documents. A FY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGARS 00500 - eoNTRAt X w 1. • separate notice to proceed will be issued by the Owner to the Contractor to begin construction, at which time the (120) calendar day construction period shall begin. tt- 4. Liquidated Damages: Owner and Contractor recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) Contractor shall pay Owner Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3 for Substantial Completion, if Contractor shall neglect, refuse, or fail to complete the remaining Work within the time specified in Paragraph 3 above for final payment or any proper extension thereof granted by Owner, Contractor shall pay Owner Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3 for completion and readiness for final payment. 5. That within 30 days of receipt of an approved payment request, the Owner shall make partial payments to the Contractor on the basis of a duly certified and approved estimate of work performed during the preceding calendar month by the Contractor, LESS the retainage provided in the General Conditions, which is to be withheld by the Owner until all work within a particular part has been performed strictly in accordance with this Agreement and until such work has been accepted by the Owner. That upon submission by the Contractor of evidence satisfactory to the Owner that all payrolls, material bills, and other costs incurred by the Contractor in connection with the construction of the work have been paid in full, final payment on account of this Agreement shall be made within 60 days after the completion by the Contractor of all work covered by this Agreement and the acceptance of such work by the Owner. 7. It is further mutually agreed between the parties hereto that if, at any time after the execution of this Agreement and the Surety Bond hereto attached for its faithful performance and payment, the Owner shall deem the Surety or Sureties upon such bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason such bond ceases to be adequate to cover the performance of the work, the Contractor shall, at his expense, within 5 days after the receipt of notice from the Owner, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such form and amount and with such Surety or Sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Owner. In such event, no further payment to the Contractor shall be deemed to be due under this Agreement until such new or additional security for the faithful performance of the work shall be furnished in manner and form satisfactory to the Owner. 8. No additional work or extras shall be done unless the same shall be duly authorized by appropriate action by the Owner in writing. FY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGARS 00500 - 2 1 t • IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and date first above written, in three (3) counterparts, each of which shall, without proof or accounting for the other counterpart be deemed an original Contract. SEAL: WITNESSES: fes%/� �y i AAs It 1/cc oplic rr ad, CONTRACTOR By_77 2l2>'gSr✓ Title CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS ATTEST: OWNER ��;�lerka 4 Approved as to form: Attorney for Owner Mayor Fred Hanna FY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGARS 00500 - 3 1 • • DOCUMENT 00500 CONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into on the ' day of 2000, by and between Harrison Davis Construction Co. Inc. v U herein called the Contractor, and the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, hereinafter called the Owner: • WITNESSETH: That the Contractor, for the consideration hereinafter fully set out, hereby agrees with the Owner as follows: 1. That the Contractor shall furnish all the materials, and perform all of the work in manner and form as provided by the following enumerated Drawings, Specifications, and Documents, which are attached hereto and made a part hereof, as if fully contained herein and are entitled 8 Bay "T" Hangars "F" & "G" for Drake Field, dated March 2000. Advertisement for Bids Instructions to Bidders Bid and acceptance thereof Performance Bond SHEET INDEX Sheet No. 1 2 3 4 Payment Bond General Conditions Supplemental Conditions Specifications Drawings (See Sheet Index below) Description Cover Site Plan Floor Plan - "T" Hangars "F" and "G" Elevation and cross sections "T" Hangars "F" and "G" 5 Foundation Plan - "T" Hangar "F" 6 Foundation Plan - "T" Hangar "G" E-1 Electrical Plan - "T" Hangar "G" E-2 Electrical Details 2. That the Owner hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor for the faithful performance of this Agreement, subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Specifications or Bid, in lawful money of the United States, the amount of: Four Hundred Twenty Five Thousand Nine Hundred Seventy Dollars ($ 425,970.00 ). 3. The Work will be substantially completed within 120 days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in Notice to Proceed, and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with the General Conditions within 120 days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run A notice to proceed, for materials purchasing only, shall be issued by the Owner to the Contractor after execution of the Contract documents. A FY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGARS 00500 - I • • separate notice to proceed will be issued by the Owner to the 'Contractor to begin construction, at which time theOgt j (120) calendar day construction period shall begin. ADA - 4. Liquidated Damages: Owner and Contractor recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) Contractor shall pay Owner Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3 for Substantial Completion, if Contractor shall neglect, refuse, or fail to complete the remaining Work within the time specified in Paragraph 3 above for final payment or any proper extension thereof granted by Owner, Contractor shall pay Owner Five Hundred Dollars ($500 00) for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3 for completion and readiness for final payment. 5. That within 30 days of receipt of an approved payment request, the Owner shall make partial payments to the Contractor on the basis of a duly certified and approved estimate of work performed during the preceding calendar month by the Contractor, LESS the retainage provided m the General Conditions, which is to be withheld by the Owner until all work within a particular part has been performed strictly in accordance with this Agreement and until such work has been accepted by the Owner. That upon submission by the Contractor of evidence satisfactory to the Owner that all payrolls, material bills, and other costs incurred by the Contractor in connection with the construction of the work have been paid in full, final payment on account of this Agreement shall be made within 60 days after the completion by the Contractor of all work covered by this Agreement and the acceptance of such work by the Owner. 7. It is further mutually agreed between the parties hereto that if, at any time after the execution of this Agreement and the Surety Bond hereto attached for its faithful performance and payment, the Owner shall deem the Surety or Sureties upon such bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason such bond ceases to be adequate to cover the performance of the work, the Contractor shall, at his expense, within 5 days after the receipt of notice from the Owner, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such form and amount and with such Surety or Sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Owner. In such event, no further payment to the Contractor shall be deemed to be due under this Agreement until such new or additional security for the faithful performance of the work shall be furnished in manner and form satisfactory to the Owner. 8. No additional work or extras shall be done unless the same shall be duly authorized by appropriate action by the Owner in writing. FY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGARS 00500 - 2 • IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and date first above written, in three (3) counterparts, each of which shall, without proof or accounting for the other counterpart be deemed an original Contract. CONTRACTORl�ma; a-. SEAL - WITNESSES: Lon /a Approved as to form: -^ q� V/- - rf tad _ clean 6-ptir--- Title CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS OWNER By /1/�lX /tTlYl�l�l�r/ Mayor Fred Hanna Attorney for Owner FY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGARS 00500 - 3 geoatterit 92-av MTCROPI LM E PROJECT MANUAL 8 BAY "T" HANGARS HANGARS "F" AND "G" FOR DRAKE FIELD FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS MARCH, 2000 MCE PROJECT NO. FY002151 MCE DESIGNED TO SERVE RECEIVED JUN 2 0 2000 AIRPORT "oN l l l l 11 i,,,,,,,,,�i'y' `k�p7E OF ".• ttttttttt / McClelland MCCLELLAND Ui CONSULTING a = '• ENGINEERS, Inc. y9�• No. 24 Consulting ''-;gNSAS Engineers, Inc.r,,Ay�op 0° ARKoF S! tzsiirearair- /A MtEMcCLELLAND coNsu TING ENGINEERS, INC. / DESIGNED TO SERVE I P.O. Box 1229 Fayetteville, Arkansas 72702-1229 501-443-2377 FAX 501-443-9241 ADDENDUM NO. 1 MAY 25, 2000 8 BAY "T" HANGARS "F" AND "G" DRAKE FIELD FY002151 TO ALL PLANHOLDERS: Gentlemen: The following changes and additions are hereby made to the Plans for the referenced project. 1. On Sheet E-1, South Elevation Building "F", two galvanized rigid conduits extenor to building and entering building through condulets above the hazardous area and capped have been added. 2. On Sheet E-1, South Elevation Building "F", the Sub -meter will be furnished by Lessee's and installed by the Electrical Subcontractor. Please replace Sheets E-1 and E-2 with the revised Sheets enclosed. Sincerely, MCCLELLAND CONSUjy ,ENGINEERS, INC. 11 Arnold D. Rankins, P.E., R.L.S. Project Manager The Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of this Addendum by signing and submitting a signed copy with his Bid Form, as well as acknowledging the Addendum on page 00300-1 of the Bid Form. Acknowledged by: Date: Please pnnt the name of your company: MCEMcCLELLAND CONS 111T/NG ENGINEERS, INC. I DESIGNED TO SERVE I P.O. Box 1229 Fayetteville, Arkansas 72702-1229 501-443-2377 FAX 501-443-9241 ADDENDUM NO. 2 MAY 31, 2000 8 BAY "T" HANGARS "F" AND "G" DRAKE FIELD FY002151 TO ALL PLANHOLDERS: Gentlemen: The following changes and additions are hereby made to the Project Manual for the referenced project. 1. In Section 00030, Page 1 change the Bid Date from May 31, 2000 at 2:00 PM Local Time to June 7 at 2:00 PM Local Time. 2. Addendum No. 3 will be issued outlining the changes in Plans and the Project Manual. Sincerely, McCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC Arnold D. Rankins, P.E., R.L.S. Project Manager The Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of this Addendum by signing and returning a copy to McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc., as well as acknowledging the Addendum on page 00300-1 of the Bid Form. Acknowledge by: Date: Please pnnt the name of your company: MCEMcCLELLAND CONS 1)1 TING ENGINEERS, INC. ADDENDUM NO. 3 JUNE 3, 2000 8 BAY "T" HANGARS "F" AND "G" DRAKE FIELD FY002151 / DESIGNED 70 SERVE / P.O. Box 1229 Fayetteville, Arkansas 72702-1229 501-443-2377 FAX 501-443-9241 TO ALL PLANHOLDERS: Gentlemen: The following changes and additions are hereby made to the Plans and Project Manual for the referenced project. Plans 1. On Sheet E-1, Delete all references to #2 SD bare copper ground nng around hangars. Replace this grounding scheme as follows: A. Install one (1) 5/8" X 8' CW ground rod at each comer of each hangar. Bond to building steel with #2 SD bare copper and exothermic welds. B. Install one (1) 5/8" X 8' CW ground rod at service entrance. Bond to Panel LP per NEC and to buildmg steel with #2 SD bare copper with exothermic weld. Project Manual 1. Section 09900, PAINTING, Sub -section 1.1, SUMMARY. A. Change paragraph C. to read: Interior ferrous surfaces including beams columns, girts, purlins, and corrugated metal that are shop primed or shop painted do not require repainting. All damage to the shop coating shall be repaired. B. Change paragraph DToor : All new unpainted surfaces such as the sheet rock fire wall shall be .T The intent of this painting spec. is to protect with coatings all parts of the building for preservation of the components not purely for cosmetic reasons. gincerel , McCLELLAND Cgas" ONS_N ULTLIIN TG ENGINEERS, INC. a Arnold D. Rankins, P.E., R.L.S. Project Manager The Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of this Addendum by signing and returning a copy to McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. as well as acknowledging the Addendum on page 00300-1 of the Bid Form. Acknowledged by: Date: Please pnnt the name of your company: PROJECT MANUAL 8 BAY "T" HANGARS HANGARS "F" AND "G" FOR DRAKE FIELD FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS MARCH, 2000 MCE PROJECT NO. FY002151 Prepared By: McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. 1810 North College P.O. Box 1229 Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 (501) 443-2377 SECTION NO. FART 00030 00100 00200 00300 00350 TABLE OF CONTENTS MCE PROJECT NO. FY002151 8 BAY "T" HANGAR SECTION TITLE BIDDING REOUIREMENTS ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS 2 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 7 INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS 1 GEOTECHNICAL REPORT WAGE RATES BID FORM LUMP SUM 6 BID BOND 2 NOTICE OF AWARD 1 NO. OF PAGES PART II CONTRACT FORMS 00500 CONTRACT 3 00600-1 PERFORMANCE BOND 2 00600-2 PAYMENT BOND 2 PART III 00700 00800 PART IV DIVISION 1 01000 01009 01011 01014 01016 01027 01028 01210 01311 01400 01500 01700 01710 01720 DIVISION 3 03210 03300 DIVISION 9 09250 09900 NOTICE TO PROCEED 1 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS 36 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 2 SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Abbreviations 2 Summary of Work 2 Site Conditions 3 Protection of the Environment 2 Safety Requirements and Protection of Property 3 Applications For Payment 2 Change Order Procedures 2 Preconstruction Conferences 1 Schedule and Sequence of Operations 2 Quality Control 3 Temporary Construction Facilities and Utilities 3 Contract Closeout 2 Cleaning 2 Project Record Documents 2 CONCRETE Reinforcing Steel 4 Cast -in -Place Concrete 18 FINISHES Gypsum Drywall 9 Painting 12 Paint System Data Sheet Color Selection Chart TABLE OF CONTENTS MCE PROJECT NO. FY002151 8 BAY "T" HANGAR Continued DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13121 Pre -Engineered Buildings 9 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED BY ELECTRICAL ENGINEER APPENDIX OSHA Standard for Excavation and Trenches Safety Program Arkansas State Licensing Law for Contractors DOCUMENT 00030 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS Bids: May 31, 2000 2:OOpm PROJECT: 8 BAY 'T' HANGARS HANGARS "F" AND "G" DRAKE FIELD, FAYETTEVILLE, AR MCE Project No.: FY002151 Fayetteville Bid No.: 2000-47 McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. 1810 North College P.O. Box 1229 Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 Phone: (501) 443-2377 City of Fayetteville, Arkansas will receive sealed bids on a General Contract , 8 Bay "T" Hangars for Drake Field. Bids shall be on a lump sum basis. City of Fayetteville, Arkansas will receive Bids until 2:00 p.m. Local Time on May 31. 2000 at Purchasing Department Room No. 306, City Hall, 113 W. Mountain St, Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701. Bids received after this time will not be accepted. Bids will be opened and publicly read aloud immediately after specified closing time. All interested parties are invited to attend. Bidding Documents may be examined at the offices of the Engineer and at: ABC Plans Room %Southern Reprographics 2905 Point Circle Fayetteville, AR 72704 F.W. Dodge Reports 5100 East Skelly Suite 1010 Tulsa, OK 74135 Construction Market Data P.O. Box 1109 (72203) 1501 N. Pierce, Suite 101 Little Rock, AR 72207 Copies of the Bidding documents may be obtained at the Engineer's office in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders upon depositing the sum of $75.00 for each set of documents. Return of documents is not required, and amount paid for documents is not refundable. Partial sets are not available. Each Bid must be submitted on the prescribed form and accompanied by a certified check or bid bond executed on the prescribed form, payable to the City of Fayetteville Arkansas in an amount not less than 5 percent of the amount bid. FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T' HANGARS 00030 - 1 For information concerning the proposed work, contact Arnold Rankin, P. E. at the Engineers office. The attention of the Bidder is directed to the applicable federal and state requirements and conditions of employment to be observed and minimum wage rates to be paid under this contract "Pursuant to Arkansas Code Annotated 22-9-203, the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas encourages all qualified small, minority and women business enterprises to bid on and receive contracts for goods, services, and construction. Also, City of Fayetteville, Arkansas encourages all general contractors to subcontract portions of their contract to qualified small, minority, and women business enterprises." The Owner reserves the right to waive irregularities and to reject bids and to postpone the award of the Contract for a period of time which shall not exceed beyond 90 days from the bid opening date. CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS By: Fred Hanna, Mayor FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "1' HANGARS 00030 - 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • DOCUMENT 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PaPARAGRAPH NO /TITLE 1 1. FORMAT 1 2. SPECIFICATION LANGUAGE 3. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT 1 4. QUALIFICATION OF CONTRACTORS I 1 5. DOCUMENT INTERPRETATION 6. BIDDER'S UNDERSTANDING 2 7. PROJECT MANUAL AND DRAWINGS 2 3 8. TYPE OF BID 9. TRENCH AND EXCAVATION SAFETY SYSTEM 3 3 10. ALTERNATES 3 11. PREPARATION OF BIDS 12. STATE AND LOCAL SALES AND USE TAXES 4 4 13. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 14. TELEGRAPHIC OR WRITTEN MODIFICATION OF BID 4 4 15. WITHDRAWAL OF BID 4 16. BID SECURITY 5 17. RETURN OF BID SECURITY 5 18. AWARD OF CONTRACT 5 19. BASIS OF AWARD 5 20. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 6 21. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS 22. FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT AND FURNISH BOND 6 7 23. TIME OF COMPLETION 7 24. PROVIDING REQUIRED INSURANCE DOCUMENT 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. FORMAT The Contract Documents are divided into Parts, Divisions, and Sections in keeping with accepted industry practice in order to separate categories of subject matter for convenient reference thereto. Generally, there has been no attempt to divide the Specification Sections into work performed by the various building trades, work by separate subcontractors, or work required for separate facilities in the Project. 2. SPECIFICATION LANGUAGE "Command" type sentences are used in Contract Documents. These refer to and are directed to the Contractor. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT A general description of the Work to be done is contained in the ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS. The scope is indicated on the accompanying Drawings and specified in applicable parts of these Contract Documents. QUALIFICATION OF CONTRACTORS The prospective bidders must meet the statutorily prescribed requirements before Award of Contract by the Owner. Before a Contract will be awarded for the work contemplated herein, the Owner will conduct such investigation as is necessary to determine the performance record and ability of the apparent low Bidder to perform the size and type of work specified under this Contract. Upon request, the Bidder shall submit such information as deemed necessary by the Owner to evaluate the Bidder's qualifications. 5. DOCUMENT INTERPRETATION The Contract Documents governing the Work proposed herein consist of the Drawings and all material bound herewith. These Contract Documents are intended to be mutually cooperative and to provide all details reasonably required for the execution of the proposed Work Any person contemplating the submission of a Bid shall have thoroughly examined all of the various parts of these Documents, and should there be any doubt as to the meaning or intent of said Contract Documents, the Bidder should request of the Engineer, in writing (received by the Engineer at least 5 working days prior to bid opening) an interpretation thereof. FY002I5I DRAKE FIELD "T HANGAR 00100 - 1 , Any interpretation or change in said Contract Documents will be made only in writing, in the form of Addenda to the Documents which will be furnished to all Bidders receiving a set of the Documents. Bidders shall submit with their Bids, or indicate receipt, of all Addenda. The Owner or Engineer will not be responsible for any other explanation or interpretations of said Documents not issued in writing by Addendum. 6. BIDDER'S UNDERSTANDING Each Bidder must inform himself of the conditions relating to the execution of the Work, and it:is assumed that he will inspect the site and make himself thoroughly familiar with all the Contract Documents. Failure to do so will not relieve the successful Bidder of his obligation to enter into a Contract and complete the contemplated Work in strict accordance .with the Contract Documents. It shall be the Bidder's obligation to verify for himself and to his complete satisfaction all information concerning site and subsurface conditions. ' Information derived from topographic maps, or from Drawings showing location of utilities and structures will not in any way relieve the Contractor from any risk, or from properly examining the site and making such additional investigations as he may elect, or from properly fulfilling all the terms of the Contract Documents. Each Bidder shall inform himself of, and the Bidder awarded a Contract shall comply with, federal, state, and local laws, statutes, and ordinances relative to the execution of the Work. This requirement includes, but is not limited to, applicable regulations concerning minimum wage rates, nondiscrimination in the employment of labor, protection of public and employee safety and health, environmental protection, the protection of • natural resources, fire protection, burning and nonburning requirements, permits, fees, contractor's license, nonresident contractors' notice and bond requirements, and similar subjects. PROJECT MANUAL AND DRAWINGS , No return of Drawings is required and no refund will be made. The successful bidder will be furnished three sets of Documents without charge. Any additional copies required will be furnished to the Contractor at S75.00 per set. Partial sets will not be available. Cl I I I FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGAR - 00100-2 1 I 1 8. TYPE OF BID A single lump sum price shall be submitted in the appropriate place on the bid. The total amount to be paid the Contractor shall be the amount of the lump sum bid as adjusted for additions or deletions resulting from additive or deductive bid alternates or change orders during construction. The bidder shall furnish a breakdown of his lump sum bid as stated in the bid. 9. TRENCH AND EXCAVATION SAFETY SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACT 291 OF 1993, BIDDERS MUST PROVIDE A SEPARATE PRICE FOR TRENCH AND EXCAVATION SAFETY PROGRAMS IN THE SPACE PROVIDED ON THE BID FORM. FAILURE TO DO SO WILL SUBJECT THE BIDDER TO DISQUALIFICATION. 10. ALTERNATES Not used. 11. PREPARATION OF BIDS All blank spaces on the Bid Form must be filled in, preferably in BLACK ink, in both words ' and figures where required. No changes shall be made in the phraseology of the forms. Written amounts shall govern in cases of discrepancy between the amounts stated in writing and the amounts stated in figures. In case of discrepancy between unit prices and totals, unit ' prices will prevail. Any Bid shall be deemed informal which contains material omissions, or irregularities, or in 'which any of the prices are obviously unbalanced, or which in any manner shall fail to conform to the conditions of the published ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS. ' Only one bid from any individual, firm, partnership, or corporation, under the same or different names, will be considered. Should it appear to the Owner that any Bidder is interested in more than one bid for Work contemplated, all bids in which such Bidder is interested will be rejected. The Bidder shall sign his Bid Form on the blank space provided therefor. If Bidder is a corporation, the legal name of the corporation shall be set forth above, together with the signature of the officer or officers authorized to sign Contracts on behalf of the corporation. If Bidder is a partnership or sole proprietorship, the true name of the firm shall be set forth above, together with the signature of the sole proprietor, partner or partners authorized to sign Contracts in behalf of the firm. If signature is by an agent, other than an officer of a corporation or a member of a partnership or sole proprietor, a notarized power -of - attorney must be on file with the Owner prior to opening of bids or submitted with the Bid. U IFY002151 DRAKE FIELD "P' HANGAR 00100-3 I 12. STATE AND LOCAL SALES AND USE TAXES Unless the Supplementary Conditions contains a statement that the Owner is exempt from state sales tax on materials incorporated into the Work due to the qualification of the Work under this Contract, all state and local sales and use taxes, as required by the laws and statutes of the state and its political subdivisions, shall be paid by the Contractor. Prices quoted in the , Bid shall include all nonexempt sales and use taxes, unless provision is made in the Bid Form to separately itemize the tax: - 13. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 14. 15 All Bids must be submitted, not later than the time prescribed, at the place; and in the manner set forth in the ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS. Bids must be made on the Bid Form provided herein. Each Bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope, so marked as to indicate its contents without being opened, and addressed in conformance with the instructions in the ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS. TELEGRAPHIC OR WRITTEN MODIFICATION OF BID ' Any Bidder may modify his bid by telegraphic or written communication at any time prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids, provided such communication is received by the Owner prior to the closing time. The telegraphic or written communication should not reveal the bid price; it shall, however, state the addition or subtraction or other modification so that the final prices or terms will not be known by the Owner until the sealed bid is opened. WITHDRAWAL OF BID Any Bid may. be withdrawn prior to the scheduled time for the opening of bids either by telegraphic or written .request, or in person. No Bid may be withdrawn after the time scheduled for opening of Bids, unless the time specified in Item, AWARD OF CONTRACT, of these INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS shall have elapsed. 16. BID SECURITY Bids must be accompanied by cash, a certified check, or cashier's check drawn on a bank in ' good standing, or a bid bond issued by a Surety authorized to issue such bonds in the State where the Work is located, in the amount of 5 percent of the total amount of the Bid submitted. This bid security shall be given as a guarantee that the Bidder will not withdraw his..Bid for a period of 90 days after bid opening, and that if awarded the Contract, the successful Bidder will execute the attached Contract and furnish properly executed Performance and Payment Bonds, each in the full amount of the Contract price within the time specified. The Attorney -in -Fact (Resident Agent) who executes this bond in behalf of the Surety must , attach a notarized copy of his power -of -attorney as evidence of his authority to bind the Surety on the date of execution of the bond. FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "r' HANGAR 00100-4 , I ' All bid bonds and Contract bonds shall be executed by a LICENSED RESIDENT AGENT of the surety having his place of business in the STATE OF ARKANSAS and in all ways complying with the laws of the State of Arkansas. The mere countersigning of a bond will not be sufficient. If the Bidder elects to furnish a Bid Bond, he shall use the Bid Bond form bound herewith, or one conforming substantially thereto in form and content. ' 17. RETURN OF BID SECURITY Within 15 days after the award of the Contract, the Owner will return the bid securities to all ' Bidders whose Bids are not to be further considered in awarding the Contract. Retained bid securities will be held until the Contract has been finally executed, after which all bid securities, other than Bidders' bonds and any guarantees which have been forfeited, will be returned to the respective Bidders whose Bids they accompanied. I. 18. AWARD OF CONTRACT Within 90 calendar days after the opening of Bids, unless otherwise stated in the ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS or SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS of these Documents, the Owner will accept one of the Bids or will act in accordance with BASIS OF AWARD, below. The acceptance of the Bid will be by written notice of award, mailed or delivered to the office designated on the Bid Form. In the event of failure of the lowest responsible and 1 responsive qualified Bidder to sign and return the Contract with acceptable Performance and Payment Bonds, as prescribed herein, the Owner may award the Contract to the next lowest responsible and responsive qualified Bidder. Such award, if made, will be made within 90 'days after the opening of Bids. ' 19. BASIS OF AWARD If, at the time this Contract is to be awarded, the Total Base Bid of the lowest acceptable Bid ' exceeds the funds then estimated by the Owner as available, the Owner may reject all bids or take such other action as best serves the Owner's interests. Basis of award will be as stated in the bid. 20. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT The successful Bidder shall, within 15 consecutive days after receiving notice of award, sign and deliver to the Owner the Contract hereto attached together with the acceptable bonds as required in these Documents. Within 15 consecutive days after receiving the signed Contract ' with acceptable bonds from the successful Bidder, the Owner's authorized agent will sign the Contract. Signature by both parties constitutes execution of the Contract. ' The successful bidder shall conform to the Rules and Regulations of Arkansas Department of Finance and Administration concerning nonresident contractor's notice and bond requirements. ' FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T' HANGAR 00100-5 I I 22. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS The successful Bidder shall file with the Owner a Performance Bond and Payment Bond on the form bound herewith, each in the full amount of the Contract Price in accordance with the requirements of the State of Arkansas as applicable, as security for the faithful performance of the Contract and the payment of all persons supplying labor and materials for the construction of the Work, and to cover all guarantees against defective workmanship or materials, or both, for a period of 1 year after the date of final acceptance of the Work by the Owner. The Surety furnishing this bond shall have a sound financial standing and a record of service satisfactory to the Owner, shall be authorized to do business in the State of Arkansas, and shall be listed on the current U. S. Department of Treasury Circular Number 570, or amendments thereto in the Federal Register, of acceptable Sureties for Federal projects. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of the preceding paragraph, Contractor shall within five days thereafter substitute another Bond and Surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner. The Attorney -in -Fact (Resident Agent) who executes this Performance Bond and Payment Bond. in behalf of the Surety must attach a notarized copy of his power -of -attorney as evidence of his authority to bind the Surety on the date of execution of the bond. All Contracts, Performance and Payment Bonds, and respective powers -of -attorney will have the same date. FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT AND FURNISH BOND The Bidder who has a Contract awarded to him and who fails to properly execute the Contract and furnish the Performance Bond and Payment Bond, .within the time frame stipulated elsewhere in these documents, shall forfeit the bid security that accompanied his bid, and the bid security shall be retained as liquidated damages by the Owner, and it is agreed that this sum is a fair estimate of the amount of damages the Owner will sustain in case the Bidder fails to enter into a Contract and furnish the bond as hereinbefore provided. Bid security deposited in the form of cash, a certified check, or cashier's check shall be subject to the same requirements as a Bid Bond. I I Li I I U I I H I FY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGAR 00100-6 I I I Ti I I I I I [I I I I I I I I I 23. TIME OF COMPLETION The time of completion of the Work to be performed under this Contract is of the essence of the Contract. Delays and extensions of time may be allowed in accordance with the provisions stated in Document 00700 - GENERAL CONDITIONS. The time allowed for the completion of the Work is stated in Document 00500 - Contract. 24. PROVIDING REQUIRED INSURANCE The Bidder's attention is directed to the insurance requirements set forth in the General Conditions (amended in the Supplementary Conditions, if appropriate). Submittal of a bid indicates full understanding and intent to comply with the insurance requirements which are a condition of the contract. FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGAR 00100-7 DOCUMENT 00200 INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS PART 1. GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Arkansas Prevailing Wage Determination Number 99-430. PART 2. PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3. EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGAR 00200- 1 I ' Mike Huckabee Governor I I '411;, RECEIVED cOpL3 STATE OF ARKANSAS MAY 08:2O James L. Salkelq Director ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF LABOR 10421 WEST MARKHAM • LITTLE ROCK, ARKANSAS 72205-2190 (501) 682-4500 • FAX: (501) 682-4535 • TDD: (800) 285-1131 May 4, 2000 ' Arnold D. Rankin McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. PO Box 1229 ' Fayetteville AR 72702-1229 Re: 8 Bay "T" Hangers "F" and "Cr '• Drake Field Airport Fayetteville, Arkansas Washington County Dear Mr. Rankin: I I I In response to your request, enclosed is Arkansas Prevailing Wage Determination Number 99-430 establishing the minimum wage rates to be paid on the above -referenced project. These rates were established pursuant to the Arkansas Prevailing Wage Law, Ark Code Ann. §§ 22-9-301 to 22-9-315 and the administrative regulations promulgated thereunder. If the work is subject to the Arkansas Prevailing Wage Law, every specification shall include minimum prevailing wage rates for each craft or type of worker as determined by the Arkansas Department of Labor Ark. Code Mn*22-9- 308(b)(2). 308(b)(2). Also, the public body awarding the contract shall cause to be inserted in the contract a stipulation to the effect that not less than the prevailing hourly rate of wages shall be paid to all workers performing work under the contract. Ark Code Ann. §22-9-308(c). Additionally, the scale of wages shall be posted by the contractor in a prominent and easily accessible place at the work site Ark Code Ann. §22-9-309(a). Also enclosed is a "Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages" form that should be put in your specifications along with the wage determination The General/Prime Contractor is responsible for getting this form filled out and returned to this office within 30 days of the Notice to Proceed for this project. When you issue the Notice to Proceed for this project, please mail or fax a copy of the notice to my office. We must have this information in order to enforce the Statement of Intent. If you have any questions, please call me at (501) 682-4536 or fax (501) 682-4508. I Enclosures Sincerely, Don Cash Prevailing Wage Investigator Page 1 of 2 ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF LABOR , PREVAILING WAGE DETERMINATION — BUILDING RATE DATE: May 4, 2000 DETERMINATION #: 99-430 PROJECT: 8 Bay "T" Hangers "F" and "Cl" COUNTY: Washington Drake Field Airport EXPIRATION DATE: 11-4-00 Fayetteville, Arkansas SURVEY #: 799-AR0S BASIC HOURLY FRINGE CLASSIFICATION RATE BENEFITS Asbestos Worker/Insulator 8.40 Bricklayer/Pointer, Cleaner, Caulker 17.00 Carpenter 12.05 , Concrete Finisher/Cement Mason 12.00 Electrician/Alarm Installer 13.55 1.80 Elevator Mechanic 17.20 7.50 Elevator Helper 12.04 7.08, Glazier 10.50 .40 HVACR Mechanic 13.05 .30 Ironworker 10.90 , 1.05 Laborer 8.40 Marble/Tile/I'errazzo Worker 12.69 Millwright 10.85 1.65 Painter/Sheet Rock Finisher 9.80 Plasterer 13.60 Plumber/Pipefitter 13.55 Roofer 10.00 2.00 Sheet Metal Worker 12.50 .30 Sprinkler Fitter •16.70 3.45 Truck Driver 10.05 Waterproofer 14.00 1.09 Power Equipment Operators: Group I 14.75 2.85 Group H 12.60 Group III 11.00 Group IV 10.35 Welders —receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. Certified July 1, 1999 CLASSIFICATIONS THAT ARE NOT LISTED, BUT THAT WILL BE WORKING ON THIS PROJECT, MUST BE REQUESTED FROM THE ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF LABOR, PREVAILING WAGE DIVISION. THESE WRITTEN REQUESTS SHOULD BE MADE AS SOON AS YOU NOTICE THAT A REQUIRED CLASSIFICATION IS MISSING, NORMALLY THIS WOULD BE DURING THE BID PROCESS. 1 I Page 2 of 2 ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PREVAILING WAGE DETERMINATION — BUILDING RATE • DATE: May 4, 2000 DETERMINATION #: 99-430 ' PROJECT: 8 Bay "T" Hangers "F" and "G" COUNTY: Washington Drake Field Airport EXPIRATION DATE: 11-4-00 Fayetteville, Arkansas SURVEY#: 799-AR05 ' Power Equipment Operators: Group I I Operators engaged in operating the following equipment: Cranes, draglines, shovels and piledrivers with a lifting capacity of 50 tons or over, and operators of all tower climbing cranes and derricks required to work 25 feet or over from the ground, blacksmith and mechanics. ' Group II Operators engaged in operating the following equipment or performing work relative to the engineer' ' jurisdiction: Hydraulic cranes, cherry pickers, backhoes, and all derricks with a lifting capacity less than 50 tons, as specified by the manufacturer, all backhoes, tractor or truck type, all overhead & traveling cranes, or tractors with swinging boom attachments, gradealls, all above equipment irrespective of motive power, leverman (engineer), hydraulic or bucket dredges, irrespective of size. Group ](II ' Heavy Equipment Operators. Operators engaged in operating the following equipment: all bulldozers, all front end loaders, all sidebooms, skytracks, forklifts, all push tractors, all pull scrapers, all motor graders, all trenching machines, regardless of size or motive power, all backfillers, all central mixing plants, l0S and ' larger, finishing machines, all boiler fireman high or low pressure, all asphalt spreaders, hydro truck crane, multiple drum hoist, irrespective of motive power, all rotary, cable tool, core drill or chum drill, water well and foundation drilling machines, regardless of size, regardless of motive power and dredge tender operator. Group IV Light Equipment Operators. Operators engaged in operating the following equipment: Oilerdriver motor crane, single drum hoists, winches and air tuggers, irrespective of motive power, winch or A frame trucks, rollers of all types and pull tractors, regardless of size, elevator operators inside and outside when used for carrying workmen from floor to floor and handling building material, Lad-A-Vator Conveyor, batch plant, ' and mortar or concrete mixers, below 10S, end dump euclid, pumperete spray machine and pressure grout machine, air compressors, regardless of size. All light equipment, welding machines, light plants, pumps, all well point system dewatering and portable pumps, space heater, irrespective of size, and motive power, ' equipment greaser, oiler, mechanic helper, drilling machine helper, asphalt distributor and like equipment, safety boat operator and deckhand. II I I W z O z z a F Ch �o. k•I N DEl a°ad�U Cr•p y^ C — p o coAw3 U p 6 z C I Y 0 m C 8 a CO a C a Li O U en Cod U I DOCUMENT 00300 BID FORM LUMP SUM NOTE TO BIDDER: Please use BLACK ink for completing this Bid form. To: Address: Project Title: Engineer's Project No.: Date: Bidder: Address: 8 Bay "T" Hangars "F" and "G" for Drake Field, Fayetteville, Arkansas FY002151 Bidder's person to contact for additional information on this Bid: Name: Telephone: Arkansas Contractor's License No.: ADDENDA The Bidder hereby acknowledges that he has received Addenda Numbers to these Specifications. (Bidder insert No. of each Addendum received.) FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGAR 00300 - 1 I BIDDER'S DECLARATION AND UNDERSTANDING The undersigned, hereinafter called the Bidder, declares that the only persons or parties interested in this Bid are those named herein, that this Bid is, in all respects, fair and without fraud, that it is made without collusion with any official of the Owner, and that the Bid is made without any connection or collusion with any person submitting another Bid on this Contract. The Bidder further declares that he has carefully examined the Contract Documents for the construction of the project, that he has personally inspected the site, that he has satisfied himself as to the quantities ' involved, including materials and equipment, and conditions of work involved, including the fact that the description of the quantities of work and materials, as included herein, is brief and is intended only to indicate the general nature of the work and to identify the said quantities with the detailed requirements of the Contract Documents, and that this Bid is made according to the provisions and under the terms of the Contract Documents, which Documents are hereby made a part of this Bid. The Bidder further agrees that he has exercised his own judgement and has utilized all data which he believes pertinent from the Engineer, Owner, and other sources in arriving at his own conclusions. The Bidder states that he has experience in and is qualified to perform the work herein specified and, if he does not have craftsmen experienced and qualified in any phase of the work for which this Bid is offered, that he will subcontract the work under said phase to a contractor who does have the necessary t experience and qualifications. CONTRACT EXECUTION AND. BONDS The Bidder agrees that if this Bid is accepted, he will, within 15 days after notice of award, sign the Contract in the form annexed hereto, and will at that time, deliver to the Owner the Performance Bond and Payment Bond required herein, and will, to the extent of his Bid, furnish all machinery, tools, apparatus, and other means of construction and do the work and furnish all the materials necessary to complete all work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE. PAYMENT BOND AND PERFORMANCE BOND The Bidder further agrees to furnish the Owner, before executing the Contract, the certificates of insurance, Payment Bond, and Performance Bond as specified in these Documents. START OF CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT COMPLETION TIME AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Start of Construction, Contract Completion Time, and Liquidated Damages are stated in Document 00500 - Contract. SALES AND USE TAXES ' The Bidder agrees that all federal, state, and local sales and use taxes are included in the stated bid prices for the work. FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGAR 00300-2 , fI LUMP SUM BASE BID - In the space below write in the bid based upon the full scope of work as shown on the Drawings and Specification for the materials, labor, erection, and other required work. Total Lump Sum Base Bid: ' Dollars ($ (Amount written in words has precedence) '• "T" Hangar "F" The Bidder agrees that the following amount is included in the above stated Lump Sum Base Bid. ' Dollars ($ (Amount written in words has precedence) ' Water Line (piping, meter vault, hose bid and paving repair). The Bidder agrees that the following amount is included in the above stated Lump Sum Base Bid. Dollars ($ (Amount written in words has precedence) Electric panel (Sub -meter *, Lessess panel *, and panel P P *). The Bidder agrees that the following amount is included in the above stated Lump Sum Base Bid. Dollars ($ (Amount written in words has precedence) "T" Hangar "G". The Bidder agrees that the following amount is included in the above stated Lump Sum Base Bid. ' Dollars ($ (Amount written in words has precedence) ' Trench and Excavation Safety System, Required by Act 291 of 1993. The Bidder agrees that the following amount is included in the above stated Lump Sum Base Bid. Dollars ($ (Amount written in words has precedence) I C C DEDUCTIVE ALTERNATE NUMBER 1. "T" Hangar "G" - The bidder agrees that the following amount shall be deducted from the Total Lump Sum Base Bid if this Hangar is deleted. Total Lump Sum Base Bid minus Deductive Alternate Number 1. (Amount written in words has precedence) Dollars ($ 1 FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGAR 00300-3 FT I BASIS OF AWARD The Bidder understands that the contract will be awarded to the bidder with the lowest Total Lump Sum Base Bid. PAYMENT SCHEDULE A detailed payment schedule for each structure or unit shall be submitted by the successful low Bidder. The successful low Bidder shall meet with the Engineer and Owner in Little Rock, Arkansas, to review the format and details of the payment schedule. This meeting shall be held within 5 days of notification that the Contractor is the low Bidder. The purpose of the meeting shall be to establish an acceptable format for he payment schedule. The construction detailed payment schedule shall be completed by the Contractor 14 days after the meeting and submitted to the Engineer and Owner for review and approval. Failure of the Contractor to submit the payment schedule as required may result in the Owner's rejection of the Bid or delay in processing the Contractor's request for a progress payment. SUBCONTRACTORS The Bidder further certifies that proposals from the following subcontractors were used. in the preparation of this Bid; and if awarded a contract, Bidder agrees to not enter into contracts with others for these divisions of the Work without written approval from the Owner and Engineer. SUBCONTRACTOR Arkansas Contractor License Street Address, City, State, Zip Code SUBCONTRACTOR Arkansas Contractor License # Street Address, City, State, Zip Code TI I I I I I [1 I I C C I FY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGAR 00300-4 I I I EXPERIENCE OF BIDDER The Bidder states that he is an experienced Contractor and has completed similar projects within the last 5 years. (List similar projects, with types, names of clients, construction costs, and references with telephone numbers. Use additional sheets if necessary.) 1 ' SURETY C C I I If the Bidder is awarded a construction Contract on this Bid, the Surety who provides the Performance and Payment Bond will be: whose address is Street, City, State, Zip Code INSURANCE The Bidder acknowledges that he is familiar with the insurance requirements on this Project and, if awarded a construction contract, agrees to furnish the required insurance certificates within fifteen (15) days of the date the award is made. ' BIDDER I I L I The name of the Bidder submitting this Bid is: doing business at Street, City, State, Zip Code which is the address to which all communications concerned with this Bid and with the Contract shall be sent. The names of the principal officers of the corporation submitting this Bid, or of the partnership, or of all persons interested in this Bid as principals are as follows: ' FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T' HANGAR 00300-5 If Sole Proprietor or Partnership IN WITNESS hereto the undersigned has set his (its) hand this day of , 2000. Signature of Bidder Title If Corporation IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned corporation has caused this instrument to be executed and its seal affixed by its duly authorized officers this _day of _ , 2000. (SEAL) Name of Corporation By Secretary FY00215I DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGAR 00300-6 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said , as Principal herein, has 1 caused these presents to be signed in its name by its and attested by its under its corporate seal, and the said 1 as Surety herein, has caused these presents to be signed in its name by its under its corporate seal, this day of A.D., 2000. Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of: Principal -Contractor BY As to Principal Title 1 Surety Attorney -in -Fact (Power -of -Attorney ' to be Attached) •' BY As to Surety Resident Agent •1 FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGAR 00350-2 NOTICE OF AWARD TO: PROJECT DESCRIPTION: 8 BAY `T' HANGARS "F" and "G" FOR DRAKE FIELD The OWNER has considered the BID submitted by you for the above described WORK in response to its Advertisement for Bids dated , 2000 and Instructions to Bidders. You are hereby notified that your BID has been accepted in the amount of: You are required by the Instructions to Bidders to execute the Contract and furnish the required CONTRACTOR'S Performance BOND, Payment BOND, and certificates of insurance within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date of this Notice to you. If you.fail to execute said Contract and to furnish said BONDS within fifteen (15) days from the date of this Notice, said OWNER will be entitled to consider your bid in default, to annul this Notice of Award and to declare your Bid Security forfeited. The OWNER will be entitled to such other rights as may be granted by law. You are required to return an acknowledged copy of this NOTICE OF AWARD to the OWNER. Dated this day of , 2000. FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS Owner By. ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE Receipt of the above NOTICE OF AWARD is hereby acknowledged this the day of , 2000. .1 I C C I I I 1 U I I FY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'T.' HANGAR Award Notice it DOCUMENT 00500 CONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into on the _ day of , 2000, by and between herein called the Contractor, and the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, hereinafter called the Owner: WITNESSETH: That the Contractor, for the consideration hereinafter fully set out, hereby agrees with the Owner as follows: 1. That the Contractor shall furnish all the materials, and perform all of the work in manner and form as provided by the following enumerated Drawings, Specifications, and Documents, which ' are attached hereto and made a part hereof, as if fully contained herein and are entitled 8 Bay "T" Hangars "F" & "G" for Drake Field, dated March 2000. ' Advertisement for Bids Payment Bond Instructions to Bidders General Conditions Bid and acceptance thereof Supplemental Conditions ' Performance Bond Specifications Drawings (See Sheet Index below) SHEET INDEX Sheet No. Description 1 Cover 1 2 Site Plan 3 Floor Plan - "T" Hangars "F" and "G" 4 Elevation and cross sections "T" Hangars "F" and "G" 5 Foundation Plan - "T" Hangar "F" 6 Foundation Plan - "T" Hangar "G" E-1 Electrical Plan - "T" Hangar "G" E-2 Electrical Details ' 2. That the Owner hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor for the faithful performance of this Agreement, subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Specifications or Bid, in lawful money of the United States, the amount of: Dollars ($ ). ' 3. The Work will be substantially completed within 120 days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in Notice to Proceed, and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with the General Conditions within 120 days after the date when the ' Contract Time commences to run. A notice to proceed, for materials purchasing only, shall be issued by the Owner to the Contractor after execution of the Contract documents. A IFY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGARS 00500- 1 .1 separate notice _ to proceed will be issued by the Owner to the Contractor to begin construction, at which time the ninety (120) calendar day construction period shall begin. 4. Liquidated Damages: Owner and Contractor recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) Contractor shall pay Owner Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3 for Substantial Completion, if Contractor shall neglect, refuse, or fail to complete the remaining Work within the time specified in Paragraph 3 above for final payment or any proper extension thereof granted by Owner, Contractor shall pay Owner Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3 for completion and readiness for final payment. 5. That within 30 days of receipt of an approved payment request, the Owner shall make partial payments to the Contractor on the basis of a duly certified and approved estimate of work performed during the preceding calendar month by the Contractor, LESS the retainage provided in the General Conditions; which is to be withheld by the Owner until all work within a particular part has been performed strictly in accordance with this Agreement and until such work has been accepted by the Owner. 6. That upon submission by the Contractor of evidence satisfactory to the Owner that all payrolls, material bills, and other costs incurred by the Contractor in connection with the construction of the work have been paid in full, final payment on account of this Agreement shall be made within 60 days after the completion by the Contractor of all work covered by this Agreement and the acceptance of such work by the Owner. 7. It is further mutually agreed between the parties hereto that if, at any time after the execution of this Agreement and the Surety Bond hereto attached for its faithful performance and payment, the Owner shall deem the Surety or Sureties upon such bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason such bond ceases to be adequate to cover the performance of the work, the Contractor shall, at his expense, within 5 days after the receipt of notice from the Owner, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such form and amount and with such Surety or Sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Owner. In such event, no further payment to the Contractor shall be deemed to be due under this Agreement until such new or additional security for the faithful performance of the work shall be furnished in manner and form satisfactory to the Owner. 8. No additional work or extras shall be done unless the same shall be duly authorized by appropriate action by the Owner in writing. , Li FY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS 00500-2 ' IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and date first above written, in three (3) counterparts, each of which shall, without proof or accounting for the other counterpart be deemed an original Contract. SEAL: CONTRACTOR WITNESSES: By Title ATTEST: Clerk Approved as to form: CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS OWNER By Attorney for Owner Mayor Fred Hanna FY00215I DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGARS 00500-3 I I I I I I I I Document 00600-1 Construction Performance Bond Any singular reference to Contractor. Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable CONTRACTOR (Name and Address): OWNER (Name and Address): CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Date: Amount: Description (Name and Location): BOND 1 Date (Not earlier than Construction Contract Date): Amount: Modifications to this Bond Form: CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL Company Signature: Name and Title: (Corp. Seal) CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL ' Company (Corp. Seal) ' Signature: Name and Title: I H SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business): SURETY Company (Corp Seal) Signature: Name and Title: SURETY Company (Corp Seal) Signature: Name and Title: EJCDC No. 1910-28A (1984 Edition) Prepared through the joint efforts of the Surety Association of America, EngineersJoint Contract Documents Committee, The Associated General Contractors of America, American Institute of Architects, American Subcontractors Association, and the Associated Specialty Contractors IFY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS 006000-I - I I. The Contractor and the Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns to the Owner for the performance of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. 2. If the Contractor performs the Construction Contract, the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond, except to participate in conferences as provided in Subparagraph 3.1. 3. If there is no Owner Default, theSurety's obligation under this Bond shall arise after: 3.1 The Owner has notified the Contractor and the Surety at its address described in Paragraph 10 below, that the Owner is considering declaring a Contractor Default and has requested and attempted to arrange a conference with the Contractor and the Surety to be held not later than fifteen days after receipt of such notice to discuss methods of performing the Construction Contract. If the Owner, the Contractor and the Surety agree, the Contractor shall be allowed a reasonable time to perform the Construction Contract, but such agreement shall not waive the Owner's right, if any, subsequently to declare. a Contractor Default; and 3.2 The Owner has declared a Contractor Default and formally terminated the Contractor's right to complete the contract. Such Contractor Default shall not be declared earlier than twenty days after the Contractor and the Surety have received notice as provided in Subparagraph 3.1; and 3.3 The Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract Price to the Surety in accordance with the terms of the Construction Contract or to a contractor selected to perform the Construction Contract in accordance with the terms of the contract with the Owner. 4. When the Owner has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense take one of the following actions: 4.1 Arrange for the Contractor, with the consent of the Owner, to perform and complete the Construction Contract; or 4.2 Undertake to perform and complete the Construction Contract itself, through its agents or through independent contractors; or 4.3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified contractors acceptable to the Owner for a contract for performance and completion of the Construction Contract, arrange for a contract to be prepared for execution by the Owner and the contractor selected with the Owner's concurrence, to be secured• with performance and payment bonds executed by a qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the Construction Contract, and pay to the Owner the amount of damages as described in Paragraph 6 in excess of the Balance of the Contract Price incurred by the Owner resulting from the Contractor's default; or 4.4 Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange for completion, or obtain a new contractor and with reasonable promptness under the circumstances: I. After investigation, determine the amount for which it may be liable to the Owner and as soon a practicable after the amount is determined, tender payment to the Owner; or 2. Deny liability in whole or in part and notify the Owner citing reasons therefor. 5. If the Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragraph 4 with reasonable promptness, the Surety shall be deemed to be in default on this Bond fifteen days after receipt of an additional written notice from the Owner to the Surety demanding that the Surety perform its obligations under this Bond, and the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. If the Surety proceeds as provided in Subparagraph 4.4 and the Owner refuses the payment tendered or the Surety has denied liability, in whole or in part, without further notice the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. 6. After the Owner has terminated the Contractor's right to complete the Construction Contract, and if the Surety elects to act under Subparagraph 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3 above, then the responsibilities of the Surety to the Owner shall not be greater than those of the Contractor under the Construction Contract, and the responsibilities of the Owner to the Surety shall not be greater than those of the Owner under the Construction Contract. To the limit of the amount of this Bond, but subject to commitment by the Owner of the Balance of the Contract Price to mitigation of costs and damages on the Construction Contract, the Surety is obligated without duplication for: 6.1 The responsibilities of the Contractor for correction of defective work and completion of the Construction Contract; 6.2 Additional legal, design professional and delay costs resulting from the. Contractor's Default, and resulting from the actions or failure to act of the Surety under Paragraph 4; and 6.3 Liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages are specified in the Construction Contract, actual damages caused by delayed performance or non-performance of the Contractor. 7. The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract, and the Balance of the Contract Price shall not be reduced or set off on account of any such unrelated obligations. No right of action shall accrue on this Bond to any person or entity other than the Owner or its heirs, executors, administrators, or successors. . 8. The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts; purchase orders and other obligations. ^ 9. Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond may be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the Work or part of the Work is located and shall be instituted within two years after Contractor Default or within two years after the Contractor ceased working or within two years after the Surety refuses or fails to perform its obligations under this Bond, whichever occurs first. If the provisions of the Paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. 10. Notice to the Surety, the Owner or the Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the signature page. 11. When this Band has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirements shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is, that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. 12. DEFINITIONS 12.1 Balance of the Contract Price: The total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract after all proper adjustments have been made, including allowance to the Contractor of any amounts received or to be received by the Owner in settlement of insurance or other claims for damages to which the Contractor is entitled, reduced by all valid and proper payments made to or on behalf of the Contractor under the Construction Contract. 12.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between the Owner and the Contractor identified on the signature page, including all the Contract Documents and changes thereto. 12.3 Contractor Default: Failure of the Contractor, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to perform or otherwise to comply with the terms of the Construction Contract. 12.4 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to pay the Contractor as required by the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other terms thereof. I I I I I I [I C II P1 I I I H FY00215I DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS 006000-1 -2 I I C I IL] I I Document 00600-2 Construction Payment Bond Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety. Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable CONTRACTOR (Name and Address): OWNER (Name and Address): CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Date: Amount: Description (Name and Location): ' BOND C I I I I Date (Not earlier than Construction Contract Date): Amount: Modifications to this Bond Form: CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL Company (Corp. Seal) Signature:_ Name and Title: CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL Company Signature: Name and Title: (Corp. Seal) SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business): SURETY Company (Corp Seal) Signature: Name and Title: SURETY Company (Corp Seal) Signature: Name and Title: EJCDC No. 1910-286 (1984 Edition) Prepared through the joint efforts of the Surety Association of America, Engineers' Joint Contract Documents Committee, The Associated General Contractors of America, American Institute of Architects, American Subcontractors Association, and the Associated Specialty Contractors I FY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS 00600-2- 1 I I. The Contractor and the Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns to the Owner. to pay for labor, materials and equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. 2. With respect to the Owner, this obligation shall be null and void if the Contractor: 2.1 Promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly, for all sums due Claimants, and 2.2 Defends, indemnifies and holds harmless the Owner from all claims, demands, liens or suits by any person or entity who furnished labor, materials or equipment for use in the performance of the Construction Contract, provided the Owner has promptly notified the Contractor and the Surety (at the address described in paragraph 12) of any claims, demands, liens or suits and tendered defense of such claims, demands, liens or suits to the Contractor and the Surety, and provided there is no Owner Default. 3. With respect to Claimants, this obligation shall be null and void if the Contractor promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly, for all sums due. 4. The Surety shall have no obligation to Claimants under this Bond until: 4.l Claimants who are employed by or have a direct contract with Contractor have given notice to the Surety (at the address described in paragraph 12) and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner, stating that a claim is being made under this Bond and ,with substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim. 4.2 Claimants who do not have a direct contract with the Contractor: 1. Have furnished written notice to the Contractor and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner, within 90 days after having last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment included in the claim stating, with substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim and the name of the party to whom the materials were furnished or supplied or for whom the labor was done or perforated; and - 2. Have either received a rejection in whole or in part from the Contractor, or not received within 30 days of furnishing the above notice any communication from the Contractor by which the Contractor has indicated the claim will be paid directly or indirectly.; and 3. Not having been paid within the above 30 days, have sent a written notice to the Surety (at the address described in paragraph 12) and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner, stating that a claim is being made under this Bond and enclosing a copy of the previous written notice furnished to the Contractor. 5. If a notice required by paragraph 4 is given by the Owner to the Contractor or to the Surety, that is sufficient compliance. 6. When the Claimant has satisfied the conditions of paragraph 4, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense take the following actions: 6.1 Send an answer to the Claimant, with a copy to the Owner, within 45 days after receipt of the claim, stating the amounts that are undisputed and the basis for challenging any amounts that are disputed. 6.2 Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed amounts. 7. The Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the amount of this Bond, and the amount of this Bond shall be credited for any payments made in good faith by the Surety. 8. Amounts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract shall be used for the performance of the Construction contract and to satisfy claims, if any, under any Construction Performance Bond. By the Contractor furnishing and the Owner accepting this Bond, they agree that funds earned by the Contractor in the performance of the Construction Contract are dedicated to satisfy obligations of the Contractor and the Surety. under this Bond, subject to the Owner's priority to use the funds for the completion of the Work. 9. The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner, Claimants or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract. The Owner shall not be liable for payment of any costs or expenses of any Claimant under this Bond. 10 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders and other obligations. It. No suitor action shall be commenced by a Claimant under this Bond other than in a court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the Work or part of the Work is located or after the expiration of one year from the date (I) on which the Claimant gave the notice required by Subparagraph 4.1 or Clause 4.2.3, or (2) on which the last labor or service was performed by anyone or the last materials or equipment were furnished by anyone under the Construction Contract, whichever of (I) or (2) occurs first. If the provisions of this paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. 12. Notice to the Surety, the Owner or the Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the signature page. Actual receipt of notice by the Surety, the Owner, or the Contractor, however accomplished, shall be sufficient compliance as of the date received at the address shown on the signature page. 13. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirements shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is, that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. 14. Upon request by any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of this Bond, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall permit a copy to be made. 15 DEFINITIONS 15.1 Claimant: An individual or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor or with a subcontractor of the Contractor to furnish labor, materials, or equipment for use in the performance of the Contract. The intent of this Bond shall be to include without limitation in the terms "labor, materials or equipment" that part of water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service or rental equipment used in the Construction Contract, architectural and engineering services required for performance of the work of the Contractor and Contractor's sub contractors, and all other items for which a mechanic's lien may be asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor, materials or equipment were furnished. 15.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between the Owner and the Contractor identified on the signature page, including all the Contract Documents and changes thereto. 15.3 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to pay the Contractor as required by the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other terms thereof. El I I I I I I I I I I I I FY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS 00600-2- 1 NOTICE TO PROCEED TO: DATE: PROJECT: 8 BAY `T' HANGARS `F' AND `G' DRAKE FIELD FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS You are hereby notified to commence WORK in accordance with the Contract dated on or before , and you are to Substantially Complete the WORK within _ consecutive calendar days thereafter and have the Work complete and ready for final payment within _ calendar days thereafter. The date for Substantial Completion is therefore and the date for final completion is therefore CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE. ARKANSAS Owner By Mayor ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE Receipt of the above NOTICE TO PROCEED is hereby acknowledged by this the day of , 2000. By Title FY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGARS Notice to Proceed 00650 DOCUMENT 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENT ARTICLE NUMBER AND TITLE PAGE NUMBER 1. AS APPROVED................................................................ 1 2. AS SHOWN, AND AS INDICATED ................................................ 8. DRAWINGS................................................................... 2 9. ENGINEER.................................................................... 2 10. NOTICE....................................................................... 2 11. OR EQUAL.................................................................... 3 12. OWNER....................................................................... 3 13. PLANS (See Drawings)........................................................... 3 14. SPECIFICATIONS............................................................... 3 15. NOTICE TO PROCEED.......................................................... 16. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION ................................................... 4 17. WORK........................................................................ 4 18. INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ............................................ 4 19. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS..............................................4 20. ALTERATIONS - CHANGES IN WORK ............................................ 5 21. SUB -SURFACE CONDITIONS FOUND DIFFERENT ................................. 5 22. VERIFICATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ..................................... 5 23. DOCUMENTS TO BE KEPT ON THE JOB SITE ..................................... 6 24. ADDITIONAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ......................................... 6 ARTICLE NUMBER AND TITLE PAGE NUMBER 25. OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS....................................................6 26. AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER................................................7 27. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER .............................. 7 28. REJECTED MATERIAL..........................................................8 29. UNNOTICED DEFECTS......................................................... 8 30. RIGHT TO RETAIN IMPERFECT WORK...........................................8 31. LINES AND GRADES...........................................................8 32. SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE ..................................... 10 33. ADDITIONAL DETAIL DRAWINGS AND INSTRUCTIONS .......................... 11 34. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR ................................................. 11 35. SUBCONTRACTING............................................................ 11 36. INSURANCE AND LIABILITY .................................................. 12 37. INDEMNITY.................................................................. 16 38. TAXES AND CHARGES........................................................ 16 39. ORDINANCES, PERMITS, AND LICENSES ........................................ 16 40. SUPERINTENDENCE.......................................................... 17 41. RECEPTION OF ENGINEER'S DIRECTIONS.......................................17 42. SANITATION................................................................. 17 43. EMPLOYEES................................................................. 17 44. PROJECT MEETINGS.......................................................... 17 45. SAFETY...................................................................... 18 46. CONTRACTOR'S TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT......................................18 47. PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY ....................................... 19 48. RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR TO ACT IN EMERGENCY ..................... 19 49. MATERIALS AND APPLIANCES ................................................ 19 50. CONTRACTORSAND MANUFACTURERS' COMPLIANCE WITH STATE SAFETY, OSHA, AND OTHER CODE REQUIREMENTS............................................20 51. SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS ................................................ 20 ' ARTICLE NUMBER AND TITLE PAGE NUMBER 52. TESTS, SAMPLES, AND INSPECTIONS ................................. .. 20 53. ROYALTIES AND PATENTS .................................................... 21 54. CONTRACTORS RIGHT TO STOP WORK OR TERMINATE CONTRACT .............. 21 55. CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK FOUND DURING WARRANTY PERIOD...........21 ' 56. BEGINNING OF THE WORK....................................................22 57. SCHEDULES AND PROGRESS REPORTS ........................................ . 22 58. PROSECUTION OF THE WORK 59. ASSIGNMENT................................................................ 23 ' 60. OWNER'S RIGHT TO DO WORK ................................................. 23 61. OWNER'S RIGHT TO TRANSFER EMPLOYMENT ................................. 24 ' 62. OWNER'S RIGHT TO SUSPEND OR TERMINATE WORK ........................... 24 63. DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME ... . . . ... . . . . 26 64. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ........ .. 27 ' 65. OTHER CONTRACTS.......................................................... 27 66. USE OF PREMISES............................................................ 28 ' 67. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DATE........................................28 68. PERFORMANCE TESTING ..................................................... 28 ' 69. OWNER'S USE OF PORTIONS OF THE WORK.....................................29 ' 70. CUTTING AND PATCHING ..................................................... 29 71. CLEANING UP................................................................ 29 ' 72. PAYMENT FOR CHANGE ORDERS .............................................. 29 73. PARTIAL PAYMENTS......................................................... 32 74. CLAIMS...................................................................... 34 75. NOTICE OF CLAIM FOR DELAY ................................................ 34 ' 76. RELEASE OF LIENS OR CLAIMS ................................................ 35 77. FINAL PAYMENT............................................................. 35 78. NO WAIVER OF RIGHTS..........................35 1 79. ACCEPTANCE OF FINAL PAYMENT CONSTITUTES RELEASE ..................... 36 I DOCUMENT 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS These General Conditions contain contractual -legal Articles that establish the requirements and conditions governing responsibility, policy, and procedures that apply during the construction and warranty period. This part of the Contract Documents is pre-printed. Any modifications to the ' following Articles that are special to the Project under consideration will be made in the Supplementary Conditions. Requirements and conditions that have special significance to the Contract for the contemplated Work on this Project are as set forth in the remaining Sections of these ' Contract Documents. V. i•.7'T »m r i rn Wherever in the Contract Documents the following terms are used, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows: 1. AS APPROVED The words "as approved", unless otherwise qualified, shall be understood to be followed by the words "by the Engineer". ' 2. AS SHOWN, AND AS INDICATED The words "as shown". and "as indicated" shall be understood to be followed by the words "on the Drawings". 3. BIDDER ' The person or persons, partnership, firm, or corporation submitting a Bid for the Work contemplated. 4. CONTRACT ' The "Contract" is the written agreement covering the performance of the Work and the furnishing of labor, materials, incidental services, tools, and equipment in the construction of the Work. It includes supplemental agreements amending or extending the Work contemplated and which may be required to complete the Work in a substantial and acceptable manner. Supplemental agreements are written agreements covering alterations, amendments, or extensions to the Contract and include Contract ' Change Orders. I FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700 - I L 5. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ' The "Contract Documents" consist of the Bidding Requirements, Contract forms, , Conditions of the Contract, the Specifications, and the Drawings, including all modifications thereof incorporated into the Documents before their execution, and including all other requirements incorporated by specific reference thereto. These form the Contract. 6. CONTRACTOR ' The person or persons, partnership, firm, or corporation who enters into the Contract awarded him by the Owner. 7. DAYS Unless otherwise specifically stated, the term "days" will be understood to mean calendar days. 8. DRAWINGS The term "Drawings" refers to the official Drawings, profiles, cross sections, elevations, ' details, and other working drawings and supplementary drawings, or reproductions thereof, sealed by the Engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions, and details of the Work to be performed. Drawings may either be bound in the same book as the Project Manual or bound separately and are a part of the Contract Documents, regardless of the method of binding. 9. ENGINEER The person or organization identified as such in the Contract. The term "Engineer" means the Engineer or his authorized representative. 10. NOTICE , The term "notice" or the requirement to notify, as used in the Contract Documents or applicable state or federal statutes, shall signify a written communication delivered in person or by certified or registered mail to the individual, or to a member of the firm, or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended. Certified or registered mail , shall be addressed to the last business address known to him who gives the notice. I I I FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700-2 1 I ' 11. OR EQUAL The term "or equal" shall be understood to indicate that the "equal" product is the same or better than the product named in function, performance, reliability, quality, and general configuration. Determination of equality in reference to the Project design ' requirements will be made by the Engineer. Such "equal" products shall not be purchased or installed by the Contractor without the Engineer's written approval. 12. OWNER ' The person, organization, or public body identified as such in the Contract. 13. PLANS (See Drawings). 14. SPECIFICATIONS ' Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Where standard specifications, such as those of ASTM, AASHTO, etc., have been referred to, the applicable portions of such standard specifications shall become a part ' of these Contract Documents. Where portions of the Work traverse or cross federal, state, county, or local highways, roads, streets, or railroads, and the agency in control of such property has established standard specifications governing items of Work that differ from these Specifications, the most stringent requirements shall apply. ' The Contractor shall comply with all regulations and requirements of the State Highway Department and the City and County Road Departments wherever the Work traverses ' or crosses state, city, or county roads. 15. NOTICE TO PROCEED A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor (with a copy to the Engineer) fixing the date on which the Contract time will commence to run and on which the ' Contractor shall start to perform his obligation under the Contract. The Notice to Proceed shall be given within 30 days following execution of the Contract by the Owner. I I ' FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700-3 I 16. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION , "Substantial completion" shall be that degree of completion of the Project, or a defined portion of the Project, sufficient to provide the Owner, at his discretion, the full-time use -of the Project or defined portion of the Project for the purposes for which it was intended. Such substantial. completion shall not relieve Contractor from, liquidated damages should the Owner have added costs after the completion date, i.e., if additional construction observation, interest paid, loss of revenue, or other expenses continue to be charged to the Owner. , C I I 17. WORK The word "Work" within these Contract Documents shall include all material, labor, and tools; all appliances, machinery, transportation, and appurtenances necessary to perform and complete the, Contract; and such additional items not specifically indicated or described which can be reasonably inferred as belonging to the item described or indicated and as required by good practice to provide a complete and satisfactory system or structure. As used herein, "provide" shall be understood to mean "provide complete in place", that is, "furnish and install". CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 18. INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is called for by one shall be as binding as if called for by all. The intent of the Documents is to include all Work (except specific items to be furnished by the Owner) necessary for completion of the Contract. Materials or Work described in words which so applied have a well-known technical and trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. I I I I I 19. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS , Any discrepancies or omissions found in the Contract Documents shall be reported to the Engineer immediately. The Engineer will clarify discrepancies or omissions, in writing, within a reasonable time. In resolving inconsistencies among two or more Sections of the Contract Documents, precedence shall be given in the following order: CONTRACT SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SPECIFICATIONS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS GENERAL CONDITIONS DRAWINGS I I 11 I I FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700-4 I I 11 Figure dimensions on Drawings shall take precedence over scale dimensions. Detailed Drawings shall take precedence over general Drawings. It is understood and agreed that the Work shall be performed and completed according to the true spirit, meaning, and intent of these Documents. 20. ALTERATIONS - CHANGES IN WORK The Owner, without notice to the Sureties and without invalidating the Contract, may order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract by altering, adding to, or deducting from the Work, the Contract being adjusted accordingly. All such ' Work shall be executed under the conditions of the original Contract, except as specifically adjusted at the time of ordering such change. ' In giving instructions, the Engineer may order minor changes in the Work not involving extra cost and not inconsistent with the purposes of the Project, but otherwise, except in an emergency endangering life or property, additions or deductions from the Work shall be performed only in pursuance of an approved Change Order from the Owner, signed or countersigned by the Engineer, or a Change Order from the Engineer stating that the Owner has authorized the deduction, addition, or change, and no claim for ' additional payment shall be valid unless so ordered. If the Work is reduced by alterations, such action shall not constitute a claim for damages based on loss of anticipated profits. ' 21. SUB -SURFACE CONDITIONS FOUND DIFFERENT Should the Contractor encounter sub -surface and/or latent conditions at the site materially differing from those shown on the Drawings or indicated in the ' Specifications, the Contractor shall immediately give notice to the Engineer of such conditions before they are disturbed. The Engineer will thereupon promptly investigate the conditions, and if the Engineer finds that they materially differ from those shown on the Drawings or indicated in the Specifications, the Engineer will at once make such changes in the Drawings and/or the Specifications as he may find necessary, any increase or decrease of cost resulting from such changes to be adjusted in the manner provided in the Paragraph titled "Changes in Work." ' 22. VERIFICATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contractor shall thoroughly examine and become familiar with all of the various ' parts of these Contract Documents and determine the nature and location of the Work, the general and local conditions and all other matters which can in any way affect the Work under this Contract. I FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700 - 5 I 23 24. 25 Failure to make an examination necessary for this determination shall not release the Contractor from the obligations of this Contract. The Contractor warrants that no verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Owner or with the Engineer either before or after the execution of this Contract, has affected or modified any of the terms or obligations herein contained. DOCUMENTS TO BE KEPT ON THE JOB SITE The Contractor shall keep one copy of the Contract Documents on the job site, in good order, available to the Engineer and to his representatives. The Contractor shall maintain on a daily basis at the job site, and make available to the Engineer on request, one current record set of the Drawings which have been accurately marked up to indicate all modifications in the completed Work that differ from the design information shown on the Drawings. Upon substantial completion of the Work, the Contractor shall give the Engineer one complete set of marked up record Drawings. Failure of the Contractor to submit accurate Record Drawings to the Engineer will be adequate justification for postponement of the Final Inspection and Final Payment. ADDITIONAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Engineer will furnish to the Contractor on request and free of charge, three copies of the Project Manual and three sets of full-size Drawings. Additional copies of the Project Manual and the Drawings may be obtained on request by paying the price as shown in the Invitation to Bid for the Contract Documents. OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS All Drawings, Plans, Specifications, and copies thereof furnished by the Engineer and the Owner are their property. They are not to be used on other work and, with the exception of the signed Contract set, are to be returned to them on request at the completion of the Work. Any reuse of these materials without specific written verification or adaptation by the Engineer and the Owner will be at the risk of the user and without liability or legal expense to the Engineer and the Owner. Such user shall hold the Engineer and the Owner;harmless from any and all damages, including reasonable attorneys' fees, from any and all claims arising from any such reuse. Any such verification and adaptation by the Engineer and the Owner will entitle the Engineer to further compensation at rates to be agreed upon by the user and the Engineer, and the Owner. All models are the property of the Owner. I I L L I I L I I H I I I I I I Li FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700 - 6 , I THE ENGINEER 26. AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER ' The Engineer shall be the Owner's representative during the construction period. His authority and responsibility shall be limited to the provisions set forth in these Contract Documents. The Engineer shall have the authority to reject Work and material which ' does not conform to the Contract Documents. However, neither the Engineer's authority to act under this provision, nor any decision made by him in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority, shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of the Engineer to the Contractor, any Subcontractor, their respective Sureties, any of their agents or employees, or any other person performing any of the Work. I L I I L I I I [1 I I I 27. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER The Engineer will make periodic visits to the site of the Project to observe the progress and quality of the Work and to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the intent of the Contract Documents. He shall not be required to make comprehensive or continuous inspections to check quality or quantity of the Work, and he shall not be responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Visits and observations made by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of his obligation to conduct comprehensive inspections of the Work and to furnish materials and perform acceptable Work, and to provide adequate safety precautions, in conformance with the intent of the Contract. The Engineer will make decisions, in writing, on all claims of the Owner or the Contractor arising from interpretation or execution of the Contract Documents. Such decision shall be necessary before the Contractor can receive additional money under the terms of the Contract. Changes in Work ordered by the Engineer will be made in compliance with the Article titled, ALTERATIONS - CHANGES IN WORK. One or more construction observers may be assigned to observe the Work for compliance with the Contract Documents and to act in matters of construction under this Contract. It is understood that such Construction observers shall have the power to issue instructions and make decisions within the limitations of the authority of the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish all reasonable assistance required by the Engineer or construction observer for proper review of the Work. IFY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700-7 Construction observers shall not have the power or authority to delete, increase, modify ' or otherwise change the requirements of the Contract Documents. The above - mentioned observation shall not relieve the Contractor of his obligations to conduct comprehensive inspections of the Work and to furnish materials and perform acceptable Work and to provide adequate safety precautions, in conformance with the intent of the Contract. 28. REJECTED MATERIAL Any material condemned or rejected by the Engineer or his authorized construction observer because of nonconformity with the Contract Documents shall be removed at once from the vicinity of the Work by the Contractor at his own expense, and the same shall not be used on the Work. 29. UNNOTICED DEFECTS Any defective Work or material that may be discovered by the Engineer before the final acceptance of Work, or before final payment has been made, or during the guarantee• period, shall be removed and replaced by Work and materials which shall conform to the provisions of the Contract Documents. Failure on the part of the Engineer to• condemn or reject bad or inferior Work or materials shall not be construed to imply acceptance of such Work or materials. The Owner shall reserve and retain all of its rights and remedies at law against the Contractor and its surety for correction of any and ' all latent defects discovered after the guarantee period. 30. RIGHT TO RETAIN IMPERFECT WORK I If any part or portion of the Work done or material furnished under this Contract shall prove defective and not in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications, and if the , imperfection in the same shall not be of sufficient magnitude or importance as to make the Work dangerous or unsuitable, or if the removal of such Work will create conditions• which are dangerous or undesirable, the Owner shall have the right and authority to retain such Work but shall make such deductions in the final payment therefore as may be just and reasonable. The Owner shall also have the option to require, at no added cost to the Owner, extended warranties, maintenance bonds, or other remedies to provide for repair or reconstruction of imperfect Work. 31. LINES AND GRADES 1 The Contractor shall stake -out Work for this Contract and set the lines and grades necessary to complete the Work and shall keep the Engineer informed a reasonable time in advance of the times and places at which he wishes to do Work in order that the Engineer may review the lines and grades set by the Contractor and in order that the Engineer may make thenecessary measurements for payment to the Contractor. I Section 00700 - 8 , FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS I All stakes, marks, and other information shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of their careless or unnecessary destruction or removal by him or his employees, such stakes, marks, and other information will be replaced at the Contractor's expense. ' Figured dimensions, when given in the Drawings, shall be accurately followed, even though they may differ from scaled measurements. No Work shown on the Drawings, ' the dimensions of which are not figured, shall be executed until instructions have been obtained from the Engineers as to the dimensions to be used. Large-scale and full-size drawings shall be followed in preference to small-scale drawings. The Engineer will ' provide the Contractor with bench marks to be used to establish grades and will also provide a baseline to be used to establish the proper lines. All Work done under this Contract shall be done to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. The Contractor ' shall stake -out Work for this Contract and set the lines and grades necessary to complete the Work and shall keep the Engineer informed a reasonable time in advance of the times and places at which he wishes to do Work in order that the Engineer may ' review the lines and grades set by the Contractor and in order that the Engineer may make the necessary measurements for payment to the Contractor. ' The Contractor shall furnish without charge competent persons from his force and such tools, stakes, surveying instruments, and other materials as the Engineer may require for reviewing the Contractor's stake -out of the Work and in making measurements for ' payment estimates or for surveys to establish temporary or permanent reference marks in connection with said Work. LiI I I I I I I Any Work done without lines, grades, and levels being reviewed by the Engineer, or other representative of the Engineer, may be ordered removed and replaced at the Contractor's cost and expense. The Contractor shall carefully preserve all monuments, bench marks, reference points, and stakes, and in case of willful or careless destruction of the same, he will be charged with the resulting expense of replacement and shall be responsible for any mistakes or loss of time that may be caused by their unnecessary loss or disturbance. In the event that the stakes and marks placed by the Engineer are destroyed through carelessness on the part of the Contractor, and that the destruction of these stakes and marks causes a delay in the Work, the Contractor shall have no claim for damages or extensions of time. In the case of any permanent monuments or bench marks which must of necessity be removed or disturbed in the construction of the Work, the Contractor shall carefully protect and preserve the same until they can be properly referenced and relocated. The Contractor shall also furnish at his own expense such materials and assistance as are necessary for the proper replacement of monuments or bench marks that have been moved or destroyed. IFY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700-9 32. SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE The Contractor shall submit a sufficient number of copies to allow the Engineer to retain four copies (2 for himself; 2 for the Owner) for review, such shop drawings, electrical diagrams, and catalog cuts for • fabricated items and manufactured items (including mechanical and electrical equipment) required for construction, except as noted below. Should the Contractor fail to submit acceptable shop drawings on the second submittal, one copy will be returned to him and the cost of the Engineer's time to review subsequent submittals on the unacceptable item will be deducted from the Contractor's monthly payment invoice. Shop drawings shall be submitted in sufficient time to allow the Engineer not less than 20 regular working days per submittal for examining the shop drawings. These shop drawings shall be accurate, distinct, and complete and shall contain all required information, including satisfactory identification of items, units, and assemblies in relation to the Contract Drawings and Specifications. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, shop drawings shall be submitted only by the Contractor, who shall indicate by a signed stamp on the shop drawings, or other approved means, that he (the Contractor) has checked the shop drawings, and that the Work shown is in accordance with Contract requirements and has been checked for dimensions and relationship with Work of all other trades involved. The practice of submitting incomplete or unchecked shop drawings for the Engineer to correct or finish will not be acceptable, and shop drawings which, in the opinion of the Engineer, clearly indicate that they have not been checked by the Contractor will be considered as not complying with the intent of the Contract Documents and will be returned to the Contractor for resubmission in the proper form. When the shop drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer, two (2) sets of submittals will be returned to the Contractor appropriately stamped. If major changes or corrections are necessary; the shop drawing may be rejected and one (1) set will be returned to the Contractor with such changes or corrections indicated, and the Contractor shall correct and resubmit the shop drawings in quadruplicate, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No changes shall be made by the Contractor to resubmitted shop drawings other than those changes indicated by the Engineer, unless such changes, are clearly described in a letter accompanying the resubmitted shop drawings. I El I I I I I J I I F: El I Ii I FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700 - 10 1 The review of such shop drawings and catalog cuts by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for correctness of dimensions, fabrication details, and space requirements or for deviations from the Contract Drawings or Specifications accompanying the shop drawings and the Engineer approves the change or deviation in writing at the time of submission; nor shall review by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for errors in the shop drawings. When the Contractor does call such deviations to the attention of the Engineer, the Contractor shall state in his letter whether or not such deviations involve any deduction or extra cost adjustment. ADDITIONAL DETAIL DRAWINGS AND INSTRUCTIONS The Engineer will furnish, with reasonable promptness, additional instructions by means of drawings or otherwise, if, in the Engineer's opinion, such are required for the proper execution of the Work. All such drawings and instructions will be consistent with the Contract Documents, true developments thereof, and reasonably inferable THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS EMPLOYEES The Contractor shall perform all Work under this Contract as an Independent Contractor and shall not be considered as an agent of the Owner or of the Engineer, nor shall the Contractor's subcontractors or employees be subagents of the Owner or of the Engineer. The Contractor shall employee only employees who are competent and skillful in their respective line of work, and local labor shall be given preference. Whenever the Engineer or the Owner notify the Contractor that any person on this work is, in their opinion, incompetent, disorderly, or refuses to carry out the provisions of this Contract, or uses threatening or abusive language to any person representing the Owner on the work or is otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be immediately discharged from the Project and shall not be re-employed thereon except with the consent of the Engineer by the Owner. Within 30 days after the execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the names of all subcontractors proposed for the Work, including the names of any subcontractors that were submitted with the Bid. The Contractor shall not employ any subcontractors that the Engineer may object to as lacking capability to properly perform Work of the type and scope anticipated. No changes will be allowed from the approved subcontractor list without written approval of the Engineer. I 36 The Contractor agrees that he is as fully responsible to the Owner, for the acts and omissions of his subcontractors and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them as he is for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by him. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relation between any subcontractor and the Owner. INSURANCE AND LIABILITY A. I:P GENERAL C I IF I The Contractor shall provide (from insurance companies acceptable to the Owner) the insurance coverage designated hereinafter and pay all costs. Before execution of the Contract, Contractor shall furnish the Owner with complete copies of all insurance policies and certificates of insurance specified herein showing the type, amount, class of operations covered, effective dates, and date of expiration of policies, and containing substantially the following statement: I "The insurance covered by this certificate will not be canceled or materially altered, except after 30 days written notice has been received by the Owner." In case of the breach of any provision of this Article, the Owner, at his option, may take out and maintain, at the expense of the Contractor, such insurance as the Owner may deem proper and may deduct the cost of such insurance from any monies which may be due or become due the Contractor under this Contract. All bonds shall be executed by a licensed resident agent of the surety having his place of business in the State of Arkansas, and in all ways complying with the laws of the State of Arkansas. The mere countersigning of bonds will not be sufficient. Further, the said surety or insurance company shall be duly licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Arkansas. All insurance contracts and certificates shall be either executed by or countersigned by a licensed resident agent of the insurance company, having his place of business in the State of Arkansas, and in all ways complying with the insurance laws of the State of Arkansas. Further, the said insurance company shall be duly licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Arkansas. CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR INSURANCE The Contractor shall not execute the Contract or commence Work under this Contract until he has obtained all the insurance required hereunder and such insurance has been reviewed and approved by the Owner, nor shall the Contractor allow any subcontractor to commence Work on his subcontract until insurance specified below has been obtained. Review of the insurance by the Owner shall not relieve or decrease the liability of the Contractor hereunder. I I I I I I I FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700 - 12 , I ' C. COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE The Contractor shall maintain during the life of this Contract the statutory Workmen's Compensation, in addition, Employer's Liability Insurance in an amount not less than $100,000 for each occurrence, for all of his employees to be engaged in Work on the Project under this Contract and, in case any such Work is sublet, the Contractor shall require the subcontractor similarly to provide Workmen's Compensation and Employer's Liability Insurance for all of the latter's employees to be engaged in such Work. Where Work under this Contract includes any water or navigational exposure, coverage shall be included to cover ' the Federal Longshoremen's and Harborworker's Act and the Federal Jones Act when applicable. Employer's Liability Insurance shall be extended to include waiver of subrogation to the Owner. ' D. GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE ' The Contractor shall maintain during the life of this Contract such general liability, completed operations and products liability, and automobile liability insurance as will provide coverage for claims for damages for personal injury, including accidental death, as well as for claims for property damage, which may arise directly or indirectly from performance of the Work under this Contract. The general liability policy should also specifically ensure the contractual liability assumed by the Contractor under Article Indemnification. Coverage for property damage shall be on a "broad form" basis with no ' exclusions for "XC & U." Amount of insurance to be provided shall be as shown below: 1) Contractor's Comprehensive General Liability Insurance ' For not less than the following limits of liability: Bodily Injury: $500,000 each occurrence, $500,000 aggregate Property Damage: $250,000 each occurrence, $250,000 aggregate ' Include the following coverage: oWaiver of all "XC & U" exclusions. oBroad Form Property Damage and Personal Injury Liability. tolndependent Contractor's Coverage. [_] FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700-13 I E. 2) Contractor's Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance For not less than the following limits of liability: Bodily Injury: $ 500,000 each person, $1,000,000 each occurrence Property Damage:$ 100,000 each occurrence e Bodily Injury and Property Damage: $1,000,000 combined single limit each occurrence. Include Hired car and Non -Ownership Coverage. 3) Contractor's Excess Umbrella Polio $1,000,000 limit of liability policy shall be provided. ENGINEER SHALL BE INCLUDED AS ADDITIONAL INSURED: Insurance certificates furnished by the Contractor and/or Subcontractor(s) shall include the Engineer as an "Additional Insured" for all Liability and Property Damage policies. In the event any Work under this Contract is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor shall be responsible for any liability directly or indirectly arising out of the Work performed under this Contract by a subcontractor, which liability is not covered by the subcontractor's insurance. The Contractor's and any subcontractor's general liability and automobile liability insurance policies shall include the Owner and Engineer, their officers, agents, and employees as additional insured for any claims arising out of Work performed under this Contract. BUILDER'S RISK ALL-RISK INSURANCE Unless otherwise modified in the Supplementary Conditions, the Contractor shall secure and maintain during the life of this Contract, Builder's Risk All -Risk Insurance coverage in an amount equal to the full replacement value of structures, equipment, electrical, and mechanical systems only. Such insurance shall not exclude coverage for earthquake, landslide, flood, collapse, blasting, or loss due to the results of faulty workmanship, and shall provide for losses to be paid to the Contractor, Subcontractor, and the Owner as their interests may appear. n I C I C r C H I I I I n I I C FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700 - 14 ' C L I C C I [I I I I [I F. OWNER'S AND CONTRACTOR'S PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE (OPC INSURANCE) The Contractor shall, at his expense, provide the Owner with an Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability Insurance Policy naming the Owner as the named insured and the Engineer, its architects and engineers, and each of their officers, agents, and employees as additional insured under that policy, said policy to protect said parties from claims which may arise from operations under the Contract. Limits of policy coverage shall be: Bodily Injury: $500,000 each person, $1,000,000 aggregate Property Damage: $250,000 each person, $250,000 aggregate OR $1,000,000 combined -single limit each occurrence/aggregate. G. INSURANCE COVERAGE FOR SPECIAL CONDITIONS When the construction is to be accomplished within a public or private right-of- way requiring special insurance coverage, the Contractor shall conform to the particular requirements and provide the required insurance. The Contractor shall include in his liability policy all endorsements that the said authority may require for the protection of the authority, its officers, agents, and employees. Insurance coverage for special conditions, when required, shall be provided as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. ' H. NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS H I H H In carrying out any of the provisions hereof in exercising any authority granted by the Contract, there will be no personal liability upon any public official. ' FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700 - 15 I 37. INDEMNITY ' The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, the Engineer, and their agents and employees from and against damages, .losses, and expenses including attorneysfees, up to the amount of the Contract price, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, damage, loss or expense (1) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury or to destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (2) is caused in whole or in part by any act or omission of the Contractor, any subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, provided that such claims, damages, losses, and expenses are not approximately caused by the negligence of any indemnitee in the design, or by the sole negligence of any indemnitee in the inspection of the Work that is the subject of this construction Contract. In any and all claims against the Owner, the Engineer, or any of their agents or employees by any employee of the Contractor, any subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this Article shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any subcontractor under Workmen's Compensation Acts, Disability Benefit Acts, or other Employee Benefit Acts. 38. TAXES AND CHARGES The Contractor shall withhold and pay any and all sales and use taxes, including any and all change of taxes thereof, and all withholding taxes, whether state or federal, and pay all Social Security charges and also all State Unemployment Compensation charges, and pay or cause to be withheld, as the case may be, any and all taxes, charges, or fees or sums whatsoever, which are now or may hereafter be required to be paid or withheld under any laws. 39. ORDINANCES, PERMITS, AND LICENSES The Contractor shall keep himself fully informed of all local ordinances, as well as state and federal laws, which in any manner affect the Work herein specified. The Contractor shall at all times comply with said ordinances, laws, and regulations, and protect and indemnify the Owner, the Engineer and their respective employees, and its officers and agents against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such laws, ordinances, or regulations up to the amount of the Contract Price. All permits, licenses, and inspection fees necessary for prosecution and completion of the Work shall be secured and paid for by the Contractor, unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall observe and comply with all applicable local, state, and federal occupational safety and health regulations during the prosecution of Work under this Contract. In addition, full compliance by the Contractor with the U. S. Department of FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700 - 16 ' C Labor's Occupational Safety and Health Standards, as established in Public Law 91-596, ' will be required under the terms of this Contract. 40. SUPERINTENDENCE The Contractor shall keep on the Work, during its progress, competent supervisory personnel. The Contractor shall designate, in writing, before starting Work, one ' authorized representative who shall have complete authority to represent and to act for the Contractor. The Contractor shall give efficient supervision to the Work, using his best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for all construction ' means, methods, techniques, and procedures, and for providing adequate safety precautions and coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract. It is specifically understood and agreed that the Engineer, its employees and agents, shall not have control or charge of and shall not be responsible for the construction means, methods, techniques, procedures, or for providing adequate safety precautions in connection with the Work under the Contract. I41. RECEPTION OF ENGINEER'S DIRECTIONS The superintendent, or other duly authorized representative of the Contractor, shall represent the Contractor in all directions given to him by the Engineer. Such directions of major importance will be confirmed in writing. Any direction will be so confirmed, in each case, on written request from the Contractor. 42. SANITATION Sanitary conveniences conforming to state and local codes shall be erected and maintained by the Contractor at all times while workers are employed on the Work. The sanitary convenience facilities shall be as approved by the Engineer. 43. EMPLOYEES The Contractor shall employ only men or women who are competent and skillful in their respective line of work. Whenever the Engineer or Owner shall notify the Contractor that any person on the Work is, in their opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, or disorderly or refuses to carry out the provisions of this Contract or uses threatening or abusive language to any person representing the Owner on the Work, or is otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be immediately discharged from the Project and shall not be re-employed thereon except with the consent of the Engineer by the Owner. ' 44. PROJECT MEETINGS I. The Engineer may conduct Project meetings, as he deems necessary, for the purposes of discussing and resolving matters concerning the various elements of the Work. Time and place for these meetings and the names of persons required to be present shall be ' as directed by the Engineer. Contractor shall comply with these attendance requirements and shall also require his subcontractors to comply. IFY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700 - 17 C 45 .p 47 SAFETY The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site, including safety of all persons (including employees) and property during performance of the Work. This requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. Safety provisions shall conform to U. S. Department of Labor (OSHA); the State Labor Department Laws; all other applicable federal, state, county, and local laws, ordinances, and codes; the requirements set forth below; and any regulations that may be detailed in other parts of these Documents. Where any of these are in conflict, the more stringent requirement shall be followed. The Contractor's failure to thoroughly familiarize himself with the aforementioned safety provisions shall not relieve him from compliance with the obligations and penalties set forth herein. The Contractor shall develop and maintain for the duration of this Contract, a safety program that will effectively incorporate and implement all required safety provisions. The Contractor shall appoint an employee who is qualified and authorized to supervise and enforce compliance with the safety program. The duty of the Engineer to• conduct construction review of the Contractor's performance is not intended to include a review or approval of the adequacy of the Contractor's safety supervisor, the safety program, or any safety measures taken in, on, or near the construction site. - The Contractor, as a part of his safety program, shall maintain at his office or other well-known place at the job site, safety equipment applicable to the Work as prescribed by the aforementioned authorities, all articles necessary for giving first aid to• the injured, and shall establish the procedure for the immediate removal to a hospital or a doctor's care of persons (including employees) who may be injured on the job site. If death or serious injuries or serious damages are caused, the accident shall be reported immediately by telephone or messenger to both the Engineer and the Owner. In addition, the Contractor must promptly report in writing to the Engineer all accidents whatsoever arising out of, or in connection with, the performance of the Work whether on, or adjacent to, the site, giving full details and statements of witnesses. If a claim is made by anyone against the contractor or any subcontractor on account of any accident, the Contractor shall promptly report the facts in writing to the Engineer, giving full details of the claim. CONTRACTOR'S TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT The Contractor's tools and equipment used on the Work shall be furnished in sufficient quantity and of a capacity and type that will safely perform the Work specified, and shall be maintained and used in a manner that will not create a hazard to persons or property, or cause a delay in the progress of the Work. PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY L I H I L I 1J I L r C L L I FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700 - 18 ' I I ' The Contractor shall at all times safely guard the Owner's property from injury or loss in connection with this Contract. The Contractor shall at all times safely guard and protect from damage his own Work, and that of adjacent property (as provided by law ' and the Contract Documents). All passageways, guard fences, lights, and other facilities required for protection by federal, state, or municipal laws and regulations and local conditions, must be provided and maintained. The Contractor shall protect his Work and materials from damage due to the nature of the Work, the elements, carelessness of other Contractors, or from any cause whatever ' until the completion and acceptance of the Work. All loss or damages arising out of the nature of the Work to be done under these Contract Documents, or from any unforeseen obstruction or defects which may be encountered in the prosecution of the Work, or from the action of the elements, shall be sustained by the Contractor. In addition, the Contractor shall take special precautions to prevent the "flotation" of all tanks and structures prior to their final acceptance and filling for beneficial use. The Contract price shall include all costs associated with such special precautions. Also, the Contractor shall not load or permit any part of any structure to be loaded with a weight that will endanger its safety or its structural integrity. 48. RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR TO ACT IN EMERGENCY In case of an emergency which threatens loss or injury of property, and/or safety of life, the Contractor shall act, without previous instructions from the Owner or Engineer, as the situation may warrant. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer thereof immediately ' thereafter. Any claim for compensation by the Contractor, together with substantiating documents in regard to expense, shall be submitted to the Owner through the Engineer and the amount of compensation shall be determined by agreement. 49. MATERIALS AND APPLIANCES ' Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, labor, water, tools, equipment, light, power, transportation, and other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the Work. ' Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new, and both workmanship and materials shall be of good quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. In selecting and/or approving equipment for installation in the Project, the Owner and ' Engineer assume no responsibility for injury or claims resulting from failure of the equipment to comply with applicable national, state, and local safety codes or requirements, or the safety requirements of a recognized agency, or failure due to faulty design concepts, or defective workmanship and materials. ' FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700 - 19 r 50. CONTRACTORS' AND MANUFACTURERS' COMPLIANCE WITH STATE SAFETY, OSHA, AND OTHER CODE REQUIREMENTS The completed Work shall include all necessary permanent safety devices, such as machinery guards and similar ordinary safety items required by the state and federal (OSHA) industrial authorities and applicable local and national codes. Further, any features of the Work (including Owner -selected equipment) subject to such safety regulations shall be fabricated, furnished, and installed in compliance with these requirements. Contractors and manufacturers of equipment shall be held responsible for compliance with the requirements included herein. Contractors shall notify all equipment suppliers and subcontractors of the provisions of this Article. 51. SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS, Except for Owner -selected equipment items and items where no substitution is clearly specified, whenever any material, article, device, product, fixture, form, type of construction, or process is indicated or specified by patent or proprietary name, by name of manufacturer, or by catalog number, such specifications shall be deemed to be used for the purpose of establishing a standard of quality and facilitating the description of the material .or process desired. This procedure is not to be construed as eliminating from competition other products of equal or better quality by other manufacturers where fully suitable in design, and shall be deemed to be followed by the words "or equal". The Bidder may, in such cases, submit complete data to the Engineer (with his Bid, as stipulated hereinbefore) for consideration of another material, type, or process which shall be substantially equal in every respect to that so indicated or specified. Substitute materials shall not be used unless approved in writing. The Owner or his authorized agent will be the sole judge of the substituted article or material. C C I I I I I 52. TESTS; SAMPLES, AND INSPECTIONS The Contractor shall furnish, without extra charge, the necessary test pieces and samples, including facilities and labor for obtaining the same, as requested by the Engineer. When required, the Contractor shall furnish certificates of tests of materials and equipment made at the point of manufacture by a recognized testing laboratory. The Owner, Engineer, authorized government agents, and their representatives shall at all times be provided safe access to the Work wherever it is in preparation or progress, and the Contractor shall provide facilities for such access and for inspection, including maintenance of temporary and permanent access. I I Li I I FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700 - 20 I If the Specifications, the Engineer's instructions, laws, ordinances,- or any public ' authority require any Work to be specially tested or approved, the Contractor shall give timely notice of its readiness for inspection. Inspections to be conducted by the Engineer will be promptly made, and where practicable, at the source of supply. If any Work should be covered up without approval or consent of the Engineer it shall be uncovered for examination at the Contractor's expense. ' 53. ROYALTIES AND PATENTS The Contractor shall pay all royalty and license fees, unless otherwise specified. The ' Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and shall save the Owner and the Engineer harmless from any and all loss, including reasonable attorneys' fees, on account thereof, up to the amount of the Contract Price. ' 54. CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT TO STOP WORK OR TERMINATE CONTRACT ' If the Work should be stopped under an order of any court or other public authority for a period of more than 3 months, through no act or fault of the Contractor, its Subcontractors, or respective employees or agents, then the Contractor may, upon 15 days' written notice to the Owner and the Engineer, if said default has not been cured, stop Work or terminate this Contract and recover from the Owner payment for the reasonable value of Work performed. 55. CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK FOUND DURING WARRANTY PERIOD The Contractor hereby agrees to make, at his own expense, all repairs or replacements necessitated by defects in materials or workmanship, supplied under terms of this Contract, and pay for any damage to other works resulting from such defects, which ' become evident within 1 year after the date of final acceptance of the Work or within 1 year after the date of substantial completion established by the Engineer for specified items of equipment, or within such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law ' or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents. The Contractor further assumes responsibility for a similar guarantee for all Work and materials provided by subcontractors or manufacturers of packaged equipment components. ' The effective date for the start of the guarantee or warranty period for equipment qualifying as substantially complete is defined in Article 16, SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, and Article 67, SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DATE, in these General Conditions. The Contractor also agrees to hold the Owner and the Engineer harmless from liability of any kind arising from damage due to said defects. The Contractor shall make all repairs and replacements promptly upon receipt of written order for same from the Owner. !I IFY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700-21 If the Contractor fails to make the repairs and replacements promptly, the Owner may do the Work, and the Contractor and his Surety shall be liable for the. cost thereof. Any additional requirements for the Project relative to correction of defective Work after final acceptance are set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. PROGRESS OF THE WORK 56. BEGINNING OF THE WORK Before Work _shall be started and materials ordered, the Contractor shall meet and consult with the Owner and/or Engineer relative to materials, equipment, and all arrangements for prosecuting. the Work. 57. SCHEDULES AND PROGRESS REPORTS The Contractor shall submit to the Owner such schedule of quantities and costs, progress schedules, payrolls, reports, records, and other data as the Owner may request concerning Work performed or to be performed under this Contract. Construction Schedule Requirements: The Contractor shall comply with the following requirements concerning construction scheduling and payments: The Contractor shall submit a construction schedule of the bar graph type (or other approved type) prior to the preconstruction conference showing the following information as a minimum: a. Date of Notice to Proceed with Contract Work. b. . Actual date construction is scheduled to start if different from the date of Notice to Proceed. c. Contract completion date. d. Beginning and completion dates for each phase of Work. e. The dates at which special detail drawings are required. f. Respective dates for submission of shop drawings and the beginning of manufacture, the testing of, and the installation of materials, supplies, and equipment. g. All construction milestone dates. h. A separate graph showing Work placement in dollars versus Contract time. I I I it L I C L L ll C L L I I FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 90700-22 ' El The schedule shall incorporate approved Contract changes. The schedule shall be maintained in an up-to-date condition monthly and shall be available for inspection at the construction site at all times. ' The construction schedule shall be submitted in conjunction with and/or in addition to any other requirements concerning schedules within these Specifications. The construction schedule shall be updated and submitted with each monthly request for payment. Should the Contractor fall behind said schedule, he shall present in writing to the owner a revised plan of action to complete the project on time. Methods may include, but are not limited to additional manpower, equipment, working overtime, etc.. As may be required. Also, the construction schedule shall be revised accordingly. Failure to submit such revised construction schedule and written explanation shall be ' reason to withhold payment entirely or reduce payment substantially. 58. PROSECUTION OF THE WORK ' It is expressly understood and agreed that the time of beginning, rate of progress, and time of completion of the Work are the essence of this Contract. The Work shall be ' prosecuted at such time, and in or on such part or parts of the Project as may be required, to complete the Project as contemplated in the Contract Documents and the approved construction schedule. Regular Work hours shall be from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Monday through Friday. No Work requiring the presence of the Engineer's representative will be performed outside ' of regular Work hours. The cost of additional engineering services will be based upon actual hours worked ' (labor cost x 3) plus out-of-pocket expenses such as lodging, mileage, materials, etc. Otherwise, the Contractor may perform clean-up work only outside of regular hours ' (including Saturdays and Sundays). No Work will be accomplished on holidays. 59. ASSIGNMENT Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole, without the written consent of the other, nor shall the Contractor assign any monies due or to become due to him hereunder without the previous written consent of the Owner. 60. OWNER'S RIGHT TO DO WORK If the Contractor should, in the opinion of the Engineer, neglect to prosecute the Work properly or should neglect or refuse at his own cost to take up and replace Work as shall ' have been rejected by the Engineer, then the Owner shall notify the Surety of the condition, and after 10 days' written notice to the Contractor and the Surety, or without notice if an emergency or danger to the Work or public exists, and without prejudice to ' any other right which the Owner may have under the Contract, take over that portion of the work which has been improperly executed or uncompleted, and make good the ' FY00215I DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700-23 I 61 62. deficiencies and deduct the cost thereof from the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor, and if such payments are not sufficient thereof, charge the cost to the Contractor and its surety. OWNER'S RIGHT TO TRANSFER EMPLOYMENT If the Contractor should abandon the Work or should be adjudged bankrupt, or if he should make a general assignment for the benefit of his creditors, or if a receiver should be appointed on account of his insolvency, or if he should persistently or repeatedly refuse or should fail, except in cases for which extension of time is provided, to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials, or if he should fail to make prompt payment to subcontractors for material or labor, or persistently disregard laws, ordinances, or the instructions of the Engineer, or otherwise be guilty of a substantial violation of any provision of the Contract or any laws or ordinance. The Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy, and after giving the Contractor and Surety 7 days' written notice, transfer the employment for said Work from the Contractor to the Surety. Upon receipt of such notice, such Surety shall enter upon the premises and take possession of all materials, tools, and appliances thereon for the purpose of completing the Work included under this Contract and employ, by Contract or otherwise, any qualified person or persons to finish the Work and provide the materials therefore, in accordance with the Contract Documents, without termination of the continuing full force and effect of this Contract. In case of such transfer of employment to such Surety, the Surety shall be paid in its own name on estimates according to the terms hereof without any right of the Contractor to make any claim for the same or any part thereof. If after the furnishing of said written notice to the Surety, the Contractor and the Surety still fail to make reasonable progress on the performance of the Work, the Owner may terminate the employment of the Contractor and take possession of the premises and of all materials, tools, and appliances thereon and finish the Work by whatever method he may deem expedient and charge the cost thereof to the Contractor and Surety. In such case, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the expense of completing the Contract, including compensation for additional managerial and administrative services, shall exceed such unpaid balance, the Contractor and the Surety shall pay the difference to the Owner. OWNER'S RIGHT TO SUSPEND OR TERMINATE WORK Owner may suspend work under the following conditions: At any time and without cause, Owner may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to Contractor and Engineer which willUfix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such C C C [I 1] I I I I [l I I C I I I I FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700-24 ' I suspension if Contract makes an approved claim therefor as provided in per the General Conditions. . IOwner may terminate ' Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: 1. If Contractor persistently fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient ' skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule established in the Contract Documents. 2. If Contractor disregards Laws or Regulations of any public body having ' jurisdiction. 3. If Contractor disregards the authority of the Engineers. 4. If Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents. Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any) seven days' written notice ' and to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment, and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are ' stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as Owner may deem expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the ' Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed by Engineer as to their ' reasonableness and when so approved by Engineer incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under the paragraph Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. ' Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which ' may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from liability. ' Upon seven days' written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, elect to terminate the Contract. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items): I1. For completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work. ' 2. For expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract tFY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700 - 25 I Documents in. connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses. 3. For all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others. 4. For reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 63. DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME If the Contractor. is delayed in the progress of the Work by any separate Contractor employed by the Owner, or by strikes, lockouts, fire, excessive adverse weather conditions not reasonably anticipated (on the basis of official weather records from the past ten years, minimum, from the locality involved), or acts of God, the Contractor shall, within 48 hours of the start of the occurrence, give written notice to the Owner of the cause of the potential delay and estimate the possible time extension involved, and within 7 days after the cause of delay has been remedied, the Contractor shall given written notice to the Owner of any actual time extension requested as a result of the aforementioned occurrence; then the Contract time may be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Engineer determines. It is agreed that no claim shall be made or allowed for any damages which may arise out of any delay caused by the above referenced acts or occurrences, other than claims for the appropriate extension of time. No extension of time will be granted to the Contractor for delays occurring to parts of the Work that have no measurable impact on the completion of the total Work under this Contract; nor will extension of time be granted for delays to parts of Work that are not located on the critical path if the Critical Path Method (CPM) is used for scheduling the Work. No extension of time will be considered for weather conditions normal to the area in which the Work is being performed. Unusual weather conditions, if determined by the Engineer to be of a severity that would stop all progress of the Work, may be considered as cause for an extension of Contract completion time. The Contractor shall provide official documentation of weather conditions experienced versus those anticipated as described above. Delays in delivery of equipment or material purchased by the Contractor or his subcontractors (including Owner -selected equipment) shall not be considered as ajust cause for delay. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the timely ordering, scheduling, expediting, delivery, and installation of all equipment and materials. Within a reasonable period after the Contractor submits to the Owner a written request for an extension of time, the Engineer will present his written opinion to the Owner as to whether an extension of time is justified, and, if so, his recommendation as to the I I I I C [1 I I I I I I I C I FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700-26 I I I I I The Contractor agrees that said Work shall be prosecuted regularly, diligently, and ' uninterruptedly at such rate or progress as will insure full completion thereof within the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the completion of the Work described herein is a ' reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and usual construction conditions prevailing in this locality. number of days for time extension. The Owner will make the final decision on all requests for extension of time. In no event shall the Contractor be entitled under this Contract to collect or recover any damages, loss, or expense incurred by any delay other than as caused by the Owner, as stipulated in the Article titled, NOTICE OF CLAIM FOR DELAY. 64. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The Work shall begin at the time stated in the Notice to Proceed issued by the Owner to the Contractor and shall be completed within the number of consecutive calendar days, or by the calendar date, stated in the accepted Bid and Contract. The time shall be computed from and including the date stated in the Notice to Proceed. It is agreed that time is of the essence of this Contract. ' If the Contractor shall neglect, fail, or refuse to complete the Work within the time herein specified, or any proper extension thereof granted by the Owner, then the Contractor does hereby agree, as a part consideration for the awarding of this Contract, ' a penalty put as liquidated damages for such breach of Contract, as hereinafter set forth, for each and every calendar day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time ' stipulated in the Contract for completing the Work. The said amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of fixing and ascertaining the actual damages which the Owner would in such event sustain, and said amount shall be retained from time to time by the Owner from current periodic pay estimates. ' 65. OTHER CONTRACTS The Owner reserves the right to award other Contracts in connection with the Work. The Contractor shall afford other Contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and the execution of their Work and shall properly connect and coordinate his Work with theirs. If any part of the Work under this Contract depends on the prior acceptable completion ' of Work by others under separate Contract(s), the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Engineer any defects. in such Work that would adversely affect the satisfactory completion of the Work under this Contract. The Contractor's failure to so ' inspect and report shall constitute acceptance of the Work by others as being suitable for the proper reception and completion of the Work under this Contract, excluding, IFY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700-27 .1 however, those defects in the Work by others that occur after the satisfactory completion of the Work specified hereunder. t ' 66. USE OF PREMISES The Contractor shall confine his equipment, the storage of materials, and the operation 1 of his workers to limits shown on the Drawings or indicated by law, ordinances, permits, or directions of the Engineer, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with his materials. The Contractor shall provide, at his own expense, the necessary rights -of -way and access to the Work which may be required outside the limits of the Owner's property. 67. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DATE The Engineer may, at his sole discretion, issue a written notice of substantial ' completion for the purpose of establishing the starting date for specific equipment guarantees, and to establish the date that the Owner will assume the responsibility for ' the cost of operating such equipment. Said notice shall not be considered as final acceptance of any portion of the Work or relieve the Contractor from completing the ' remaining Work within the specified time and in full compliance with the Contract Documents. Such substantial completion shall not relieve Contractor from liquidated damages ' should the Owner have added costs after the completion date, i.e., if additional construction observation, interest paid, loss of revenue, or other expenses continue to be charged to the Owner. Substantial completion of an operating facility shall be that degree of completion that will provide a minimum of 7 continuous work days of successful operation in which all performance and acceptance testing has been successfully demonstrated to the Engineer. All equipment contained in the Work, plus all other components necessary to enable the Owner. to operate the facility in the manner that was intended, shall be complete on the substantial completion date. See "SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION" under Article DEFINITIONS, of these General Conditions. ' 68. PERFORMANCE TESTING Operating equipment and systems shall be performance tested in the presence of the Engineer to demonstrate compliance with the specified requirements. Performance testing shall be conducted under the specified design operating conditions or under such simulated operating conditions as recommended or approved by the Engineer. Schedule such testing with the Engineer at least I week in advance of the planned date for testing. 69. OWNER'S USE OF PORTIONS OF THE WORK The Owner shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the Work. Such use shall not be considered as final acceptance FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700-28 , I 1 of any portion of the Work, nor shall such use be considered as cause for an extension ' of the Contract completion time, unless authorized by a Change Order issued by the Owner. 70. CUTTING AND PATCHING The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, or patching of his Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and fit it to receive or be received by Work of other Contractors shown upon or reasonably implied by the Drawings. Any defective Work or material, performed or furnished by the Contractor, that may be discovered by the Engineer before the final acceptance of the Work or before final payment has been made, shall be removed and replaced or patched, in a manner as approved by the Engineer at the expense of the Contractor. 71. CLEANING UP The Contractor shall, at all times, at his own expense, keep property on which Work is in progress and the adjacent property free from accumulations of waste material or rubbish caused by employees or by the Work. Upon completion of the construction, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, remove all temporary structures, rubbish, and waste materials resulting from his operations. PAYMENT ' 72. PAYMENT FOR CHANGE ORDERS Payment or credit for any alterations covered by a Change Order shall be determined ' by one or a combination of the methods set forth in A, B, or C below as applicable: A. UNIT PRICES. If applicable, those unit prices stipulated in the Bid, shall be ' utilized. If such Unit Prices are not applicable, the Contractor and Owner may utilize Unit Prices as mutually agreed upon. I B. LUMP SUM. A total lump sum for the Work may be negotiated as mutually agreed upon by the Contractor and Owner. ' In "A" and "B" above, Contractor's quotations for Change Orders shall be in writing and firm for a period of 90 days. Any compensation paid in conjunction with the terms of a Change Order shall comprise total compensation due the Contractor for the Work or alteration defined in the Change Order. By signing the Change Order, the Contractor acknowledges that the stipulated compensation includes payment for the Work or alteration plus all payment for the interruption of schedules, extended overhead, delay or any other impact claim or ripple effect, and by such signing specifically waives any reservation or claim for additional compensation in respect to the subject of the Change Order. ' FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700 - 29 I I The Owner's request for quotations on alterations to the Work shall not -be considered authorization to proceed with the Work prior to the issuance of a formal Change Order, nor shall such request justify any delay in existing Work. Lump sum quotations for alterations to the Work shall include substantiating documentation with an itemized breakdown of Contractor and subcontractor costs, including labor, material, rentals, approved services, overhead, and profit calculated as specified under "C" below. C. FORCE ACCOUNT WORK. If the method of payment cannot be agreed upon prior to the beginning of the Work, and the Owner or the Engineer directs that the Work be done by written Change Order or on a force account basis, then the Contractor shall furnish labor, equipment, and materials necessary to complete the Work in a satisfactory manner and within a reasonable period of time. For the Work performed, payment will be made for the documented actual cost of the following: 1) Labor, including foremen, who are directly assigned to the force account Work: (actual payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits as established by negotiated labor agreements, labor insurance, and labor taxes as established by law). No other fixed labor burdens will be considered, unless approved in writing by the Owner. 2) Material delivered and used on the designated Work, including sales tax, if paid for by the Contractor or his subcontractor. 3) Rental, or equivalent rental cost of equipment, including necessary transportation for items having a value in excess of $100. 4) Additional bond, as required and approved by the Owner. 5) Additional insurance (other than labor insurance) as required and approved by the Owner. To costs under 72C, FORCE ACCOUNT WORK, there shall be added the following fixed fees for the Contractor or subcontractor actually performing the Work: A fixed fee not to exceed 15 percent of the cost of all items above. The added fixed fees shall be considered to be full compensation, covering the cost of general supervision, overhead, profit, and any other general expense. The Owner reserves the right to furnish such materials and equipment as he deems expedient, and the Contractor shall have no claim for profit or added fees on the cost of such materials and equipment. I I I I I I I I En I [iii L L I FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700 - 30 1 I I I I I H I I IH For equipment under Item 3 above, rental -or equivalent rental cost will be allowed for only those days or hours during which the equipment is in actual use. Rental and transportation allowances shall not exceed the current rental rates prevailing in the locality. The rentals allowed for equipment will, in all cases, be understood to cover all fuel, supplies, repairs, and renewals, and no further allowances will be made for those items, unless specific agreement to that effect is made. The Contractor shall maintain his records in such a manner as to provide a clear distinction between the direct costs of Work paid for on a force account basis and the costs of other operations. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer report sheets in duplicate of each day's force account Work no later than the working day following the performance of said Work. The daily report sheets shall itemize the materials used, and shall cover the direct cost of labor and the charges for equipment rental, whether furnished by the Contractor, subcontractor, or other forces. The daily report sheets shall provide names or identifications and classifications of workers, the hourly rate of pay and hours worked, and also the size, type, and identification number of equipment and hours operated. Material charges shall be substantiated by valid copies of vendors' invoices. Such invoices shall be submitted with the daily report sheets, or, if not available, they shall be submitted with subsequent daily report sheets. Said daily report sheets shall be signed by the Contractor or his authorized agent. To receive partial payments and final payment for force account Work, the Contractor shall submit in a manner approved by the Engineer, detailed and complete documented verification of the Contractor's and any of his subcontractors' actual current costs involved in the force account Work pursuant to the issuance of an approved Change Order. Such costs shall be submitted within 30 days after said Work has been performed. ' No payment will be made for Work billed and submitted to the Engineer after the 30 -day period has expired. No extra or additional Work shall be performed by the Contractor, except in an emergency endangering life or property, unless in pursuance of a written Change Order, as provided in ALTERATIONS - CHANCES IN WORK. I [Ti IFY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700-3! I I 73. PARTIAL PAYMENTS A. GENERAL la C" Nothing contained in this Article shall be construed to affect the right, hereby reserved, to reject the whole or any part of the aforesaid Work, should such Work be later found not to comply with the provisions of the Contract Documents.. All estimated quantities of Work for which partial payments have been made are subject to review and correction on the final estimate. Payment by the Owner and acceptance by the Contractor of partial payments based on periodic estimates of quantities of Work performed shall not, in any way, constitute acceptance of the estimated quantities used as the basis for computing the amounts of the partial payments. For public works projects, each partial payment request and final payment request shall contain an affidavit by the Contractor that all provisions of the applicable federal and state requirements regarding apprentices and payment of prevailing wages have been complied with by him and by his Subcontractors. ESTIMATE AND PAYMENT Before the first working day of each calendar month, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a detailed estimate of the amount earned for the separate portions of the Work, and request payment. As used in this Article, the words "amount earned" means the value, on the date of the estimate for partial payment, of the Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, and the value of approved materials delivered to the Project site suitably stored and protected prior to incorporation into the Work. If the Contractor's estimate of amount earned conforms with the Engineer's evaluation, the Engineer will calculate the amount due the Contractor and make recommendation to the Owner for payment. An estimate of monthly progress payments shall be provided for the entire job prior to the first payment request. An update of the estimate of progress payments shall be updated if the actual progress differs by more than 20 percent in any -given morith. Each monthly payment request shall include the required updated Schedule. If the updated Schedule is"not submitted, the Owner may withhold payment until this item is completed. The Contractor shall be paid within 30 days of approval of the payment request. DEDUCTION FROM ESTIMATE Unless modified in the Supplementary Conditions, deductions from the estimate will be as described below. The Owner will deduct from the estimate, and retain as part security, 10 percent of the amount earned for Work satisfactorily completed. However, no deduction or retainage will be made on the approved items of material delivered to and properly stored at the job site but not I I I I I I I I J I I I FY002I51 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700 - 32 I incorporated into the Work. When the Work is 50 percent complete, the Owner may "freeze" the retainage at 5 percent of the dollar value of the total contract provided that the Contractor is making satisfactory progress and there is no specific cause for a greater retainage. The Owner may reinstate the retainage up to 10 percent of the dollar value of "Work complete to date" if the Owner determines, at his discretion, that the Contractor is not making satisfactory progress or where there is other specific cause for such withholding. NOTE: Exception --If the Work includes water or sewer pipelines, the Contractor shall maintain the Work for a period of ninety (90) days following its acceptance by the OWNER. Up to five percent (5%) of the Contract amount shall be retained during this maintenance period. All prior payments shall be subject to correction in the final payment. This 90 -day period does not relieve the Contractor of the Performance and Payment Bond requirements regarding warranty of the Project. In such cases, the semi-final payment estimate shall indicate the initial acceptance of the Work, and the warranty shall begin on such date. D. QUALIFICATION FOR PARTIAL PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS DELIVERED Unless modified in the Supplementary Conditions, qualification for partial payment for materials delivered but not yet incorporated in to the Work shall be as described below. Materials, as used herein, shall be considered to be those items which are fabricated or manufactured material and equipment. To receive partial payment for materials delivered to the site, but not incorporated in the Work, it shall be necessary for the Contractor to include invoices of such materials and documentation warranting that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect Owner's interest therein; all of which must be satisfactory to Owner. At the time of the next partial payment request, the Contractor must submit the following documentation relative to materials paid on the previous partial payment: paid invoices of such materials or other documentation warranting that the Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all liens, charges, security interests, and encumbrances (i.e., all materials have been paid for by Contractor). Failure to submit this documentation will result in an appropriate reduction on the current partial payment estimate for such materials. At his sole discretion, the Engineer may approve items for which partial payment is to be made. Proper storage and protection shall be provided by the Contractor, and as approved by the Engineer. Final payment shall be made only for materials IFY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700-33 I actually incorporated in the Work and, upon acceptance of the Work, all materials remaining for which advance payments had been made shall revert to the Contractor, unless otherwise agreed, and partial payments made for these items shall be deducted from the final payment for the Work. E. PAYMENT ' After deducting the retainages and the amount of all previous partial payments made to the Contractor, the amount earned as of the current month will be made payable to the Contractor within 30 days of the Owner's receipt of an approved request, except where the Owner is a municipality or other agency whose laws require the approval of each payment by a council or similar body, in which case, the payment shall become due and payable 10 days after the first regularly - scheduled meeting in the month following the submittal of such payment request. ' 74. CLAIMS In any case where the Contractor deems additional compensation is due him for Work or materials not clearly covered in the Contract or not ordered by the Engineer according to provisions of Article 20 ALTERATIONS - CHANGES IN WORK, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, in writing, of his intention to make claim for such compensation before he begins the Work on which he bases the claim, in order that such t matters may be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken. If such notification is not given or the Engineer is not afforded proper facilities by the Contractor. for keeping strict account of actual cost, then the Contractor hereby agrees to waive the claim for such additional compensation. Such notice by the Contractor, and the fact that the Engineer has kept account of the cost as aforesaid, shall not in any way be construed as proving the validity of the claim. Claims for additional compensation shall be made in itemized detail and submitted, in writing, to the Owner and Engineer within 10 days following completion of that portion of the Work for which the Contractor bases his claim. In case the claim is found to be just, it shall be allowed and paid for as provided in the Article titled, PAYMENT FOR CHANGE ORDERS. 75. NOTICE OF CLAIM FOR DELAY If the Contractor intends to file a claim for additional compensation for delay caused by ' the Owner at a particular time, he shall file a notice of claim with the Owner within 7 days of the beginning of the occurrence. The notice of claim shall be in duplicate, in writing, and need not state the amount. No claim for additional compensation will be considered unless the. provisions of Article 61, DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME, are complied with, and a notice of claim has been filed with the Owner in writing, as stated above. Should the Owner be prevented or enjoined from proceeding with Work, either before or after its prosecution, or from authorizing its prosecution by reason of any litigation, FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS I Section 00700 - 34 ' ' I the Contractor shall not be entitled to make or assert claim for damage by reason of said delay; but time for completion of the Work will be extended to such reasonable time as the Owner may determine will compensate for time lost by such delay, with such determination to be set forth in writing. 76. RELEASE OF LIENS OR CLAIMS ' The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner from all claims for labor and materials furnished under this Contract. Prior to the final payment, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, as part of his final payment request, an affidavit that all of ' the Contractor's obligations on the Project have been satisfied and that there are no unpaid taxes, liens, vendors' liens, rights to lien or any other type of claim against the Project, and that the hourly wages paid to all persons on the Project were in accordance with the applicable wage scale determinations. 77. FINAL PAYMENT Upon completion of all of the Work under this Contract, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, in writing, that he has completed his part of the Contract and shall request final inspection. Upon receipt of the Contractor's written notice that the Work is ready for final ' inspection, the Engineer shall make such inspection and shall submit to the Owner his recommendation as to acceptance of the completed Work and as to the final estimate ' of the amount due the Contractor under this Contract. Upon approval of this final estimate by the Owner and compliance with provisions in Article titled, RELEASE OF LIENS OR CLAIMS, and other provisions as may be ' applicable, the Owner shall pay to the Contractor all monies due him under the provisions of these Contract Documents. On contracts for public works, final payment of the retained percentage will not be made until the Contractor has also furnished the ' applicable apprenticeship wage certification. 78. NO WAIVER OF RIGHTS Neither the inspection of the Owner, through the Engineer or any of his employees, nor any order by the Owner for payment of money, nor any payment for, or acceptance of, ' the whole or any part of the Work by the Owner or Engineer, nor any extension of time, nor any possession taken by the Owner or its employees shall operate as a waiver of any provision of this Contract, or any power herein reserved to the Owner, or any right to damages herein provided nor shall any waiver of any breach in this Contract be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. ' 79. ACCEPTANCE OF FINAL PAYMENT CONSTITUTES RELEASE The acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall release the Owner and the ' Engineer, as agent of the Owner, from all claims and all liability to the Contractor for all things done or furnished in connection with the Work, and every act of the Owner ' FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700-35 and others relating to or arising out of the Work. No payment, however, final or otherwise, shall operate to release the Contractor or his Sureties from obligations under this Contract and the Performance and Payment Bonds, and other bonds and warranties, as herein provided. END OF GENERAL CONDITIONS 9 F FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 00700-36 C I I C' I I 1 I 1 I DOCUMENT 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS The GENERAL CONDITIONS are hereby revised as follows: ARTICLE 7.5 "DEFECTIVE WORK" Add the new article as follows: Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that such Work does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to the Engineer's recommendation for final payment (unless the Owner has assumed responsibility for protection thereof at Substantial Completion). ARTICLE 9. "ENGINEER" Delete the first sentence. ARTICLE 16. "SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION" Replace the word "Project" wherever it occurs with the word "Work". Delete the second paragraph and add the following: Substantial Completion shall be evidenced by a definitive Certificate of Substantial Completion or by the Engineer's written recommendation that the Work is complete and ready for final payment. The date of Substantial Completion shall be the effective date on the certificate or the date the Engineer recommends for final payment, whichever occurs first. ARTICLE 28. "REJECTED MATERIAL" Delete entirely and replace with the following: ARTICLE 28. "REJECTED WORK" Any Work condemned or rejected as defective by the Engineer shall be removed at once from the vicinity of the Work by the Contractor at his own expense (unless such Work is Owner - provided material equipment) and shall not be used on the remainder of the Work. ARTICLE 31. "LINES AND GRADES" Add the following: The Engineer shall stake or otherwise mark: 4 comers of each hangar The above will be staked one time only. IFY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS 00800-I I I ARTICLE 52. "TESTS, SAMPLES, AND INSPECTIONS" Add the following: CONCRETE TESTING The Engineer shall conduct concrete testing as required by Owner and Contract Documents. The Owner shall pay for all initial testing. The Contractor shall pay for all retesting necessitated by unsatisfactory results of initial testing or for tests specifically requested by Contractor. ARTICLE 55. "CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK FOUND DURING WARRANTY PERIOD" Delete entirely and replace with the following: ARTICLE 55. "CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY & GUARANTEE & CORRECTION PERIOD" The Contractor. warrants and guarantees to the Owner that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be Defective Work. The Contractor's warranty and guarantee excludes defective Owner -provided material and equipment; however, it does not exclude the Contractor's workmanship in incorporating such material and equipment in the remainder of the Work. If, within two years after the date of Substantial Completion or longer period of time as prescribed by Laws, Regulation, or specific provisions of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be Defective Work, the Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the Owner's written instruction. ' 1) Correct the Defective Work or remove and replace it with Work that is not defective, and 2) Satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work resulting therefrom. Where Defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this Article, the warranty and guarantee period shall be extended for an additional two years after the date the Owner accepts such correction or removal and replacement. If the Contractor fails to promptly make such correction or removals and replacements, or in an ' emergency where delay would cause serious risk loss or damage, the Owner may have the Defective Work corrected or removed and replaced. In such instance the Contractor shall pay all resulting claims, costs, losses and damages. FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS 00800-2 ' I ARTICLE 57 "SCHEDULES AND PROGRESS REPORTS" In the unnumbered subparaph of the paragraph beginning, "Construction Schedule Requirements", change the submission requirement from "prior to the preconstruction conference" to "within 14 calendar days after the start of Work". From the paragraph beginning, "Construction Schedule Requirements" delete subparagraphs e, f, g, and h. ARTICLE 58 "PROSECUTION OF THE WORK" Delete and replace with 58. "PROSECUTION OF THE WORK; WORKING HOURS; OBSERVATION HOURS" Owner and Contractor expressly understand and agree that the time of beginning, rate of progress, and time of completion of the Work are of the essence in this Contract. Contractor shall prosecute the Work at such time and in such parts of the Work as may be required to complete the Work within the Contract Times or on or before the dates established for completion, except as limited below. Contractor's Working Hours: Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons, the Work, or property at or adjacent to the site, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall limit work at the site to period between 7:00 A.M. and 6:00 P.M., Monday through Friday. Contractor will not permit work outside these hours or on Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday without Owner's consent (which will not be reasonably withheld) and prior notice to Engineer. The intent of this limitation is to minimize the impact of construction work on those living or conducting business near or adjacent to the site. Engineer's Observation Hours: Contractor is expected to schedule and prosecute the ' Work in a manner that will not require observation for more than 40 hours per week, on Sundays, or on legal holidays. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for all observation in excess of 40 hours per week or on Sundays or holidays (such holidays being New Years Day, Memorial Day, 4th of July, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day). The method of reimbursement shall be a deduction from monies due Contractor on pay requests and shall be calculated as follows: $55/hour times the sum of all observers' hours, as recorded on certified time sheets as devoted to this project, less 40 hours -or- $55 x (SUMoas,.,.- 40). ARTICLE 67 "SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DATE" Delete entirely. ARTICLE 73B "ESTIMATE AND PAYMENT" Delete the last sentence that reads, "The Contractor shall be paid within 30 of approval of the payment request." Replace it with the following: "Owner will make every effort to pay Contractor within 30 days of receipt of pay requests recommended by Engineer; however, Owner can not guarantee that this 30 -day time frame can be met for each pay request" 1 IFY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS 00800-3 ARTICLE 73D QUALIFICATION FOR PARTIAL PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS DELIVERED" and all other Articles applicable to stored materials. a payments for materials delivered but Delete Article 73D entirely. The Owner will not make partial pay not yet incorporated in the construction. ARTICLE 80 "DISPUTES RESOLUTION" Binding Arbitration: hen, if mediation does not re of vl will g&the disagreement, theyshall be decided by arbitration. mediatron Arbitration shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the Amencan Arbitration Association and subject to the limitations set forth in this paragraph 16.02. The award rendered by arbitrators shall be final and binding and will not be subject to modification or appeal. Any court having jurisdiction may enter judgement on the award and enforce this agreement to arbitrate. ' Limitations: ' (1) Mediation First: Appeals of Engineer's decisions shall first be submitted to mediation by the American Arbitration Association under that Association's Construction Industry Mediation sdelay arbitration e mediator of anyd dispute shall not so serve irrevocably subsequently as paarbitrator for the same P dispute unless otherwise agreed to by both parties. (2) Filing: Appellant will file the demand for arbitration with the other party, Engineer, ision. and the no event any such tion Association demand be made date when the institution ofclegal or n equitable will proceedings would be barred by applicable statutes of limitations. (3) Inclusion of other Parties: Except as provided in subparagraph (4) below, no arbitration arising out of, or relatingto, the rho is not ocumena party to theshall de by Agreementlunless: idation, joinder, or any other manner any person or entity (a) such inclusion is necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those who are already parties to the arbitration; (b) the other person or entity is substantially involved in a question of law or fact which is common to those who are already parties to the arbitration and which will arise in the proceedings; and ' (c ) the person or entity sought to be included, Owner, and Contractor shall consent, in writing, to the inclusion. The consent shall specifically describe the dispute in question and shall not be considered consent to arbitrate for any dispute not so described. t01 or (4) Inclusion of Subcontractors: If a dispute involves the Work of a Subcontracto the Supplier, either Owner or Contractor mayjoin such Subcontractor or Supplier as a party arbitration and the limitations stipulated above will not apply. END OF SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS 00800-4 SECTION 01000 PARTI GENERAL A. Whenever in these Contract Documents the following abbreviations are used, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows: AA Aluminum Association AAMA Architectural Aluminum ManufacturersAssociation AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ACI American Concrete Institute AFBMA Anti -Friction Bearing Manufacturers' Association AGA American Gas Association AGMA American Gear Manufacturers' Association AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Institute of Steel Institute AITC American Institute of Timber Construction AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association ' ANSI American National Standards Institute APA American Plywood Association API American Petroleum Institute AREA American Railway Engineering Association I ASAE American Society of Agricultural Engineers ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air -Conditioning Engineers, Inc. ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWl Architectural Woodwork Institute AWS American Welding Society AWPA American Wood Preservers' Association AWPB American Wood Preservers Bureau AWWA American Water Works Association BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers' Association I [I I I I I CBMA Certified Ballast Manufacturers' Association CDA Copper Development Association CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CMAA Crane Manufacturers' Association of America CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute EPA Environmental Protection Agency Fed. Spec. Federal Specifications HI Hydraulic Institute HMI Hoist Manufacturers' Institute ICBO International Conference of Building Officials IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers' Association ISA Instrument Society of America FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 01000-1 SIC Joint Industry Conferences of Hydraulic Manufacturers MMA Monorail Manufacturers' Association NBHA National Builders' Hardware Association NEC National Electrical Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers' Association NESC National Electric Safety Code NFPA National Fire Protection Association NLMA National Lumber Manufacturers' Association NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers' Association OECI Overhead Electrical Crane Institute OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act (both Federal and State) PS ' Product Standards Section - U.S. Department of Commerce RLM RLM Standards Institute, Inc. RMA Rubber Manufacturers' Association SAE Society of Automotive Engineers SDI Steel Door Institute SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council TEMA Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers' Association TCA Tile Council of America UBC Uniform Building Code UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. WWPA Western Wood Products Association B. Unless a particular issue is designated, all references to the above specifications, standards, or methods shall, in each instance, be understood to refer to the issue in effect (including all amendments) on the first published date of the Invitation to Bid. END OF SECTION e FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T' HANGARS Section 01000-2 U C H PART1 GENERAL SECTION 01009 SUMMARY OF WORK 1 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED I I [J I I I I I Li H I A. This Section describes the project in general, and provides overview of the extent of the work to be performed. Detailed requirements and extent of work is stated in the applicable Specification Sections and is shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall, except as otherwise specifically stated herein or in any applicable parts of the Contract Documents, provide and pay for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution, and completion of his work. 1.02 REASONABLY IMPLIED PARTS OF THE WORK SHALL BE DONE THOUGH ABSENT FROM SPECIFICATIONS A. Any part of the work which is not mentioned in the Specifications but is shown on the Drawings, or any part not shown on the Drawings but described in the Specifications, or any part not shown on the Drawings nor described in the Specifications, but which is necessary or normally required as a part of such work, or is necessary or required to make each installation satisfactorily and legally operable, shall be performed by the Contractor as incidental work without extra cost to the Owner, as if fully described in the Specifications and shown on the Drawings, and the expense thereof shall be included in the applicable unit prices or lump sum bid items for the work. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT A. Work included in these Contract Documents consists of providing the construction of two 8 Bay "T" Hangars complete and in place as shown on the Drawings. More specifically, the project will require the following; 1. Mobilization/Demobilization 2. Saw cut asphalt and remove and dispose of asphalt as required. 3. Drill and construct 24" diameter piers. 4. Furnish and install 8 Bay "T" Hangars including electrical and water service. 5. The Engineer shall establish comers by setting concrete nails at comer intersection. This construction staking is to be performed by the Engineer one time only, with additional staking to be the FY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGARS Section 01009- 1 responsibility of the Contractor. 6. Cleanup. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Products shall be as specified or Engineer approved equal. PART 3 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES 3.01 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION WORK A. The Contractor shall execute all work, including the work described, as well as final clean-up. B. The Contractor shall coordinate his work with the Engineer and the Drake Field Administration. C. The Contractor shall keep one lane of traffic open to existing hangars. 3.02 DRAWINGS A. Drawings are bound separately and consist of 8 sheets. END OF SECTION FY002151 DRAKE FIELD T' HANGARS . Section 01009-2 rT SECTION 01011 SITE CONDITIONS PART1 GENERAL ' 1.01 SITE INVESTIGATION AND REPRESENTATION IA. The Contractor acknowledges by submission of his Bid that he has satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the general and local conditions, particularly those bearing upon availability of transportation, disposal, handling and ' storage of materials, availability of labor, water, electric power, roads, and uncertainties of weather, or similar physical conditions at the site, the conformation and conditions of the ground, the character of equipment and facilities needed ' preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work and all other matters which can in any way affect the work or the cost thereof under this Contract. B. The Contractor further acknowledges by submission of his Bid that he has satisfied ' himself as to the character, quality, and quantity of surface and subsurface materials to be encountered from inspecting the site. Any failure by the Contractor to acquaint himself with all the available information will not relieve him from responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the work. C. Prospective Bidders are invited, at their own expense, to make subsurface ' investigations, by boring or test hole excavation, as may be desirable, provided, however, that such work be scheduled by appointment with the Owner. Bidders are not authorized to enter private property during these investigations. D. In the event subsurface or latent physical conditions are found materially different from those indicated in these Documents, and differing materially from those ' ordinarily encountered in the project area and generally recognized as inhering in the character of work covered in these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall promptly, and before such conditions are disturbed, notify the Engineer in writing of ' such changed conditions. E. The Engineer will investigate such conditions promptly and following this investigation, the Contractor shall proceed with the work, unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer. If the Engineer finds that such conditions do so materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost of, or in the time required for performing the work, the Engineer will recommend to the Owner the amount of ' adjustment in cost and time he considers reasonable. The Owner will make the final decision on all Change Orders to the Contract regarding any adjustment in cost or time for completion. ' 1.02 EXISTING UTILITIES A. Utilities in the vicinity of the project include water, sewage, gas, telephone, and electric lines. Information is shown on the Drawings relative to the general location of these utilities. Since specific utility locations are not shown on the Drawings for all utilities, the Contractor shall carefully coordinate the location of utilities. FY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'V HANGARS Section 01011 - 1 1 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY PROPERTIES AND ' SERVICE A. Notify all utility offices that are affected by the construction operation at least 48 hours in advance by using the Arkansas One Call System ( 1-800-482-8998). Under no circumstances expose any utility without first obtaining permission from the appropriate agency. Once permission has been granted, locate, expose, and provide temporary support for all existing underground utilities. ' B. The Contractor shall be solely and directly responsible to the Owner and operators of such properties for any damage, injury, expense, loss, inconvenience, delay, suits, actions, or claims of any character brought because of any injuries or damage which may result from the construction operations under this Contract. C. Neither the Owner nor its officers or agents shall be responsible to the Contractor for damages as a result of the Contractor's failure to protect utilities encountered in the work. D. In the event of interruption to utility services as a result of accidental breakage due ' to construction operations, promptly notify the proper authority. Cooperate with said authority in restoration of service as promptly as possible and bear all costs of repair. In no event shall interruption of any utility service be allowed outside working hours unless granted by the owner of the utility. E. The Contractor shall replace, at his own expense, any and all existing utilities or ' structures damaged during construction. 1.04 NAMES OF KNOWN UTILITIES SERVING THE AREA A. The following is a list of the major public utilities serving the work area indicating the name and telephone number of the responsible authority of the various utilities which should be notified if conflicts or emergencies arise during the progress of the work: Name Authority Telephone Water & Sewer Fayetteville Water & Sewer 575-8386 Maintenance Telephone Southwestern Bell Enterprise 9800 1-800-482-8998 • Electricity Southwestern Electric 501-521-1800 Power Company 1.05 FIELD RELOCATION A. During the progress of the construction any relocation other than those shown on the t plans shall be at the direction of the Engineer. If the Contractor encounters utilities or other structures that conflict with the construction, he shall notify the Engineer. FY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS s Section 01011 -2 1 1.06 PAYMENT A. No payment will be made for minor utility service relocation or repair. PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION FY0021S1 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS Section 01011 -3 SECTION 01014 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK AREAS A. The Contractor shall maintain all work areas within and outside the project boundaries free from environmental pollution which would be in violation to any federal, state, or local regulations. I 1 1 1 1.02 1.03 1.04 1.05 1.06 STORM WATER AND EROSION CONTROL A. The Contractor shall comply in all ways with the Arkansas Department of Pollution Control and Ecology (ADPC&E) Requirements for area disturbed. The Contractor shall develop a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan including Erosion Control, submit this plan to the Engineer for his approval, and shall obtain all permits required. PROTECTION OF AIR QUALITY A. Trash burning will not be permitted on the construction site. B. If temporary heating devices are necessary for protection of the work, such devices shall be of an approved type that will not cause pollution of the air. CONSTRUCTION NOISE CONTROL A. The Contractor shall conduct all his work, use appropriate construction methods and equipment, all as necessary so that noise emanating from the process or any related tool or equipment will not be disturbing to adjacent residents. NIGHTTIME WORK A. If the Contractor desires to perform any work between the hours of 6 P.M. and 7 A.M., he shall obtain approval of all affected adjacent property owners and the Engineer and notify the appropriate agencies and make all necessary arrangements prior to commencing. PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this section will be included as part of the applicable bid amounts stated in the Proposal. PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used. FY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS Section 01014-1 I ' SECTION 01016 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION OF PROPERTY 1 PART1 GENERAL ' 1.01 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR SAFETY IA. The Contractor shall provide all equipment, material and supervision including training necessary for safety and be solely and completely responsible for the conditions of the jobsite, including safety of all persons (including employees) and ' property during the Contract period: This requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. 1.02 FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Safety provisions shall conform to the Federal and State Department of Labor Occupational Safety Health Act (OSHA), and all other applicable federal, state, ' county, and local laws, ordinances, codes, the requirements set forth herein, and any regulations that may be specified in other parts of these Contract Documents. Where any of these are in conflict, the more stringent requirements shall be followed. The ' Contractor's failure to thoroughly familiarize himself with the aforementioned safety provisions shall not relieve him from compliance with the obligations and penalties • set forth therein. ' 1.03 SAFE ACCESS BY FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS ' A. The Contractor shall at all times provide proper facilities for safe access to the work by authorized officials. ' 1.04 SAFETY EQUIPMENT A. The Contractor, as part of his safety program, shall maintain at his office or other ' well-known place at the jobsite, safety equipment applicable to the work as prescribed by the governing safety authorities, all articles necessary for giving first -aid to the injured, and shall establish the procedure for the immediate removal ' to a hospital or a doctor's care of any person who may be injured on the jobsite. B. The performance of all work and all completed construction, particularly with respect Ito ladders, platforms, structure openings, scaffolding, shoring, lagging, machinery guards and the like, shall be in accordance with the applicable governing safety authorities. 1 I ' Section 01016 - 1 FY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS U 1.05 ACCIDENT REPORTS A. If death or serious injuries or serious damages are caused, the accident shall .be reported immediately by telephone or messenger to the Engineer. In addition, the Contractor must promptly report in writing to the Engineer and Owner all accidents whatsoever arising out of, or in connection with, the performance of the work whether on, or adjacent to, the site,'giving full details and statements of witnesses. B. If a claim is made by anyone against the Contractor or any subcontractor on account of any accident, the Contractor shall promptly report the facts in writing to the Engineer, giving full details of the claim. , 1.06 TRAFFIC SAFETY AND ACCESS TO PROPERTY A. The Contractor shall maintain traffic to all existing hangars including emergency vehicles. 1.07 TRAFFIC CONTROL A. Traffic control procedures and devices used on all local, county, and state• rights -of -way shall -meet the requirements of the applicable current laws and regulations for traffic control. 1.08 ACCESS FOR POLICE A. The Contractor shall leave his night emergency telephone number or numbers with the Owner, Police Department and Sheriffs offices, so that contact may be made easily at all times. 1.09 FIRE PREVENTION AND PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall perform all work in a fire -safe manner and shall supply and maintain on the site adequate fire -fighting equipment capable of extinguishing incipient fires. The Contractor shall comply with applicable federal, local, and state fire -prevention regulations. Where these regulations do not apply, applicable parts of the National Fire Prevention Standards for Safeguarding Building Construction • Operations, (NFPA No. 241) shall be followed. 1.10 CONTRACTOR TO SAFEGUARD EXISTING UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall perform all work, including excavation, dewatering,. and demolition operations, in such a manner as to avoid damage to existing fire hydrants, power poles, lighting standards, and all other existing utilities, public or private. See Section 01011, SITE CONDITIONS. 1.11 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC PROPERTY ' A. The Contractor shall employ such means and methods as necessary to adequately protect public property and property of the Owner against damage. In the event of damage to such property, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, immediately restore the property to a condition equal to its original condition and to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the Owner of said property. 1 FY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGARS Section 01016-2 1 L B. The Contractor shall exercise due care to avoid damage to existing pipe and coatings, wrappings, conduit, or other existing utilities. Should the Contractor damage or displace any of the above, the Contractor shall repair same to the satisfaction of the Engineer and all expenses in connection therewith shall be borne solely by the Contractor. 1.12 TRENCH OR EXCAVATION SAFETY SYSTEMS A. The current edition of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standard for Excavation and Trench Safety Systems, 29 CFR 1926, subpart P, is hereby incorporated into these Specifications by reference and shall be deemed to be included in the Contract the same as though herein written out in full. A copy of the OSHA documents is available at the City of Fayetteville Engineering Department Office. B. The work included in the Bid Proposal for "Excavation and Trench Safety Systems" shall include the lump sum amount for providing the safety systems required to comply with the OSHA Safety Standard set forth above, The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of said document for all excavations which equal or ' exceed 4 feet in depth. 1.13 DUST CONTROL A. Provide positive methods and apply dust control materials to minimize raising dust from construction operations; and to prevent airborne dust from dispersing into the atmosphere. 1.14 PAYMENT A. The Excavation and Trench Safety Systems shall be paid for under the total lump sum stated in the Bid Proposal. ' B. Traffic control and maintenance of traffic shall be paid for by the total lump sum as stated in the Proposal. ' C. No other separate payment will be made for the work in this section. PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION I ' FY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS Section 01016-3 SECTION 01027 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT MT:��ei�1►1�1:7:�/ 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of Applications for Payment. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Document 00500 - Owner -Contractor Agreement: Contract Sum , Amounts of Progress Payments, and Retainages, and times for submittals. I 1 1 1 1 B. Section 01700- Contract Closeout: Final Payment. 1.03 FORMAT A. The Contractor shall finnish, within 5 days after agreed on cutoff date, a pay estimate for the current pay period. For the work, provide the following listing: Bid Item No. 1; Description of Work; Bid Quantity, Unit Price, Work Completed This Estimate, Value of Work, Work Completed to Date, Value of Work Retainage, Stored Materials, Approved Change Orders, Less Previous Payments, and Amount Due This Estimate. 1.04 A. B. C. D. E. 1.05 A. PREPARATION OF APPLICATION Type required information or use media -driven printout. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of Work performed and for stored products. List each authorized Change Order as an extension on continuation sheet, listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of work. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified in Section 01700. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Submit three (3) copies of each Application for Payment at times stipulated in Agreement. IFY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS Section 01027 - 1 1.06 SUBSTANTIATING DATA A. Provide an invoice from the Material Supplier for every item of stored material for which payment is requested. B. When Engineer requires substantiating information, submit data justifying line item amounts in question. ' C. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show application number and date, and line item by number and description. PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION 4 FY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS Section 01027-2 I I I I I Li C I SECTION 01028 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Procedures for processing Change Orders. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Project record documents. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit name of the individual authorized to accept changes, and to be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ of changes in the Work. B. Change Order Form: As approved by the Engineer. 1.04 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT SUM AND CONTRACT TIME A. Document each quotation for a change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow evaluation of the quotation. ' B. Provide data to support computations: I I I Li ' 1.05 I 1. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment. 2. Taxes, insurance and bonds. 3. Overhead and profit. 4. Justification for any change in Contract Time. 5. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. C. Support each claim for additional costs, and for work done, with additional information: 1. Origin and date of claim. 2. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. 3. Time records and wage rates paid. 4. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES A. Engineer may submit a Proposal Request which includes: Detailed description of change with supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications, the projected time for executing the change and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. ' B. Contractor may initiate a change by submittal of a request to Engineer describing the FY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS Section 01028- I proposed change with a statement of the reason for the change, and the effect on Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation. 1.06 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION - WORK DIRECTIVE CHANGE A. Engineer may issue a directive, signed by Owner, instructing Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B. Directive will describe changes in the Work, and will designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. C. Promptly execute the change in Work. 1.07 TIME AND MATERIAL - FORCE ACCOUNT CHANGE ORDER A. Submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits in Conditions of the Contract. B. Engineer will determine the change allowable in Contract Sum and Contract Time as provided in Conditions of the Contract. 1.08 EXECUTION OF CHANGE ORDERS A. Engineer will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in Conditions of the Contract. 1.09 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum as shown on Change Order. B. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used. 9 PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION FY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS Section 01028-2 1 SECTION 01210 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCES PARTI GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Contractor participation in preconstruction conferences. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01009 - Summary of Work: Administrative provisions. 1.03 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Engineer will schedule conference within 15 days after the Contractor submit the executed Contract, approved Bonds, and required proof of insurance. B. Attendance: Owner, Engineer and Contractor. C. Agenda: 1. Submittal of executed bonds and insurance certificates. 2. Execution of Owner -Contractor Agreement. 3. Distribution of Contract Documents. 4. Submittal of list of subcontractors, list of products, schedule of values, and progress schedule. 5. Designation of responsible personnel. 6. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for payments, proposal requests, change orders, and Contract closeout procedures. 7. Scheduling. 8. Other items of special interest to the attendees. PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION FY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGARS Section 01210-1 I U Li SECTION 01311 SCHEDULE AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS ' PART1 GENERAL 1 1.01 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE GENERAL PROVISIONS A. No work shall be done between 6:00 P.M. and 7:00 A.M. nor on Saturdays, Sundays or legal holidays without the written permission of the Engineer. However, emergency work during these hours may be done without prior permission. rI PART 2 1 2.01 I El I SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION The Contractor shall submit plans and charts indicating the construction sequencing and duration of each construction activity, allowing for Traffic Control/Detour. PROGRESS OF THE WORK GENERAL A. The work shall be started within 10 days of the Notice to Proceed from the Owner, and the work shall be executed with such progress as may be required to prevent any delay to other contractors or to the general completion of the project. B. The work shall be executed at such times and in or on such parts of the project, and with such forces, materials, and equipment to assure completion of the work in the time established by the Contract. 2.02 OVERTIME NOTICE 1 A. See GENERAL CONDITIONS and SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS. I 2.03 PRECONSTRUCTION AND PROJECT COORDINATION MEETINGS A. A Preconstruction Conference and Project Coordination Meetings shall be held per the requirements of Section 01210 of these Specifications. 1 2.04 OVERALL SCHEDULE H I ri A. The Contractor will be required to prepare and submit to the Engineer within 15 days after the award of Contract, an Overall Schedule. The Overall Schedule shall be comprised of construction operations covering all work to be done in connection with the Contract. B. The Overall Schedule covering work to be executed under the Contract shall be of sufficient detail and shall have a minimum of work activities. The final total number of activities shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. A work activity is FY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGARS Section 01311 - 1 1 C. 2.05 PART 3 defined as an activity for which manpower is required and must be performed before the project is considered complete. The Overall Schedule shall indicate the sequence of work and the time of starting and completion of each part. It shall include; but not be limited to, the following items, as they pertain to the respective contractors: 1. Shop drawing receipt from Contractor, submitted to the Engineer, review, and return to Contractor. 2. Material and equipment order, manufacture, delivery, installation, and check-out. 3. Performance tests and supervisory service activities. 4. Construction sequence, including traffic control. 5. Final cleaning. 6. Allowance for inclement weather. PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for work under this Section. EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION Section 01311 -2 FY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL PARTI GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. General Quality Control. B. Workmanship. C. Manufacturer's Instructions. D. Manufacturer's Certificates. E. Mockups. F. Manufacturers' Field Services. G. Testing Laboratory Services. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01300- Submittals: Submittal of Manufacturer's Instructions. 1.03 QUALITY CONTROL, GENERAL A. Maintain quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality. 1.04 WORKMANSHIP A. Comply with industry standards except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship. B. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. C. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, and racking. 1.05 MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS A. Comply with instructions in full detail, including each step in sequence. Should instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding. FY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS Section 01400-I I] 1.06 MANUFACTURERSCERTIFICATES 11 A. When required by individual Specifications Section, submit manufacturer's certificate, in duplicate, that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.07 MOCKUPS ' A. Not Used. 1.08 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES ' A. When specified in respective Specification Sections, require supplier or manufacturer to provide qualified personnel to observe field conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, and to make appropriate recommendations. B. Representative shall submit written report to Engineer listing observations and ' recommendations. 1.09 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. Owner will employ a Testing Laboratory to perform inspections, tests, and other services required by individual Specification Sections. B. Owner shall pay for initial laboratory testing. If however, initial test fails, retesting must be paid for by the Contractor. C. Services will be performed in accordance with requirements of governing authorities and with specified standards. D. Reports will be submitted to Engineer, Owner and Contractor giving observations • and results of tests, indicating compliance or non-compliance with specified standards and with Contract Documents. E. Contractor shall cooperate with Testing Laboratory personnel; furnish tools, samples • of materials, design mix, equipment, storage and assistance as requested. F. Notify Engineer and Testing Laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring testing services. G. Make arrangements with Testing Laboratory and pay for additional samples and tests for Contractor's convenience. PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used. I d FY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGARS Section 01400-2 1 fl L. ' PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTIONS IA. All field tests required for a project shall be witnessed by the City, the Engineer of record, and the Contractor, or their authorized representatives. B. A 24 hour notice is required on all tests. Calls to the City for the purpose of setting test times shall be made to the City Engineer's Office by 10:00 AM for test on the following day. Tests delayed by weather or other factors will be rescheduled on the same basis. If a representative of the City cannot be present, the City Engineer may authorize the Engineer of record to witness the test and certify to the City the results. C. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate the scheduling of such tests with the City and the Engineer. D. Prior to final acceptance by the City, the project shall be subject to a joint final inspection by the City, the Engineer of Record, and the Contractor. The City Street Maintenance Manager and the Water and Sewer Maintenance Manager may also be a part of the final inspection. 3.02 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING IA. Submission of test results shall be coordinated with the various stages of construction. Sampling and testing locations will be subject to approval of the City. Deficiencies in quality of materials and/or construction exceeding the tolerance limits ' will not be approved. B. Exceptions to the number of required tests for materials may be granted at the sole ' discretion of the City Engineer when current test data are available. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION CHECKLIST A. Not used. 3.04 ADDITIONAL TESTS AND TESTING FREQUENCY A. Not used. END OF SECTION I I ' FY002I51 DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGARS Section 01400-3 I SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND UTILITIES ' PART1 GENERAL 1.01 LAYOUT OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for storage of materials and equipment in locations on and off the construction site. Security of the construction work, materials, and equipment is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 1.02 STORAGE BUILDINGS A. Not Used. I1.03 STORAGE YARDS A. The Contractor shall construct temporary storage yards for the storage of materials that are not subject to damage by weather conditions. Materials such as pipe, reinforcing and structural steel, shall be stored on pallets or racks, off the ground, and stored in a manner to allow ready access for inspection and inventory. Temporary gravel surfacing of the storage yards shall meet with the approval of the Engineer and Owner. Storage areas shall be restored to their initial condition once they are no longer needed. 1.04 CONTRACTOR'S WORK AREA A. The Contractor shall limit his operations and storage of equipment materials to the areas authorized by individual property owners and approved by the Engineer and Owner. B. The Contractor shall proceed with his work in an orderly manner, maintaining the construction site free of debris and unnecessary equipment or materials. 1.05 TEMPORARY ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING A. The Contractor shall construct temporary construction access roads, parking areas, and detours as are required to execute the work. The roads shall meet with the ' approval of the Engineer, and be maintained in good condition until no longer needed; at which time the temporary roads shall be removed and the area left in a condition satisfactory to the property owner and Engineer. 1.06 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL ' A. Rough grade site to prevent standing water and to direct surface drainage away from excavations, trenches, adjoining properties, and public rights -of -way. B. Maintain excavations and trenches free of water. Provide and operate pumping 'equipment of a capacity to control water flow. FY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS Section 01500- 1 I 1 C. Provide piping to handle pumping outflow to discharge in a manner to avoid erosion or deposit of silt. D. Remove equipment and installation when no longer needed. PART 2 UTILITIES 2.01 CODES AND SAFETY A. Not Used. 2.02 SANITARY FACILITIES A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain sanitary facilities for his employees and T his subcontractorsemployees that will comply with the regulations of the local and State health departments and as directed by the Engineer. 2.03 TEMPORARY WATER A. Water for drinking and compaction shall be furnished by the Contractor. t. 2.04 ` WATER FOR TESTING WATER LINES , A. Not used. 2.05 PROTECTION OF THE FINISHED CONSTRUCTION A. - The Contractor shall assume the responsibility for the protection of all finished construction and shall repair and restore any and all damage to finished work to its original or better state. 2.06 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND UTILITIES. A. At such time or times any temporary construction facilities and utilities are no longer required for the work, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer of his intent and schedule for removal of the temporary facilities and utilities, and obtain the Engineer's approval before removing the same. As approved, the Contractor shall remove the temporary facilities and utilities from the site as his property and leave the site in such condition as specified, as directed by the Engineer, and/or as shown on the Drawings. B. In unfinished areas, the condition of the site shall be left in a condition that will restore original drainage, evenly graded, seeded as necessary, and left with an appearance equal to, or better than, original. 2.07 PAYMENT , A. No separate payment will be made for work under this section. ' FY002151DRAKE FIELD 'T'HANGARS Section 01500 2 I [1 SECTION 01700 I I PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE CONTRACT CLOSEOUT ' A. This Section outlines the procedure to be followed in closing out all contracts. 1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION C A. The substantial completion date for the Contract shall be established as stated in the General Conditions. ' 1.03 FINAL INSPECTION I I A. After final cleaning and upon written notice from the Contractor that the work is completed, the Engineer will make a preliminary inspection with the Owner and Contractor present. Upon completion of this preliminary inspection, the Engineer will notify the Contractor, in writing, of any particulars in which this inspection reveals that the work is defective or incomplete. B. Upon receiving written notice from the Engineer, the Contractor shall immediately ' undertake the work required to remedy defects and complete the work to the satisfaction of the Owner. I I I C. When the Contractor has corrected or completed the items as listed in the Engineer's written notice, he shall inform the Engineer, in writing, that the required work has been completed. Upon receipt of this notice, the Engineer, in the presence of the Owner and Contractor, shall make his final inspection of the project. D. Should the Engineer find all work satisfactory at the time of his inspection, the Contractor will be allowed to make application for final payment in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions. Should the Engineer still find deficiencies in the work, the Engineer will inform the Contractor of the deficiencies and will deny the Contractor's request for final payment until such time as the Contractor has satisfactorily completed the required work. 1.04 FINAL SUBMITTALS IA. No contract will be finalized until all of the following have been submitted. 1 I 1. Final shop drawings 2. Record drawings 3. Interface information B. No contract will be finalized until all submittals required in Section 01720, PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS, have been submitted. I FY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS Section 01700- 1 1.05 GUARANTEES, BONDS, AND AFFIDAVITS A. No contract will be finalized until all guarantees, performance tests, bonds, (including Maintenance Bond) certificates, licenses, and affidavits required for work or equipment as specified are satisfactorily filed with the Owner. 1.06 RELEASE OF LIENS OR CLAIMS A. No contract will be finalized until satisfactory evidence of release of liens has been submitted to the Owner as required by the General Conditions. 1.07 FINAL PAYMENT A. Final payment will be made to the Contractor in accordance with the General Conditions. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION 9 FY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGARS Section 01700-2 I 1 _ SECTION 01710 ICLEANING IPART1 GENERAL ' 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section covers the work necessary for cleaning during construction and final cleaning on completion of the Work. B. At all times maintain areas covered by the Contract and public properties free from ' accumulations of waste, debris, and rubbish caused by construction operations. C. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local ordinances and anti- pollution laws. D. Do not bum or bury rubbish and waste materials on Project site without written ' permission from Owner, Engineer, and Owner of property. E. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains. F. Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways. ' G. Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned. I H. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturers. 1 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS IA. Section 01500- Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls B. Section 01700- Contract Closeout. 1 1.03 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION IA. During execution of work, clean site and public properties and dispose of waste materials, debris, and rubbish to assure that project site, grounds, and public properties are maintained free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish. 1 B. Wet down dry materials and rubbish to lay dust and prevent blowing dust. IC. Provide approved containers for collection and disposal of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. 1 FY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS Section 01710 - 1 LJ D. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, and other foreign materials from curb, , sidewalks and drainage facilities. E. Repair, patch, and touchup marred surfaces to specified finish to match adjacent surfaces. F. Broom clean paved surfaces, rake clean other surfaces or grounds. G. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible; do not,. , drop or throw materials from heights. 1.04 FINAL CLEANING ' A. At the completion of Work and immediately prior to final inspection, cleaning of entire Project will be accomplished according to the following provisions: 1. . Thoroughly clean work site. 2. Leave site in a complete and finished condition to the satisfaction of Engineer. 3. Should Contractor not remove rubbish or debris or not clean site as specified, Owner reserves the right to'have cleaning done at the expense of Contractor. B. Employ experienced workers for final cleaning. 1 C. In preparation for substantial completion, conduct final inspection of project site. ' D. Repair, patch, and touch up marred surfaces to specified finish, to match adjacent surfaces. I E. Broom clean paved surfaces; hand rake clean other surfaces of ground. F. Remove from Owner's property all temporary structures and materials, equipment, and appurtenances not required as a part of, or appurtenant to, the completed Work in , accordance with Section 01500. PART 2 PRODUCTS ' Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION FY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS Section 01710 = 2 ' I SECTION 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED ' A. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples. B. Submittal of Record Documents and Samples. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS ' A. Document 00700 - General Conditions: Documents at the site. B. Section 01700- Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. 1.03 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A. In addition to requirements in General Conditions, maintain at the site one record copy of: 1. Contract Drawings. '• 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. ' 5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. 6. Field test records. 7. Inspection certificates. 8. Manufacturer's certificates. B. Store Record Documents in Field Office apart from documents used for construction. C. Label and file Record Documents in accordance with Section number listing in Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in ' neat, large, printed letters. D. Maintain Record Documents in a clean, dry and legible condition. Do not use Record Documents for construction purposes. E. Keep Record Documents and samples available for inspection by Engineer. 1.04 RECORDING A. Record information on a set of blue line opaque drawings, and in a copy of a Project Manual. B. Provide felt tip marking pens, maintaining separate colors for each major system, for recording information. FY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS Section 01720 - 1 I 1.05 C. Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. D. Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction, including: 1. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 2. Field changes of dimension and detail. 3. Changes made by Modifications. 4. Details not on original Contract Drawings. E. Specifications: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction, including: 1. Manufacturer, trade name, and catalog number of each product actually installed, particularly optional items and substitute items. 2. Changes made by Addenda and Modifications. F. Other Documents: Maintain manufacturer's certifications, inspection certifications, field test records, etc., required by individual Specifications sections. SUBMITTALS A. I" PART 2 PART 3 At Contract closeout, deliver Record Documents and samples under provisions of Section 01700. Transmit with cover letter in duplicate, listing: 1. Date. 2. Project title and number. 3. Contractor's name, address, and telephone number. 4. • Number and title of each Record Document. 5. Signature of Contractor or authorized representative. PRODUCTS Not Used. EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION I I I [I I I I I I I I I I C I.' FY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGARS Section 01720 -2 I] SECTION 03210 REINFORCING STEEL PARTI GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE ' A. This Section covers the work necessary to furnish and install, complete, the reinforcing steel and welded wire fabric. ' 1.02 GENERAL A. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL ' REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. ' 1.03 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Submittals during construction shall be made in accordance with Section 01300, I. SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION, in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. •' 1. Bending Lists 2. Placing Drawings ' PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 DEFORMED REINFORCING BARS I A. Deformed billet -steel bars conforming to ASTM A615, Grade 60, unless otherwise noted. 2.02 WELDED WIRE FABRIC IA. Not used. 2.03 ACCESSORIES [I I I I A. Tie wire shall be 16 -gauge, black, soft -annealed wire. Bar supports shall be of proper type for intended use. Bar supports in beams, columns, walls, and slabs exposed to view after stripping shall be small rectangular concrete blocks made up of the same color and same strength concrete being placed around them. Use concrete supports for reinforcing in concrete placed on grade. Conform to requirements of "Placing Reinforcing Bars" published by CRSI. ' FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 03210- 1 I PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.01 GENERAL. , A. Conform to "Placing Reinforcing Bars", Recommended Practices, Joint Effort of ' CRSI-WCRSI, prepared under the direction of the CRSI Committee on Engineering Practice. B. Notify the Engineer when reinforcing is ready for inspection and allow sufficient time for this inspection prior to casting concrete. 3.02 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver steel with suitable hauling and handling equipment. Tag steel for easy identification. Store to prevent contact with the ground. The unloading, storing, and handling bars on the job shall conform to CRSI publication "Placing Reinforcing Bars". 3.03 PLACING REINFORCING STEEL - CLEANING I A. Clean metal reinforcement of any loose mill scale, oil, earth and other contaminants. 3.04 STRAIGHTENING AND REBENDING REINFORCING STEEL A. Do not straighten or rebend metal reinforcement. Where construction access through reinforcing is a problem, bundling or spacing of bars instead of bending shall be used. Submit details and obtain Engineer's review prior to placing. 3.05 PROTECTION, SPACING, AND POSITIONING OF REINFORCING STEEL , A. Conform to the current edition of the ACI Standard Building Code Requirements for ' Reinforced Concrete (ACI 318); review placing drawings and design drawings. 3.06 REINFORCING STEEL - LOCATION TOLERANCE A. Conform to the current edition of "Placing Reinforcing Bars" published by Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute and to the Details and Notes on the Drawings. 3.07 SPLICING , • A. Conform to Drawings and current edition of ACI Code 318. Splices in adjacent bars • shall be staggered. 3.08 TYING DEFORMED REINFORCING BARS A. Conform to the current edition of "Placing Reinforcing Bars" published by Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute and to the Details and Notes on the Drawings. i FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 03210-2 I I ' 3.09 REINFORCEMENT AROUND OPENINGS I I [I I I I A. Place an equivalent area of steel around the pipe or opening and extend on each side sufficiently to develop bond in each bar. Where welded wire fabric is used, provide extra reinforcing using fabric or deformed bars. 3.10 WELDING REINFORCEMENT A. Welding shall not be permitted unless the Contractor submits detailed shop drawings, qualifications, and radiographic nondestructive testing procedures for review by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain the results of this review prior to proceeding. The basis for the Contractor submittals shall be The Structural Welding Code, Reinforcing Steel, AWS D1.4-79, published by the American Welding Society and the applicable portions of AC! 318, current edition. The Contractor shall test 10 percent of all welds using radiographic, nondestructive testing procedures referenced in this code. 3.11 PLACING WELDED WIRE FABRIC A. Not used. ' 3.12 FIELD BENDING H u I 7 H I I I H A. Field bending of reinforcing steel bars is not permitted when rebending will later be required to straighten bars. Rebending of bars at the same place where strain hardening has taken place due to the original bend will damage the bar. Consult with the Engineer prior to any pour if the contractor foresees a need to work out a solution to prevent field bending. 3.13 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this Section will be included as part of the applicable Concrete structure bid item stated in the Contractor's Proposal. No separate payment will be made of reinforcing steel. END OF SECTION IFY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS Section 03210-3 I I I ' PART 1. GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED I SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE A. Cast -in -place concrete, including formwork. ' 1.2 RELATED WORK I A. Section 01001 - Basic Requirements. B. - Section 03210 - Reinforcing Steel. ' 1.3 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute, Box 19150, Redford Station, Detroit, Michigan 48219 ' (latest revision). 1. ACI 211.1: Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete. 2. ACI 211.2: Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Structural Lightweight Concrete. 3. ACI 211.3: Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for No -Slump Concrete. 4. ACI 304R: Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete. 5. ACI 304.2R: Placing Concrete by Pumping Method. 6. ACI 304.3R: High Density Concrete: Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing. 7. ACI 304.4R: Placing Concrete with Belt Conveyors. 8. ACI 305R: Hot Weather Concreting. 9. ACI 306R: Cold Weather Concreting. 10. ACI 309: Standard Practice for Consolidating of Concrete. '• 11. ACI 309.1 R: Behavior of Fresh Concrete During Vibration. 12. ACI 309.2R: Identification and Control of Consolidation -Related Surface Defects in Formed Concrete. 13. ACI 347: Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork. FY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGARS 03300- 1 I 1.4 1.5 B: American Society of Testing FOR Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103 (latest revision). 1. ASTM C33: Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 2. ASTM C150: Specifications for Portland Cement. 3. ASTM C260: Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 4. ASTM C309: Specification for Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. 5. ASTM C494: Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. ' 6. ASTM E329: Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction. SUBMITTALS A. Provide the following in accordance with Section 01001. 1. Admixture certification; chloride ion content must be included. 2. Concrete mix design. 3. Certification for aggregate quality. 4. Mill tests for cement. 5. Method of adding admixtures. , 6. Materials and methods for curing. 7. Testing agency to perform services required in ACI 301, Section 167. 8. Laboratory test on concrete. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Inspection: Engineer shall have access and rights to inspect batch plants, cement mills, and facilities of suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors providing products specified. B. Batch Plant: 1. Certification: Current certification that weighing scales have been tested and are within tolerances as set forth in National Bureau of Standards Handbook No. 44. 2. Equipment: Semi -automatic or fully automatic. C. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301. D. Obtain materials from same source throughout the work. FY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS I I 1 L I I 1 03300 -2 I ' PART 2. PRODUCTS ' 2.1 CEMENT I I I A. Portland cement Type I and Type II conforming to ASTM C150. Type I most common uses: Pavement, drainage structures, water treatment plants, and buildings. 2.2 WATER A. Clean and free from oil, acid, alkali, organic matter, or other deleterious substances. B. Potable. ' 2.3 CONCRETE AGGREGATES I I I F] I F J I I I A. General: 1. Natural aggregates, well graded, free from deleterious coatings and organic materials conforming to ASTM C33 (latest revision). 2. Import non -reactive aggregates if local aggregates are reactive. (Appendix XI- ASTM C33). 3. Wash aggregates uniformly before use. 4. Other aggregate gradations can be approved by Engineer. B. Fine Aggregates: 1. Clean, sharp, natural sand conforming to ASTM C33. 2. Less than 2 percent passing the No. 200 sieve. C. Coarse Aggregates: 1. Natural gravel, crushed gravel, crushed stone, or combination of these materials. 2. Less than 15 percent float or elongated particles (long dimension >5 times short dimension). 3. Less than 0.5 percent passing the No. 200 sieve. D. Grading Requirements for Course Aggregates: Sieve Size or Size in in c e 1-1/2" 1" 3/4" 1/2" 3/8" No. 4 1-1/2" a2grreate 1" aggregate eg^ 3/4" aeereeate 95-100 --- 90- 100 --- 35 - 70 40-85 90-100 --- 10-40 20-55 10-30 0-15 0-15 0-5 0-5 0-5 FY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGARS 03300-3 I 2.4 E. Grading Requirements for Fine Aggregates: Sieve Size Minimum Maximum 3/8" 100 --- No.4 95 100 No.8 80 100 ' No.16 50 85 No.30 25 60 No. 50 10 30 No. 100 2 10 CONCRETE AIR -ENTRAINING ADMIXTURES '. A. Manufacturer: 1. Air -Mix or Perma-Air by the Euclid Chemical Co. 2. Sealtight Air Entraining Admixture by W.R. Meadows of Texas. B. ASTM C260; nontoxic after 30 days. , C. Use only the specified non -corrosive non -chloride accelerator. Calcium chloride, thiocyanates or admixtures containing more than 0.05 percent ions are not permitted. D. Provide for concrete exposed to freezing and thawing or required to be watertight. Air' Content: 5 to 6 percent. 2.5 ADMIXTURES ' A. Water -Reducing Admixture: Conforming to ASTM C494, Type A and not contain more than 0.05 percent chloride ions than are present in municipal drinking water. , 1. Eucom WR-75 by the Euclid Chemical Company. 2. Pozzolith 200N by Master Builder. , 3. Plastocrete 160 by Sika Chemical Corporation. B. Water -Reducing Retarding Admixture: Conforming to ASTM C494, Type D and not contain more chloride ions than are present in municipal drinking water. 1. Eucom Retarder -75 by the Euclid Chemical Company. 2. Pozzolith 100XR by Master Builder. 3. Plastiment by Sika Chemical Company. C. High -Range Water -Reducing Admixture (Superplasticizer): Conforming to ASTM C494, Type F or G, and not contain more chloride ions than are present in municipal drinking water. 1. Eucom 37 by Euclid Chemical Company. 2. Rheobuild 1000 by Master Builders. 3. Sikament by Sika Chemical Company. 1 FY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGARS 03300-4 T 9 I D. Non -Corrosive Non -Chloride Accelerator Admixture: Conforming to ASTM C494 Type IC or E, and not contain more chloride ions than are present in municipal drinking water. 1. Accelguard 80 by Euclid Chemical Company. 2. Or approved equal. 3. Manufacturer must have long-term non -corrosive test data from an independent testing laboratory (of at least 1 year's duration) using an acceptable accelerated corrosion test method using electrical potential measures. E. Prohibited Admixtures: Calcium chloride, thiocyanates or admixtures containing more than 0.05 percent chloride ions. F. Certification: Submit written conformance to the requirements and chloride ion content of the admixture to Engineer prior to mix design review. 2.6 FORMS A. Materials: Plywood, hard plastic finished plywood, overlaid waterproof particle board, or steel. ' B. Surfaces: New and undamaged condition. C. Joints: Use tape, gaskets, plugs, or approved calking to keep joints water tight and to allow them to withstand placing pressures without bulging outward or creating surface ' patterns. 2.7 FORM TIES ' A. Factory -made and constructed so that tie remains embedded in wall, except for removable portion at each end. ' B. Inserts: 1. Conical or spherical. '• 2. Fixed to remain in contact with forming material. 3. Constructed so no metal is within 1 inch of concrete surface when forms, inserts, and tie ends are removed. C. Flat bar ties for panel forms: Plastic or rubber inserts with a minimum depth of 1 inch and sufficient dimensions to permit proper patching of tie hole. I I ' FY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGARS 03300-5 I 2.8 BONDING AGENT A. Manufacturer: Sonnebond by Sonneborn;.or approved equal. ' B. Submit product specifications and manufacturer's specific instructions for application on this Project for Engineer's approval. C. Product must meet Project requirements with regard to surface, pot life, set time, vertical or horizontal application, forming restrictions, or other stated requirements. 2.9 •BOND BREAKER A. Manufacturers: 1. Williams Tilt -Up Compound, Williams Distributors Inc., Seattle, Washington. 2.. Silcoseal 77, Superior concrete Accessories, Franklin Park, Illinois. 3. Or Equal. B. Nonstaining type. C. Provide positive bond prevention. D. Submit for review copies of manufacturer's data, recommendations, and instructions for ' specific use on this Project. 2.10 CURING COMPOUND A. Curing and Sealing Compound: 1. Clear styrene acrylate type, minimum 30 percent solids content. 2. Test data from an independent testing laboratory indication a maximum moisture loss of 0.030 grams per sq. cm when applied at a coverage rate of 300 sq. ft. per gallon. 3. Submit manufacturer's certification. 4. Sodium silicate compounds are not permitted. 5. Manufacturer: a. Super Rez Seal or Super Pliocure by the Euclid Chemical Co. b. Masterkure 30 by Master Builders. B. Exposed Concrete Surfaces: 1. Manufacturer: a. Kurez DR by Euclid Chemical Company. b. Or approved equal. 2. Dissipating resin type compound. 3. ASTM C309. 4. Film must chemically break down in 6- to 8 -week period. FY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS 03300-6 , E 2.11 BONDING AND REPAIR MATERIALS ' A. Rewettable Bonding Compounds: 1. Polyvinyl acetate type. '• 2. Manufacturer: a. Euco Weld by the Euclid Chemical Co. b. Weldcrete by the Larsen Co. 3. Use only in areas not subject to moisture. B. Non-Rewettable Bonding Compounds: ' 1. Polymer modified type. 2. Manufacturer: a. Euco-Bond by the Euclid Chemical Co. b. Or approved equal. C. Bonding Admixture: I1. Latex, non-rewettable type. 2. Manufacturer: a. SBR Latex or Flex -Con by the Euclid Chemical Co. b. Daraweld C by W. R. Grace. D. Epoxy Adhesives: ' 1. Two component, 100 percent solids, 100 percent reactive compound. 2. Suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces. 3. Manufacturer: a. Euco Epoxy No. 452MV or No. 620 by the Euclid Chemical Co. b. Sikadure Hi -Mod by the Sika Chemical Corp. E. Patching Mortar: 1. Free flowing or gel consistency. ' 2. Polymer modified cementitious mortar. 3. Manufacturer: a. Euco Thin Coat or Concrete Coat by the Euclid Chemical Co. for horizontal ' repairs. b. Verticoat by the Euclid Chemical Co. for vertical or overhead repairs. c. Sikatop 121 or 122 by the Sika Chemical Co. for horizontal repairs. d. Sikatop 123 by the Sika Chemical Co. for vertical or overhead repairs. F. Underlayment Compound: I1. Free -flowing, self -leveling, pumpable cementitious base compound. 2. Manufacturer: a. Flo -Top by the Euclid Chemical Co. b. Or approved equal. I ' FY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGARS 03300-7 G. Repair Topping: 1. Self -leveling, polymer modified high strength topping. 2. Manufacturer: , Thin Top SL by the Euclid Chemical Co. PART 3. EXECUTION 3.1 DESIGN OF CONCRETE MIX • 1 A. Submit mix design on each class of concrete for review, include standard deviation analysis or trial mixture test data. B. Proportion mix design in accordance with ACT 318-89, Section 5.3, "Proportioning on the Basis of Field Experience and/or Trial Mixtures". C. If trial batches are used: 1. Prepare mix design by independent testing laboratory. 2. Achieve an average compressive strength 1200 psi higher than the specified strength, or 1400 psi for specified concrete strengths over 5000 psi. 3. Certified copies of laboratory trial mix reports and cylinder tests shall be submitted to Engineer by the testing laboratory for approval. D. Do not place concrete prior to receipt of Engineer's written approval of mixes and cylinder test results. E. Design mix and perform tests to meet the requirements as specified. Minimum 28 -Day Slump Compressive Maximum Water- Air Range Location Strength (psi) Cement Ratio Content (in.') Footings, piers, grade -beams, and other grade foundations. 4000 - --- Optional 2-4 F. Minimum Cement Content (based on aggregate size): Minimum Cement Content 517 Ib/cy 540 Ib/cy 564 Ib/cy Maximum Aggregate Size 1 -1/2 -inch 1 -inch 3/4 -inch G. Combined Aggregate Gradings: 1.. Aggregates for concrete shall be combined in proportions that will provide a mixture within the grading limits in accordance with this Section, unless otherwise approved in writing by Engineer. 2. Maximum aggregate size depends on rebar clearances. 3. Recommended Admixture Usage: I I I I I I I I I L LI I I [I FY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS 03300-8 , I I I I I I I I I I I I Location or Recommended Additional Condition Admixture Requirements Air entrained concrete Air -entraining admixture Non-toxic; non- corrosive Pumped concrete High -range, water -reducing Initial slump: admixture (Superplasticizer) 2-3 in. slump with Superplasticizer: 8 inches max. Concrete with a water- High -range, water -reducing Initial slump: cement ratio below admixture 2-3 in. slump 0.50. (Superplasticizer) with Superplasticizer: 8 inches max. H. Admixtures: 1. Concrete shall contain the specified water -reducing admixture or the specified high - range water -reducing admixture (superplasticizer). 2. Concrete required to be air entrained shall contain an approved air entraining admixture. 3. Pumped concrete, concrete for industrial slabs, architectural concrete, concrete required to be watertight, or concrete with a water/cement ratio below 0.50 shall contain the specified high -range water -reducing admixture (superplasticizer). 3.2 MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS AND MIXING A. Conform to ACT 304 current edition; specified requirements for mix deign, testing, and quality control; and to other requirements of these Specifications. ' 3.3 RETEMPERING I I I I A. Retempering of concrete or mortar in which the cement has partially hydrated will not be permitted. Redosage with the specified high -range water -reducing admixture (superplasticizer) may be done with the prior approval of the Engineer regarding dosage and time periods. 3.4 FORMS - MAXIMUM SIZE OF CONCRETE PLACEMENTS A. Coordinate with other trades whose work may be located within or below concrete. B. Notify Engineer 1 full working day prior to erection of forms for inspection. C. Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete; remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt or other debris before concrete is placed. IFY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'V HANGARS 03300-9 L D. Design: - 1. Design, erect, support, brace, and maintain formwork in accordance with: a. Building Codes Requirements for Reinforced Concrete (ACI 318). b. Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork (ACI 347). c. Construction Industry Standards (OSHA 2207). 2. Design formwork to be readily removable without impact, shock, or damage to concrete surfaces and adjacent materials. E. Reuse of Forms: Do not reuse forms unless they are in new and undamaged condition. F. Beveled Edges (Chamfer): 1. Form 3/4 -inch bevels at concrete edges. 2. Where beveled edges on existing adjacent structures are diverse more than 3/4 inch, obtain Engineer's approval of size prior to placement of bevel form strip. G. Form Tolerances: Construct forms to sizes, shapes, lines, and dimensions shown, work in finished structures. Concrete Canal Drainage Lining r Structure Tolerances (in) (inl Alignment --Tangents --Curves Grades. 1 Plumb:In any 10 -foot of length --- 1/2 Footings: a. Variation in dimensions --- -1/2 in Drawing --- +2 b. Misplacement or eccentricity --- 2 Percent c. Reduction in thickness --- 5 Percent H. Removal of Forms: 1. Do not disturb forms until concrete is sufficiently strong to withstand possible injury. 2. Do not remove shoring until member has acquired sufficient strength to support its weight and the load upon it. L L I I I I L L L I I I i FY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGARS 03300- 10 1 I 3.5 FORM TIES - ' A. Place in uniform patterns on exposed surfaces. I B. Number and placement sufficient to withstand pressures and limit deflection of forms to acceptable limits. 3.6 PLACING CONCRETE - GENERAL A. Do not place concrete without Engineer being present. B. Allow other trades reasonable time to complete portions of work which must be completed before concrete is placed. C. Notify Engineer at least 1 full working day in advance before starting to place concrete to permit inspection of forms, reinforcing, sleeves, conduits, boxes, inserts, or other work required to be installed in concrete. D. Review curing methods with Engineer and verify curing materials and equipment are at ' Project site. E. Placement shall conform to requirements and recommendations of ACI 304 and ACI 318, 'except as modified in these Specifications. IF. Place concrete as soon as possible after leaving mixer in layers not over 1.5 feet deep: 1. Without segregation or loss of ingredients. 2. Without splashing forms or steel above. G. Vertical Free Fall Drop to Final Placement: 1. Concrete shall not be dropped freely where reinforcing will cause segregation. ' 2. Not to exceed 10 feet for concrete containing high -range water -reducing admixture (superplasticizer). 3. Not to exceed 5 feet for other concrete. ' H. Do not use concrete truck chutes, pipes, finishing tools, etc., constructed of aluminum. '• I. Before depositing concrete: 1. Remove debris from space to be occupied by concrete. 2. Dampen: ' a. Gravel fill beneath slabs on ground. b. Sand where vapor barrier is specified. c. Wood forms. ' 3. Verify reinforcement is secured in position. I IFY002151 DRAKE FIELD '1' HANGARS 03300- 11 I 3.7 3.9 ADDITION OF WATER AT PROJECT SITE A. Do not add water to concrete at Project site if slump is within specified range. B. With the Engineer's approva1,. add water to concrete arriving at Project site with a slump less than the specified range, provided it can be demonstrated that the specified water - cement ratio will not be exceeded. C. Water/Cement Ratio: 1. Concrete subject to freezing and thawing: Maximum water/cement ratio of 0.50, 4000 psi at 28 days or more. 2. Concrete subject to deicers or required to be watertight: Maximum cement/water ratio of 0.45, 4500 psi at 28 days or. more. 3. Reinforced concrete subjected to brackish water, salt spray, or deicers: Maximum water/cement ratio or 0.40, 5000 psi at 28 days or more. D. The following tests will be required from each truck to which water has been added at Project site: 3 cylinders, 1 slump, and 1 air test. Costs for these tests shall be the full responsibility of the Contractor and shall be withheld from the monthly payment estimate. CONVEYING A. Concrete shall be conveyed from the mixer to the place of final deposit by methods which will prevent the separation or loss of materials. B. Conveying equipment shall be capable of providing a supply of concrete at the site of placement without interruptions sufficient to permit loss of plasticity between successive increments. CONSOLIDATION AND VISUAL OBSERVATION A. Concrete shall be consolidated with internal vibrators having a frequency of at least 800 vpm, with amplitude required to consolidate concrete in the section being placed. B: At least one standby vibrator in operable condition shall be at the placement site prior to and during placing concrete. C. Consolidation equipment and methods shall conform to ACI 309 "Recommended Practice for Consolidation of Concrete". D. The forms shall contain sufficient windows or be limited in height to allow• visual observation of the concrete. L'' [I I LI I L I L L L I L I I I FY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS 03300 - 12 , Li E. Vibrator operator is required to see the concrete being consolidated to ensure good quality ' workmanship; or Contractor shall have a person actually observe the vibration of the concrete and will advise the vibrator operator of changes needed to assure complete consolidation. F. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete in forms. ' 3.10 PLACING CONCRETE IN HOT WEATHER A. Follow the recommendations in Hot Weather Concreting, ACT 305. B. Do not place concrete at times when temperature is forecast to exceed 100 degrees F. within 12 hours after the concrete is placed. C. Verify preparations are complete before ordering concrete so that concrete may be placed upon arrival. D. Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and subgrade just before placing concrete. ' E. Minimize size of concrete placements and thickness of layers of concrete. F. Make every effort to maintain concrete temperature: ' 1. Below 90 degrees F. at time of placement, cool the ingredients before mixing by use of chilled water. 2. Uniform: a. Minimize the time of placement. b. Begin each operation in concrete finishing promptly when the concrete is ready ' for it. G. Place concrete promptly upon arrival at Project and vibrate immediately after placement. H. Do not add water to retemper. ' I. Consider placing concrete in late afternoon as opposed to early morning. J. Provide windbreaks, shading, and fog spraying on days when temperature is forecast to exceed 90 degrees F. K. Saw -Cut Joints: ' 1. Maximum Joint Spacing: 36 times slab thickness, unless otherwise noted on Drawings. 2. Soff-Cut Saw: Cut to a depth of 1 -1/4 -inch immediately after final finishing. ' 3. Conventional saw shall be used as soon as possible without dislodging aggregate to a depth of 1/4 slab thickness. ' L. Protect and cure exposed surfaces by one of the following: 1. Continuous water curing. ' FY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS 03300- 13 2. Moisture -cover curing. 3.11 PLACING CONCRETE IN COLD WEATHER (ACI 306R-78) A. Preparation: 1. Follow recommendations in Cold Weather Concreting, ACI 306. 2. Additives for the sole purpose of providing freeze protection shall not be used. 3. Arrangements for covering, insulating, housing, or steam heating newly -placed concrete shall be made in advance of placement and shall be adequate to maintain temperature and moisture conditions recommended. 4. Temperatures of concrete mix shall be as shown as follows for various stages of mixing and placing of concrete mix: Section Size. Minimum Dimension Air 12 in.- 36 in. - Temperature 12 in. 36 in. 72 in. 72 in. Minimum concrete temperature as mixed for indicated weather: Above 30°F 60°F 55°F 50°F 45°F 0°F to 30°F 65°F 60°F 55°F 50°F Below 0°F 70°F 65°F 60°F 55°F Maximum allowable gradual temperature drop in first 24 hours after end of protection:. 50°F 40°F 30°F 20°F B. Placement: 1. Surfaces to be in contact with concrete shall be free of snow, ice, and frost and shall be above 40 degrees F. 2. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade. 3. Placement of insulating material, tarpaulins, or other movable coverings shall follow closely the placing of concrete so that only a few feet of concrete are exposed to outside air at anytime. C. Curing and Protection: 1. Keep concrete continuously moist and maintain concrete temperature at a minimum of 50 degrees F. for 7 days; temperature shall be uniform throughout concrete. If high early strength concrete is used, this temperature requirement may be reduced to 3 days. 2. It is recommended to leave forms in place for the entire period of protection; use insulated blankets or other approved method on slab surfaces. 3. Limit rapid temperature changes at end of protection period to avoid thermal cracking. FY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS 03300- 14 I ' 3.12 BONDING TO CONCRETE SURFACES I I I L I I [] I I I I I L I C L] A. New Concrete Surfaces: 1. New concrete is defined as less than 60 days old. 2. Roughen surface to hardened concrete. 3. Thoroughly clean and saturate with water. 4. Immediately place concrete. 5. Horizontal surfaces: a. Cover surface with 2 -inches of grout. b. Limit first lift on top of grout to 12 -inches. c. Thoroughly vibrate to mix and consolidate grout and concrete. B. Old Concrete Surfaces: 1. Use bonding agent. 2. Prepare surface in strict accordance with manufacturers printed instructions and recommendations for specific and application for this Project. 3. Follow manufacturers recommendations. 3.13 EVALUATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF CONCRETE A. Conform to ACI Standard Building Code requirements for reinforced concrete (ACI 318- 83), Section 4.7, "Evaluation and Acceptance of Concrete", and to the following specifications: B. Testing Responsibilities: 1. Contractor: a. Collect, label, and handle test specimens at Project site. b. Provide adequate facilities for safe storage, curing, and protection for first 24 hours and for additional time as may be required before transporting to test lab. c. Deliver test specimens to laboratory. d. Pay for initial testing. e. Pay for failed tests and additional testing resulting from failed tests or Contractor preference. C. Number of test cylinders. 1. Set of cylinders: Three (3). 2. Sample frequency: a. 1 set/class of concrete/50 cubic yards. b. 1 set/class of concrete/3000 square feet of wall or slab surface. c. 1 set/class of concrete/day. d. Whichever is greater. IFY00215I DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGARS 03300-15 I D. Laboratory shall test 3 cylinders for the 28 -day strength test. The test results should be the average strength of the 3 cylinders, except that if 1 cylinder shows obvious evidence of improper sampling, molding or testing, it should be discarded and the strengths of the other 2 cylinders averaged. If more than 1 cylinder shows defects, the test should be abandoned. 3.14 PATCHING - GENERAL A. Prior to starting patching work, except as specified, obtain Engineer's approval of , proposed patching techniques and mixes. 3.15 REPAIR OF DEFECTIVE AREAS A. Definition: Concrete in place that does not conform to specified design strength, shapes, alignments, and elevations as shown on Drawings and contains surface defects. B. Evaluation and acceptance of concrete shall conform to ACI 318. C. With prior approval of Engineer, as to method and procedure, repair defective areas in conformance with ACI 301, Chapter 9, except that the specified bonding compound shall be used. D. The specified patching mortar may be used in lieu of the above -mentioned method when color match of adjacent concrete is not required. Prior approval of Engineer is required. E. Surface Repairs: ' 1. Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if defects cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Owner. 2. Honey -combed areas and rock pockets: a. Repair immediately after removal of forms. b. Prepare no -slump concrete mortar and test so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color and strength. c. Cut out to solid concrete or minimum of 1 -inch depth. d. Make edges for cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface. e. Thoroughly clean and dampen with water. f. Apply bonding compound. g. Compact no -slump concrete into patch, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. h. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. 3. High Areas: Grind after concrete has cured at least 14 days. 4. Low Areas: a. Repair during or immediately after completion of surface finishing operations. b. Cut out low areas and replace with fresh concrete of same type and class as original concrete. c: Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. II FY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS 03300- 16 ' I n n I Li n 5. Defective Areas: . a. Cut out and replace with fresh concrete of same type and class as original concrete. b. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. 6. Make structural repairs with prior approval of Engineer, as to method and procedure, using the specified epoxy adhesive or epoxy mortar. Where epoxy injection procedures must be used, use an approved low viscosity epoxy made by the manufacturers previously specified. 7. Level floors for subsequent finishes by use of specified underlayment material. 8. Where required, level exposed floors by use of the specified self -leveling repair topping. 9. Repair methods not specified above may be used, subject to approval of Engineer. ' 3.16 BLOCKOUTS AT PIPES OR OTHER PENETRATIONS Li n I n I I C I 1] A. Submit proposed blockouts for review in accordance with Section 01001. 3.17 CURING OF CONCRETE A. Follow recommendations in Standard Practice for Curing Concrete (ACI 308). B. Begin curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing. C. Continue curing for at least 7 days without interruption. D. Curing Methods: 1. Water Curing: a. Cover surface with burlap or sand (1 -inch deep) as soon as possible without marring surface. b. Keep continuously wet for 7 days; do not allow surface to become alternately wet and dry. c. Use water not more than 2 degrees F. cooler than concrete. d. Allow surface to dry slowly before removing sod. 2. Moisture -Cover Curing: a. Cover surface with plastic film (4 mil minimum) as soon as possible without marring the surface. Cover entire surface without wrinkles or holes. b. Cover plastic film with 1 -inch of sand and weight edges. c. Keep covered for a minimum of 7 days. 3. Curing Compounds: a. Verify compatibility with required finishes such as hardeners, paint, stain, tile, or other specified work. b. Exposed concrete receiving mastic applied adhesive, or metallic or mineral aggregate hardeners shall be cured with the specified curing and sealing compounds. IFY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS 03300- 17 E. Cold -Weather Curing: I. Use moisture -cover curing or liquid membrane -forming compound as approved. 2. Protect concrete from temperature changes in accordance with ACT 306. F. Hot -Weather Curing: Use water curing or moisture -cover curing as approved. END OF SECTION FY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS 03300- 18 LJ SECTION 09250 GYPSUM DRYWALL PART1. GENERAL ' 1.1 SUMMARY A. Provide metal supports and fastenings, gypsum board, and related accessories specified. I1.2 RELATED SECTION A. Section 07210 - Building Insulation. B. Section 09900 - Painting. ' 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE '• A. Qualifications: 1. Use only skilled and experienced gypsum drywall installers with 5 years or more experience. 2. Apprentices and labors used for drywall work shall be supervised during duration of installation of gypsum drywall. B. Manufacturer's recommended use of materials, fastenings, and methods of installation is basis for acceptance or rejection of drywall system where not specifically shown on Drawings. 1.4 REFERENCES A. ASTM E580, Suspension Systems in Areas Requiring Seismic Restraint. ' B. "Standard Building Code" requirements. C. Gypsum Association Publications: '• 1. GA -202, "Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board." 2. GA -600, "Fire Resistance Design Manual." 3. GA -800, "Materials Handling Manual." ' D. Where gypsum drywall systems with fire resistance ratings are indicated and required to comply with government regulations, provide materials and installation identical with applicable assemblies that have been tested and listed by recognized authorities, including UL. 1 ' FY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGARS 09250 - 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data for each type product suppled or specified. . L 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS ' A. Establish and maintain environmental conditions for application and finishing gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840 and with gypsum board manufacturer's recommendations. For non -adhesive attachment of gypsum board to framing, maintain not less than 40 deg F (4 deg C). 2. Ventilate building spaces to remove water not required for drying joint treatment materials. Avoid drafts during dry, hot weather to prevent materials from drying too rapidly. I I I 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect gypsum drywall materials prior, during, and after installation. Protect installed work and materials of other trades. - B. In the event of damage, immediate repair or replace damages at Contractor's expense. PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Steel Framing and Furring: Dale Industries, Inc. Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co. Incor., Inc. United States Gypsum Co. C Gypsum Boards and Related Products: Georgia-Pacific Corp. Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co. United States Gypsum Co. I I I I I I I I FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T' HANGARS 09250-2 ' fl 2.2 STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS ' A. Steel studs and Runners: ASTM C 645, with flange edges of studs bent back 90 deg and doubled over to form 3/16" minimum lip (return) and complying with the following requirements for minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and for depth: Thickness: 20 gage. Depth: As indicated. B. Fasteners: Provide fasteners of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power ' and other properties required to fasten steel framing and furring members securely to substrates involved; complying with the recommendations of gypsum drywall manufacturers for applications indicated. ' 23 GYPSUM BOARD A. Provide gypsum board of types indicated in maximum lengths available to minimize end - to -end joints. B. Gypsum board shall be 5/8" Gold Bond Exterior Soffit Board Type X ASTM C 36 as manufactured by National Gypsum Co. or approved equal. 2.4 TRIM ACCESSORIES IA. Cornerbread and Edge Trim for Interior Installation shall comply with ASTM C 840 and the cornerbread formed from zinc alloy, with flanges knurled and perforated or of fine - mesh expanded metal. Steel edge trim formed from galvanized steel, types per Fig. 1 of ' ASTM C 840 as "LC" Bead, unless otherwise indicated. B. One -Piece Control Joint: Formed with perforated face flanges connected by vee-shaped ' slot, 1/4 inch wide by approximately 7/16 inch deep and covered with removable tape, fabricated from roll formed zinc. C. Metal Comer bread and Edge Trim for Exterior Ceilings: Comply with ASTM C 840 and the zinc edge trim formed from zinc alloy, type "LC" Bead per Fig. I of ASTM C 840 unless otherwise indicated. ' 2.5 GYPSUM BOARD JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. Provide materials complying with ASTM C 475, ASTM C 840, and recommendations of manufacturer of both gypsum board and joint treatment materials for the application indicated. B. Joint Tape shall be paper reinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated. C. Setting -Type Joint Compounds shall be factory -packaged, job -mixed, chemical - hardening powder products formulated for uses indicated. FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "r' HANGARS 09250 -3 H C 2.6 D. Where setting -type joint compounds are indicated for use as taping and topping compounds, use formulation for each which develops greatest bond strength and crack resistance and is compatible with other joint compounds applied over it. I E. For prefilling gypsum board joints, use formulation recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for this purpose. C C F. For filling joints and treating fasteners of exterior soffit board, use formulation recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for this purpose. G. Ready -Mix Formulation shall be factory -premixed product. H. Taping compound formulated for embedding tape and for first coat over fasteners and flanges of comer beads and edge trim. I. Topping compound formulated for fill (second) and fmish (third) coats. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum drywall construction which comply with referenced standards and the recommendations of the manufacturer of the gypsum board. B. Gypsum Board Screws shall meet ASTM C 1002. C. Unfaced Mineral Fiber Blanket Insulation shall be unfaced mineral fiber blanket insulation produced by combining mineral fibers of type described below with thermosetting resins to comply with ASTM C 665 for Type I (blankets without membrane facing): Fibers manufactured from glass or slag. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates to which drywall construction attaches or abuts, preset hollow metal frames, cast -in -anchors, and structural framing, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of drywall construction. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PREPARATION A. Coordinate installation of ceiling suspension system with installation of overhead structural systems to ensure that inserts and other structural anchorage provisions have been installed to receive ceiling anchors in a manner that will develop their full strength and at spacing required to support ceiling. , I I El I I I I I J I FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS 09250-4 ' I I ' 3.3 INSTALLATION OF STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL H I I I [1 I I iJ I I I H I A. Install steel framing to comply with ASTM C 754 and with ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing installation. B. Install supplementary framing, blocking and bracing at terminations in the work and for support of fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, and similar construction to comply with details indicated and with recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer, or if none available, with "Gypsum Construction Handbook" published by United States Gypsum Co. C. Isolate steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement, at locations indicated below to comply with details shown on Drawings: Where edges of suspended ceilings abut building structure horizontally at ceiling perimeters or penetration of structural elements. 2. Where partition and wall framing abuts overhead structure and/or structural frame members. Provide slip or cushioned type joints as detailed to attain lateral support and avoid axial loading. D. Do not bridge building expansion and control joints with steel framing or furring members; independently frame both sides of joints with framing or furring members or as indicated. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS A. Install runners (tracks) at floors, ceilings and structural walls and columns where gypsum drywall stud system abuts other construction and where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install asphalt felt strips between studs and walls. B. Install each steel framing and furring member so that fastening surface do not vary more than 1/8 inch from plane of faces of adjacent framing. C. Extend partition framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing over frames for doors and openings and frame around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling to provide support for gypsum board. D. Terminate partition framing 8" above suspended ceilings where indicated. E. Install steel studs and furring in sizes and at spacings indicated but not less than that required by referenced steel framing installation standard. ' FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS 09250-5 I r F. Install steel studs so that flanges point in the same direction and gypsum boards can be installed in the direction opposite to that of the flange. G. Frame door openings to comply with details indicated, with GA -219 and with applicable published recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer. Attach vertical studs at jambs with screws either directly to frames or to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track sections (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. Extend vertical jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of floor or roof structure above. . H. Frame openings other than door openings to comply with details indicated, or if none indicated, in same manner as required for door openings; and install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. 3.5 APPLICATION AND FINISHING OF GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL A. Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standard: Install and finish gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840. B. Install sound attenuation blankets, where indicated, prior to gypsum board unless readily installed after board has been installed. C. Locate exposed end -butt joints as far from center of walls and ceilings as possible, and stagger not less than 24 inches in alternate courses of board. D. Install ceiling boards across framing in the manner which minimizes the number of end - butt joints, and which avoids end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger end joints at least 24 inches. E. Install wall/partition boards in manner which minimizes the number of end -butt joints or avoids them entirely where possible. At stairwells and similar high walls, install boards horizontally with end joints staggered over studs. F. Install exposed gypsum board with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged or damp boards. Butt boards together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch open space between boards. Do not force into place. ' G. Locate either edge or end joints over supports, except in horizontal applications where intermediate support or gypsum board back -blocking is provided behind end joints. • Position boards so that like edges abut, tapered edges against tapered edges and mill -cut ends against mill -cut or field -cut ends. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or end. Stagger vertical joints over different studs on opposite sides of partitions. H. Attach gypsum board to steel studs so that leading edge or end of each board is attached to open (unsupported) edge of stud flange first. FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T' HANGARS 09250-6 ij I. Attach gypsum board to supplementary framing and blocking provided for additional ' support at openings and cutouts. J. Spot grout hollow metal door frames for solid core wood doors, hollow metal doors over 32 inches wide. Apply spot grout at each jamb anchor clip just before inserting board into frame. ' K. Form control joints and expansion joints at locations indicated, with space between edges of boards, prepared to receive trim accessories. IL. Cover both faces of steel stud partition framing with gypsum board in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chase walls which are braced internally. Except where concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air or smoke ratings, ' coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. area, and may be limited to not less than 75 percent of full coverage. ' M. Isolate perimeter of non -load -bearing drywall partitions at structural abutments. Provide 1/4 inch to '/2 inch space and trim edge with "U" bead edge trim. Seal joints with ' acoustical sealant. N. Where feasible, including where recommended by manufacturer, install gypsum board ' over wood framing, with "floating" internal corner construction. O. Space fasteners in gypsum boards in accordance with referenced gypsum board ' application and finishing standard and manufacturer's recommendations. 3.6 METHODS OF GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION A. On ceilings as required apply gypsum board prior to wall/partition board application to the greatest extent possible. ' B. On partitions/walls apply gypsum board vertically @arallel to framing), unless otherwise indicated, and provide sheet lengths which will minimize end joints. C. On partitions/walls 8'-1" or less in height apply gypsum board horizontally (perpendicular to framing); use maximum length sheets possible to minimize end joints. 1. In "dry" areas install gypsum backing board or wallboard with tapered edges taped and finished to produce a flat surface. ' D. Install gypsum backing board for base layer and gypsum wallboard for face layer when double layer is required. E. On ceilings apply base layer prior to application of base layer on walls/partitions; apply face layers in same sequence. Offset joints between layers at least 10 inches. Apply base 'layers at right angles to supports unless otherwise indicated. IFY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS 09250-7 El ' F. On partitions/walls apply base layer and face layers vertically (parallel to framing) with joints of base layer over supports and face layer joints offset at least 10 inches with base layer joints. G. Apply gypsum boards to supports with screw. H. Apply base layer. of gypsum board and face layer to base layer by fastening both base • layers and face layers separately to supports with screws. 3.7 INSTALLATION OF DRYWALL TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Where feasible, use the same fasteners to anchor trim accessory flanges as required to fasten gypsum board to the supports. Otherwise, fasten flanges to comply with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Install corner beads at external corners. C. Install metal edge trim whenever edge of gypsum board would otherwise be exposed or semiexposed, and except where plastic trim is indicated. Provide type with face flange to receive joint compound except•where "U" bead (semi -finishing type) is indicated. 1. Install "LC" bead where drywall construction is tightly abutted to other construction and back flange can be attached to framing or supporting substrate. D. Install U -type trim where edge is exposed, revealed, gasketed, or sealant -filled (including expansion joints). E. Install U -bead where indicated, and where exterior gypsum board edges are not covered by applied moldings or indicated to receive edge trim with face flanges covered with joint compound. F. Install control joints at locations indicated, or if not indicated, at spacings and locations required by referenced gypsum board application and finish standard, and approved by the Engineer for visual effect. I. 3.8 FINISHING OF DRYWALL A. General: Apply joint treatment at gypsum board joints (both directions); flanges of comer bead, edge trim, and control joints; penetrations;. fastener heads, surface defects and elsewhere as required to prepare work for decoration. B. Prefill open joints and rounded or beveled edges, if any, using setting -type joint compound. ' C. Apply jointtape at joints between gypsum boards, except where trim accessories are indicated. FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T' HANGARS 09250 -8 ' I D. Finish interior gypsum wallboard by applying the following joint compounds in 3 coats ' (not including prefill of opening in base), and sand between coats and after last coat: Embedding and First Coat: Setting -Type Joint Compound ' Fill (Second) Coat: Setting -Type Joint Compound Finish .(Third) Coat: Ready -mix drying -type all-purpose or topping compound ' E. Water-resistant Backing Board Base for Ceramic Tile: Finish joints between water- resistant backing board with tape and setting -type joint compound to comply with ' gypsum board manufacturer's recommendations and installation standards referenced in Division -9 Section "Tile". 3.9 PROTECTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner suitable to Installer, which ' ensures gypsum drywall construction being without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION I Ll H 11 I I Li H IFY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T' HANGARS 09250-9 SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART 1. GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Prepare surfaces and furnish and apply paint and protective coatings. B. Paint new exposed ferrous surfaces, whether specifically mentioned or not, except as modified herein. C. Paint interior ferrous surfaces including girts and purlins and corrugated metal decking. D. Paint all ferrous metal support stands, frames, or tables if not made of stainless steel or already furnished with a finish coat of paint by the manufacturer. E. Preliminary colors are wall panels, skirt panel corner trim, exterior base trim, personnel door trim is saddle tan and soffit panel rake and eave trim is polar white. Verity this with airport administration. 1.2 1.3 1.4 ABBREVIATIONS ANSI American National Standards Institute AWWA American Water Works Association FRY Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic HCI Hydrochloric Acid MDFT Minimum Dry Film Thickness MDFTPC Minimum Dry Film Thickness Per Coat mil Thousandths of an Inch MIL -P Military Specification - Paint OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act PSDS Paint System Data Sheet SFPG Square Feet Per Gallon SFPGPC Square Feet Per Gallon Per Coat SP Surface Preparation SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council V%9TllRlIU4fliSJKSb1 A. Section 01001 - Basic Requirements. REFERENCES A. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC). FY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGARS 09900-I I 1.5 1.6 1.7 SURFACES NOT REQUIRING PAINTING A. Unless specified or shown on the Drawings, the following areas or items will not require painting: Nonferrous and corrosion -resistant ferrous alloys such as cooper, bronze, monel, aluminum, chromium plate, weathering steel, and stainless steel except where a. Required for electrical insulation between dissimilar metals. b. Aluminum and stainless steel is embedded in concrete or masonry, or aluminum is in contact with concrete or masonry. c. Color coding of equipment and piping is required. d. Fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) equipment with an integral colored gel coat does not require painting, provided the color is as specified. Prefinished electrical and architectural items such as motor control centers, switchboards, switchgear, panelboards, transformers, disconnect switches, etc. Items specified to be galvanized after fabrication unless specifically required elsewhere in these Specifications or subject to immersion. SUBMITTALS A. Provide the following in accordance with Section 01001: 1. Obtain from each paint manufacturer for submittal to Engineer: a. Paint System Data Sheet (PSDS) for each paint system used. b. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for each product used in the paint system. c. Technical Data Sheets for each product used in the paint system. 2. Submit the required information on a system -by -system basis. 3. Provide copies of the paint system submittals to the coating applicator: 4. A sample PSDS form is appended at the end of this Section. B. Submit samples of colors that Owner has chosen. COLOR SELECTION CONFERENCE A. Prepare color samples for each item on the Chart properly labeled with the same color identification as specified in the scheduled on the.Drawings. Provide additional samples displaying full color selection available for each item on the Chart by each manufacturer listed for use during the Conference. B. Samples for the above referenced Chart and Conference are designated as manufacturers' actual product and color chips; photographs and color reproductions in brochures are not acceptable. 11 H U 11 I I] I I I I I I I TI I FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "r' HANGARS 09900 - 2 , Li ' 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE H I I I I H I I I H rl I I I I I A. Provide mock-ups using specified products and colors per the Painting Schedule, located at the end of this Section. Engineer shall approve colors and application process prior to starting Work of this Section. B. Representative of the paint manufacturer, familiar with the products specified shall be available atjobsite at initial starting of coating work and at intervals during surface preparation and painting required for product application quality assurance, to determine compliance with manufacturer's instructions and these Specifications, and to resolve necessary field problems attributable to, or associated with, manufacturer's products furnished under this Contract. C. Inform Engineer a minimum of 3 days in advance of the start of surface preparation work or coating application work. Work shall be performed only in the presence of Engineer, unless Engineer has granted prior approval to perform work in his absence. D. Inspection by Engineer, or waiver of inspection of any particular portion of the Work, shall not be construed to relieve Contractor of his responsibility to perform the Work in accordance with these Specifications. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver new materials to the Project site in unopened containers that show, time of use, designated name, date of manufacture, color, and name of manufacturer. B. Store paints in a protected area that is heated or cooled to maintain temperatures within the range recommended by paint manufacturer. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Warrant to Owner and guarantee Work under this Section against defective workmanship and materials for a period of 2 years commencing on the date of final acceptance of the Work. PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products specified are manufactured by Tnemec Company, Inc., Kansas City, Missouri, and Sherwin Williams. B. Products for each specified function and system shall be of a single manufacturer. FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T' HANGARS 09900-3 I 2.2 PAINT MATERIALS A. Refer to Painting Schedule at the end of this Section. 2.3 COLOR SELECTION A. Colors shall be formulated with colorants free of lead, lead compounds, or other materials which might be affected by the presence of hydrogen sulfide or other gas likely to be present at the Project. B. See Painting Schedule at the end of this Section of colors. 2.4 EQUIPMENT COLORS A. Equipment shall be meant to include the machinery or vessel itself plus the structural supports and fasteners and attached electrical conduits. Nonsubmerged portions of equipment shall be painted the same color as the process piping it serves, except as itemized below. . Equipment Color Dangerous parts of equipment and machinery ..................... OSHA Orange Fire protection equipment and apparatus ......................... OSHA Red Physical hazards in normal operating area; handrails .............. OSHA Yellow PART 3. EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Materials of a paint system, including primer and finish coats, shall be produced by the same paint manufacturer. Thinners, cleaners, driers, and other additives shall be as recommended by the paint manufacturer of the particular coating. Eli I I I C C I I I I I I 3.2 INTENT A. Leave surfaces of work in such a condition that only. minor cleaning and sanding is required prior to surface preparation and painting. B. Inspect and provide substrate surfaces that are prepared in accordance with these Specifications and the printed directions and recommendations of the paint manufacturer whose product is to be applied. I I H I FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T' HANGARS 09900-4 , I 3.3 - PROTECTION OF MATERIALS NOT TO BE PAINTED A. Remove, mask, or otherwise protect hardware, lighting fixtures, switchplates, aluminum surfaces, machined surfaces, couplings, shafts, bearings, nameplates on ' machinery, and other surfaces not intended to be painted. B. Provide drop cloths to prevent paint materials from falling on or marring adjacent surfaces. C. Protect working parts of mechanical and electrical equipment from damage during ' surface preparation and painting process. D. Mask openings in motors to prevent paint and other materials from entering the motors. 3.4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Paint shall not be applied in temperatures beyond the manufacturer's recommended maximum and minimum allowable, nor in dust, smoke -laden atmosphere, damp or ' humid weather. B. Abrasive blast cleaning shall not be performed whenever the relative humidity ' exceeds 85 percent and when surface temperature is less than 5 degrees F above the dew point of the ambient air. ' 3.5 SAFETY A. Painting shall be performed in strict accordance with the safety recommendations of tthe paint manufacturer; with the safety recommendations of the National Association of Corrosion Engineers contained in the publication, Manual for Painter Safety; Federal, state, and local agencies having jurisdiction. 3.6 PAINT MIXING A. Multiple -component coatings shall be prepared using contents of the container for each component as packaged by the paint manufacturer. ' B. No partial batches permitted. IC. Multiple -component coatings that have been mixed shall not be used beyond their pot life. ' D. Provide small quantity kits for touch-up painting and for painting other small areas. E. Only the components specified and provided by the paint manufacturer shall be ' mixed. IFY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T' HANGARS 09900-5 k F. No intermixing of additional components permitted. G. Keep materials sealed when not in use. H. Where more than one coat of a material is applied within a given system, color will be ' alternated to provide a visual reference that the required number of coats has been applied. 3.7 PREPARATION OF SURFACES - METAL A. No surface preparation blasting will be permitted prior to submission of samples. B. Workmanship for metal surface preparation as specified shall be in strict conformance with the current Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) Specifications as follows: 1. Solvent Cleaning: SP 1 2. Hand Tool Cleaning: SP 2 3. Power Tool Cleaning: SP 3 4. White Metal Blast Cleaning: SP 5 5. Commercial Blast Cleaning: SP 6 6. Brushoff Blast Cleaning:. SP 7 7. Pickling: SP 8 8. Near -White Blast Cleaning: SP 10 C. Wherever the words "solvent cleaning," "hand tool cleaning, "wire brushing," or "blast cleaning," or similar words of equal intent are used in these Specifications or in paint manufacturer's specifications, they shall be understood to refer to the applicable SSPC Specifications listed above. D. Hand -tool clean areas that cannot be cleaned by power tool cleaning. E. Shop Primed Surfaces: All steel structures including the siding, roofing and structural markers shall be prepared for priming as follows: 1. Structural members shall be prepared by near white blast cleaning SP 10. 3.8 PRE -BLAST CLEANING REQUIREMENTS A. Oil, grease, welding fluxes, and other surface contaminants shall be removed prior to blast cleaning. B. Pre -blast cleaning methods shall use steam, open flame, hot water, or cold water with ' appropriate detergent additives followed with clean water rinsing. C. Small isolated areas shall be cleaned as above or solvent cleaned with suitable solvents and clean cloths. D. Sharp edges shall be rounded or chamfered and burrs, jagged edges, and surface defects shall be ground smooth. FY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGARS 09900-6 , I E. Welds and adjacent areas shall be prepared so that there is: I1. No undercutting or reverse ridges on the weld bead. 2. No weld spatter on or adjacent to the weld or any other area to be painted. ' 3. No sharp peaks or ridges along the weld bead. 4. Embedded pieces of electrode or wire shall be ground flush with the adjacent surface of the weld bead. ' 3.9 BLAST CLEANING REQUIREMENTS IA. The type of equipment and speed of travel shall be such that and specified degree of cleanliness is obtained. I B. The type and size of abrasive shall be selected to produce a surface profile that meets the coating manufacturer's recommendations for the particular primer to be used. ' C. Only dry blast cleaning methods will be permitted. D. The abrasive shall not be reused. E. Comply with the applicable federal, state, and local air pollution control regulations for blast cleaning. ' 3.10 POST -BLAST CLEANING AND OTHER CLEANING REQUIREMENTS ' A. Surfaces shall be cleaned of dust and residual particles caused by the cleaning operations by dry (no oil or water vapor) air blast cleaning or other method prior to painting. B. Enclosed areas and other areas where dust settling is a problem shall be vacuum cleaned and wiped with a tack cloth. C. Surfaces shall be coated within 6 hours after they are blasted. ' D. Surfaces that have started to rust before they are painted shall be re -blasted. ' 3.11 SOLVENT CLEANING A. Solvent cleaning shall consist of removal of foreign matter such as oil, grease, soil, t drawing and cutting compounds, and other surface contaminants by the use of solvents, emulsions, cleaning compounds, steam cleaning, or similar materials and methods that involve a solvent or cleaning action. This method conforms with Steel Structures Painting Council SP 1. I ' FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS 09900 -7 I 3.12 APPLICATION OF PAINT-- GENERAL A. Furnish Engineer prior to application, manufacturer's written instructions for applying each type of paint or protective coating. 1. Cleaned surfaces and coats shall be inspected prior to the succeeding coat. 2. Schedule inspections with the Engineer in advance. 3. Apply coatings in strict accordance with the paint manufacturer's recommendations, as reviewed by the Engineer. 4. Allow sufficient time between coats to assure thorough drying of previously applied paint. 5. Paint new units that are to be bolted together and to structures prior to assembly or installation. 3.13 SHOP PRIMED SURFACES A. Shop primed items shall be inspected at the jobsite for compliance with these Specifications. 1. Schedule inspections with Engineer in advance. 2. Areas of chipped, peeled, or abraded primer shall be hand or power sanded feathering the edges. ' 3. Areas shall then be spot primed with the specified primer. B. Prior to application of finish coats, shop primed surfaces shall be cleaned free of dirt, oil, and grease, and a mist coat, 3.0 mil dry film thickness, of the specified primer applied, complete. C. Holdback areas for welding shall be prepared and primed, after welding, as required for the specified paint system. ' D. Application of primer shall be in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.14 MANUFACTURER APPLIED PAINT SYSTEMS I A. Abraded areas on factory finished items: Repair in strict accordance with the equipment manufacturer's directions. ' B. Repaired areas shall be carefully blended into the original finish. 3.15 FILM THICKNESS A. Coverage is listed as either total minimum dry film thickness in mils (MDFT) or the I spreading rate in square feet per gallon (SFPG). Per coat determinations are listed as MDFTPC or SFPGPC. The number of coats is the minimum required irrespective of the coating thickness. 1. Additional coats may be required to obtain the minimum required paint I thickness, depending on method of application, and atmospheric conditions. FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "r' HANGARS 09900-8 E 2. Maximum film build per coat shall not exceed the coating manufacturer's recommendations. ' 3. Perform electrical inspection and film thickness measurements on coated surfaces with properly calibrated instruments. 4. Recoat and repair as necessary for compliance with the Specifications. ' 5. Coatings will be subject to inspection by Engineer and coating manufacturer's representative. 6. Particular attention shall be given edges, angles, flanges, where insufficient film ' thicknesses are likely to be present, ensure proper millage in these areas. 7. After repaired and recoated areas have dried sufficiently, final tests will be conducted by the Engineer. ' 8. Coating thickness specified in mils will be measured with a magnetic type dry film thickness gage; Mikrotest, supplied by Nordson Corporation, Anaheim, CA. 9. Finish coat (expect zinc primer and galvanizing) will be tested for holidays and ' discontinuities with an electrical holiday detector, low voltage, wet sponge type; Model M-1, manufactured by Tinker and Rasor, San Gabriel, CA. 10. Each coat will be checked for the correct millage. 11. No measurement will be made under a minimum of 8 hours after application of coating. ' 3.16 GYPSUM BOARD - SURFACE PREPARATION IA. Gypsum board (drywall) shall be clean and dry. Set and spackle nail heads. Joints shall be taped, covered, and floated with joint compound. Spackled nail heads and joints shall be sanded smooth and dust removed prior to application of paint. ' B. Texture gypsum board and apply primer and paint per this Specification and the manufacturer's recommendations. ' 3.17 POROUS SURFACES A. Porous surfaces may have the prime coat thinned to provide maximum penetration and adhesion. 1. Type and amount of thinning shall be determined by the paint manufacturer and is dependent upon the surface density and type of coating. 2. Porous surfaces specified to receive a water base coating shall be dry, with not ' more than 12 to 15 percent moisture, just prior to application of the coating. 3.18 DAMAGED COATINGS ' A. Damaged coatings, pinholes, and holidays shall have the edges feathered and repaired in accordance with the recommendations of the paint manufacturer, as reviewed by tthe Engineer. 1. Repair of fusion bonded coatings to be as recommended by the original ' applicator. ' FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T' HANGARS 09900-9 3.19 3.20 2. Liquid repair kits to be provided for this purpose by the applicator, as recommended by the coating manufacturer. B. Finish coats, including touch-ups, and damage -repair coats shall be applied in a manner which will present a uniform texture and color -matched appearance. UNSATISFACTORY APPLICATION A. Coatings found to have improper finish color, or insufficient film thickness, the surface shall be cleaned and topcoated with the specified paint material to obtain the specified color and coverage. Specific surface preparation information to be secured from the coating manufacturer and the Engineer. B. Visible areas of chipped, peeled, or abraded paint shall be hand or power -sanded feathering the edges. 1. The areas shall then be primed and finish coated in accordance with the Specifications. 2. Depending on the extent of repair and its appearance, a finish sanding and topcoat may be required by the Engineer. C. Work shall be free of runs, bridges, shiners, laps, or other imperfections. Evidence of these conditions shall be cause for rejection. D. Defect in the coating system shall be repaired per written recommendations of the coating manufacturer. E. Leave staging up until the Engineer has inspected the surface or coating. Staging removed prior to approval by Engineer shall be replaced. SHIPPING I I I I I H H I L I I A. Protect precoated items shipped to the jobsite from damage. ' B. Coated items shall be battened to prevent abrasion. C. Use nonmetallic or padded slings and straps in handling. D. Items will be rejected for excessive damage, in the opinion of the Engineer. ' H Y!' I I FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS 09900-10 ' I ' 3.21 CLEANUP IA. Cloths and waste that might constitute a fire hazard shall be placed in closed metal containers or destroyed at the end of each day. ' B. Upon completion of the Work, staging, scaffolding, and containers shall be removed from the site or destroyed in a legal manner. IC. Paint spots, oil, or stains upon adjacent surfaces and floors shall be completely removed, and the entire job left clean. 3.22 APPLICATION SCHEDULE A. Unless otherwise indicated in the Specifications or on the Drawings, Work shall be ' painted or coated in accordance with the following application schedule. B. In the event of discrepancies or omissions in the following, request clarification from ' the Engineer before starting the work in question. C. Surfaces which have been factory prepared and primed need only have finish coats ' field applied, unless primer coating is damaged. Coatings manufacturer shall provide appropriate solvent coatings as required for adhesion of finish coats. ' D. Aluminum and Dissimilar Metal Insulation: This system shall be used where specified and on the following items or areas: ' 1. Aluminum in contact with concrete and masonry. 2. Contacting dissimilar metals. ' 3.23 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE IF. Provide the following paint system for the various items. The paint specified is manufactured by Sherwin Williams. U G. All structural members and steel exposed to view shall have one coat metal primer at 2.0 mets and two coats of metalatex semi -gloss enamel at 1.5 mets DFT/coat minimum. H. Structural members and steel not exposed furnished with shop and shad have touch up coats where damaged. I. Gypsum wallboard shall have all cemented and/or taped joints spot primed with pro - mar Latex Primer then one coat of Pro -mar Latex Wall Primer and two coats of Pro - Mar Alkyd semi -gloss enamel at 1.5 miles DFT/coat min. I FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS 09900- 11 3.24 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Provide the following paint system for exterior painting. The paint specified is manufactured by Sherwin Williams. B. Door frames and other exposed ferrous metal shall receive one coat shop primer, one coat Kromik Metal Primer at 2 mils DFT/coat minimum, and two coats of metalatex Semi -gloss enamel at 1.5 mils DFT/coat minimum. END OF SECTION FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T" HANGARS 09900- 12 PAINTING SCHEDULE AREA NUMBER AND COLOR MANUFACTURER NO. OF COATS NOTE: EDIT FOR TYPE OF PROJECT Exterior of Clearwell, Claricone, and Structural Steel (Walkways): (Field Roller/Brush Applied Systems) Primer Series 70 Hi -Build Tnemec 1 Coat Epoxoline Top Coat 74-J8187 2034 April Green Tnemec 2 Coats Endura-Shield Total Mils 7 to 11 (Field Spray Applied Systems) Primer Series 66 Hi -Build Tnemec 1 Coat Epoxoline Top Coat 74-J8187 2034 April Green Tnemec 2 Coat Endura-Shield Total Mils 7 to 11 Interior of Clearwell and Claricone: Primer 140-AA90 Pota-Pox Plus Tnemec 1 Coat Primer Top Coat 140-AA90 Pota-Pox Plus Tnemec 1 Coat White in Color Total Mils 7-11 Lettering and Logo on Cleanvell: Logo and Lettering 74-IN06 Endura-Shield Tnemec 2 Coats Black Interior Logo 74-EN17 Eudura-Shield Tnemec 2 Coats Clear Sky AREA. NUMBER AND COLOR MANUFACTURER NO. OF COATS Interior Walls: - (Block Masonry Walls) Primer Manufacturer's Recommendation Sherwin Williams 1 Coat Top Coat Promar 200 - Latex Sherwin Williams 2 Coats Semi -Gloss Chenille White No. SW1102 Exterior Walls: Thorocoat Systems - Refer to Section 07900 Interior Ceilings: (Plywood Ceiling) • Primer Alkyd Wood Primer Sherwin Williams 1 Coat Top Coat Acrylic Latex Sherwin Williams 2 Coats Chenille White No. S W 1102 Interior Walls Gypsum Board: Texture Texture Additive Recommended by Manufacturer and Applied per Manufacturers Instructions. Primer Manufacturers Recommendation Sherwin Williams Coat Top Coat Semi -Gloss Sherwin Williams 2 Coats Chenille White No. S W 1102 Wood Doors and and Wood Frames: Finish SHER-WOOD Wiping Stain Sherwin Williams I Coat Fruitwood No. S64 -N-3 (May require 2 Coats) Cabinets in Kitchen and Locker Room: Finish SHER-WOOD Wiping Stain Sherwin Williams 1 Coat White No. $64 -W-11 (May require 2 coats) AREA NUMBER AND COLOR MANUFACTURER NO. OF COATS Hollow Metal Doors and Frames, Rolling Service Door, Roof Trim, Gutters, Downspouts, and Other Expose Metals except at Clearwell and Claricones: Primer Shop Primed with non -corrosive rust inhibitors I Coat Top Coat SuperPaint - Stain Finish Sherwin Williams 2 Coats Shipyard Gray No. SW2139 Interior side of Hollow Metal Doors SuperPaint - Stain Finish Sherwin Williams 2 Coats Frames, and Handrail Coco No. SW1048 on Access Floor in Control Room Catwalks, Walkways, and other Structural Steel Exposed to Water: Primer Zinc Clad -I Sherwin Williams 1 Coat 3-5 DFT Top Coat Tile Clad -II Epoxy Sherwin Williams 2 Coats Shipyard Gray. SW2139 3-5 Mils Color Coding for Pipe Gallery: Raw Water AS22 Cucumber Tnemec 2 Coats Filter Influent BA72 Lakeland Tnemec 2 Coats Potable Water BRI 8 Safety Blue Tnemec 2 Coats (Filter Effluent) Backwash Waste AJ42 Agate Tnemec 2 Coats Backwash Supply and Rewash BB32 Clear Sky Tnemec 2 Coats Compressed Air BT2I Peridot Tnemec 2 Coats Alum or Primary Coagulant BX36 Oriental Yellow Tnemec 2 Coats AREA NUMBER AND COLOR MANUFACTURER NO. OF COATS Color Coding for Pipe Gallery Cont'd: Chlorine (Gas and Solution) AM52 Bumble Bee Tnemec 2 Coats Polymers or. Coagulant Aids CA26/BS28 Tnemec 2 Coats Safety Orange w/ Safety Green Band Other Lines BJ45 Light Gray Tnemec 2 Coats IF THERE IS A CONFLICT OR UNAVAILABILITY WITH PAINT PRODUCT OR COLOR, CONTACT ENGINEER PRIOR TO ORDERING PAINT. OWNER WILL CONSIDER CHANGE COLOR IF REASONABLE ALTERNATE COLORS ARE AVAILABLE. PAINT SYSTEM DATA SHEET Attach Technical Data Sheet (if applicable) to this sheet for each paint system submittal. Paint System Number (from Paint System Title (from Sp Coatings Representative Surface Preparation Paint Material Product Name/Number Min. Coats Generic (Proprietary) Coverage COLOR SELECTION CHART Item Color 1. Concrete Masonry Units for Exterior Walls 2. Handrails 3. Finish Hardware 4. Roof and Wall Panels, Metal Building 5. Acoustical Ceiling Panel System 6. Sealants a. Vertical joints in concrete/CMU b. Horizontal joints in concrete c. Special applications d. Exterior metal door frames and louver frames e. Interior metal door frames f. High temperature piping g. Sanitary applications h. Millwork application 7. Commercial Portland Cement Grout 8. Vinyl Base and Trim 9. Paints and Coatings . a. Handrails b. Submerged metal c. Exposed piping (1) Alum (2) Polymer (3) Chlorine (4) Hydrogen Chloride Gas (5 Non -potable water 10. Louvers, Vents, and Dampers LI I I SECTION 13121 PRE-ENGINEERED BUILDINGS ' PART1. GENERAL I I 1.1 SUMMARY A. Design and construct the complete pre-engineered Metal Hangar Buildings 216 feet by 60 feet, including anchors, steel frame doors, including all enclosure accessories, fasteners and flashing. ' 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01001 - Basic Requirements. I I I I B. Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. C. Division 16 - Electrical. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Aluminum Association, 818 Connecticut Avenue North West, Washington, D.C. 20006. 1. Aluminum Construction Manual. B. American Institute of Steel Construction, 400 North Michigan Avenue, Chicago, Illinois 60611. 1. AISC Steel Construction Manual. C. American Iron and Steel Institute, 1000 16th Street North West, Washington, D.C. ' 20036. 1. AISI Cold -Formed Steel Design Manual. D. American Welding Society, 550 North West LeJeune Road, Miami, Florida 33126. 1. AWS Structural Welding Code D1.1. ' E. American Society for Testing and Materials, 1961 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103. I1. ASTM D659 - Method for Evaluating Degree of Chalking of Exterior Paints. 2. ASTM D1494 - Test Method for Diffuse Light Transmission Factor of Reinforced Plastics Panels. ' 3. ASTM D2244 - Methods for Calculation of Color Differences from Instrumentally Measured Color Coordinates. I IFY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T' HANGARS 13121 - 1 I ' F. Metal Building Manufacturers Association, 1230 Keith Building, Cleveland, Ohio - 44115. 1. MBMA Recommended Design Practices Manual. G. American Iron and Steel Institute. 1. Design of Cold Formed Steel Structural Members. 2. Design of Light Gage Steel Diaphragms. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A.' the Pre -Engineered Hangars shall be designed and constructed perpendicular to the existing pavement. Design loads shall not be less than those set forth in the latest edition of the standard building code for Seismic zone 1. Combination of Loads: Combining of normal loads and auxiliary loads for design purposes shall be as prescribed and recommended by the MBMA Design Practices Manual, latest edition. B. Furnish and erect the complete pre-engineered metal hangars including anchor bolts; steel frames; purlins; wall girts; cave girts; exterior and interior wall panels; roof panels; and all miscellaneous framing, trim, fittings, fastening, sealants, glazing and other components to make the steel shell structure conform to these specifications and the contact drawings. C. The hangars shall be the design of a manufacturer who is regularly engaged in the fabrication of aircraft hangar buildings and hangar doors. The pre-engineered hangar shall be supplied as a complete system and furnished by a manufacturer who provides hangar doors and hangar buildings as an integral hangar building package. The hangar buildings shall be as manufactured by Mesco Metal Buildings, P.O. Box 20, Grapevine, Texas, 76099-0020, or an approved equal. All materials shall be used, providing components, accessories and the complete structure conform to architectural design appearance shown and to the specified requirements. D. In the event Contractor wishes to submit an alternate building manufacturer for ' consideration by the Engineer/Owner, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer/Owner, within 21 days after bids are accepted, a complete technical proposal based on the alternate system. 1.5 DESIGN A. General Design Criteria: 1. The hangars shall be a manufacturer's standard steel frame, pre -fabricated metal structure of the approximate area shown. Overall dimensions may vary to suit manufacturer's standard design. Critical clearances and dimensions, indicated on the drawings shall be provided. - 2. A complete design analysis showing all calculations for the steel frames, girts, ' purlins, and x -bracing for wind and seismic loads and a layout of anchor bolts and FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "r' HANGARS 13121 - 2 I other embedded items shall be submitted for approval with the shop drawings. Shop drawings shall include details of all main members, typical connections (showing bolt holes and welds), and erection drawings. 3. The building shall be designed to support all mechanical equipment including heaters, exhaust systems, and all other such devices. Additional girts or purlins shall be placed in convenient locations for attachment of all mechanical equipment. 4. Combination design loads conditions shall be as required by Standard Building Code, Latest Edition. ' 5. Unless cross bracing is used to take lateral loads, load tests on metal panel walls and roof must be submitted where these are used as a diaphragm. 6. The hangar may be "column and beam" for all column lines per Mesco typical design. 7. For welded connections, comply with AWS "Structural Welding Code". Welders shall be certified. B. Design Loads: Basic design loads as well as deflection limits are as follows: ' 1. Design Loads Dead Load of Building (D) Compute for actual building components used Dead Load allowance for electrical loads (D) 5 lbs./sq.ft. ' Roof Live Load (R) 20 lbs/sq.ft. (no reduction permitted) Wind Load (horizontal) (W) In conformance with Standard Building Code 1991 Ed. w/1992 revisions, Basic Wind Speed 70 mph (exposure C). Seismic (EQ) Seismic Performance Cat. B Snow Load(s) 20 lbs./sq.ft. 2. Deflection Limits (under total load) Roof sheets and siding sheets L/180 I IFY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T' HANGARS 13121 -3 I I Roof and wall framing other than sheets L/180 Sidesway at top , of sidewall L/180 or 2" whichever is less C. Member Design: Design each member to withstand stresses resulting from combinations of loads=that produce maximum ratio of actual allowable stress in that member, as prescribed in Standard Building Code. No reduction in roof live load is permitted. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor shall submit with bid name and company resume of the builder intended to be used for construction of pre-engineered hangar building. Include with the resume some examples of recent past work which closely typifies the work proposed under this Section. B. Submit 5 copies of shop drawings and product data in conformance with MBMA Code ' of Standard Practice. Indicate profiles, sizes, spacing, and locations of structural members, connections, attachments, openings, fasteners, and loads; wall and roof system dimensions; panel layout; general details; anchorages and method of anchorage; anchor bolt setting plan; complete framing plan; method of assembly of component parts; and methods of installation. 2. Include the following: a. Certification from steel building manufacturer that building proposed will be furnished to meet required design load criteria and that structural design is in strict accordance with that prescribed by the MBMA Design Practices Manual, latest edition, AISC Manual, AISI Cold -formed Steel Design Manual. ' b. Specimen copy of Manufacturer's Roof Guarantee, which clearly states the conditions under which guarantee is valid. c. Specimen copy of Manufacturer's Exterior Color Finish Guarantee, which clearly states the conditions under which guarantee is valid. 3. Prepare Drawings under seal of a professional Engineer registered in the State of Arkansas. C. Submit calculated column loads for each reactor point to the foundation. Submit it fifteen days prior to fabrication. D. Submit complete structural analysis to Owner and Engineer upon request. FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "1"' HANGARS 13121-4 Li I 11 C En E. Submit "Hot Box" test data on roof and wall insulation, which certifies that insulation meets or exceeds specified U -values. Color shall be chosen by the Owner. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Do not begin fabrication of materials until shop drawings have been approved by Engineer. B. Deliver and store fabricated material to avoid damaged material shall not be stored on the ground but according to the manufacturers requirements. ' 1.8 WARRANTY I C I FT C [l [] I I I I A. Manufacturer's Guarantees: 1. Durability of roof panels due to rupture, structural failure, or perforation shall be guaranteed for a period of 20 years. 2. Exterior color finish shall be guaranteed for a period of 20 years against blistering, peeling, cracking, flaking, checking, and chipping and against excessive color change and chalking. 3. This warranty shall be in addition to warranty under the Contract documents for the Contractor. PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Mesco Metal Buildings, P.O. Box 20, Grapevine, Texas, 76099 or approved equal. a—&anitint A. Hot rolled shapes: ASTM A-36 or AS72; Cold rolled shapes: ASTM A 446, Grade 50; Plate on Bar Stock: 42,000 psi minimum yield. Strength ASTM A 529, A 570 or A 572; Anchor Bolts: ASTM A 307, Grade C. B. Galvanized steel sheets: ASTM A 446, with G90 coating. 2.3 FOOTINGS AND REINFORCEMENT A. Refer to Section 03300 for concrete requirements. B. Concrete shall have a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 4,000 psi. Steel reinforcement shall have a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi. C. Non -shrink grout shall be used to fill voids between footings and columns. ' FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T' HANGARS 13121 5 I 1 2.4 STRUCTURAL FRAMING COMPONENTS A. The steel frames shall be hot rolled structural steel shapes or.tubing (ASTM A 36 or A 572) and shall be designed as pinned base. The main structural steel frames may be of post and beam or rigid frame, factory welded and shop painted. The frame shall be furnished complete with attached plates, bearing plates, and splice members and factory drilled for bolted field assembly. ,B. End Wall Framing: May be post and beam or rigid frame at contractor's option, unless shown otherwise on drawings. C. The End Wall Columns shall be hot rolled structural shapes or tubing and shop painted. D. The Cross Bracing shall be adjustable, threaded steel rods, 1/2" diameter minimum; ASTM A 36 or A 572, Grade D. E. All purlins, eave struts, wall girts, flange and sag bracing and be ASTM A 607, Grade 50 minimum 16 gage rolled formed sections and shop painted. F. All base channel, sill angle, end wall structural members (except columns and beams), purlin spacers; minimum 14 gage cold formed steel, galvanized. (ASTM A 607, Grade 50.) G. All bolts shall be ASTM A 325 as necessary for design loads and connection details and be shop painted, except provide zinc plated units when in direct contact with panels. H. All anchor bolts shall be A 307, Grade C zinc plated. 2.5 ROOFING AND SIDING - A. The roofing and siding sheets provided shall be formed to general profile or configuration as indicated. Provide flashings, closers, fillers, metal expansions joints, ridge covers, fascias, soffits and other sheet metal accessories, factory formed of same materials and finish as roofing and siding. Provide products by Mesco Metal Buildings, or an approved equal. , B. The wall siding sheets shall be 26 Ga. galvalume coating conforming to ASTM specification A446 with a siliconized polyester coating. Panel configuration shall be 1- 1/8" mitt major ribs 12" on center and shall be furnished full height. 1. Siliconized polyester coating shall be provided by Dexter Midland Division, The Dexter Corporation, and shall be Dexstar 850, or approved equal, and conform to ASTM D-523-67 (72) (1), ASTM D-2794-74, ASTM D-968, ASTM D-2247-68, ASTM B-117-68. , FY002151'DRAKE FIELD "T' HANGARS 13121-6 ' I I 2. Exterior trim pieces shall be provided in manufacturer's standard configuration and attachment. Trim finish shall conform to siding finish. I 3. Fasteners to be self -drilling sheet metal screws finished to match siding and shall have bonded sealing washers. 4. Finish color shall be selected by the Owner from manufacturer's standard color line for siding, trim and fasteners. C. The roof sheets shall be 26 Ga. galvalume coating conforming to ASTM specification A-792 with panel configuration with 1-1/8" min.• high major ribs 12" on center. Panel coverage shall be 36" and shall be furnished full length from building eave to ridge purlin. A pre -formed ridge cap shall be provided. 1. Galvalume coating shall be provided by Bethlehem Steel Corporation, Bethlehem, PA 18016. 2. Furnish written twenty-year (20) warranty on material life and weather tightness. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. The flexible closure strips shall be closed -cell, expanded cellular rubber, self - extinguishing, cut or premolded to match corrugation configuration of roofing and siding sheets. Provide where indicated and necessary to ensure weathertight construction. B. The sealing tape shall be 100% solids, pressure sensitive grey polyisobutylene compound tape with release paper backing. Not less than 1/2" wide and 1/8" thick, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining and permanently elastic. C. The joint sealant shall be standard with the building manufacturer. 2.7 SHEET METAL ACCESSORIES A. Unless otherwise indicated, provide coated steel accessories with coated steel roofing and siding; coating shall be same as adjoining sheets and shall be fully covered by guarantee for adjoining sheets. ' 2.8 BI -FOLD HANGAR DOORS A. Bi-fold doors shall be as provided by Mesco Metal Buildings or an approved equal, and ' shall be integral with hangar building design. Door framing members shall be welded in full size panels. Door frames shall have pre -located top hinges factory located to align with door truss hinges. Structural steel shall be ASTM, A36, A572 or A500 Grade B. ' B. Electric bi-fold door operator shall be mounted on support frame and shall be provided with adjustable turnbuckles and fastened securely. Motor shall be 3/4 H.P. 230 V.A.C. ' single phase thermally protected and supplied with a reset button. Motor shall be totally enclosed capacitor start. Cable drum shall be a direct drive drum by shaft mounted 1 FY002151 DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGARS 13121-7 I I gearbox. Gearbox shall be oil bath two -stage gearbox, bronze worm gear, hardened steel spur gears, tapered roller and ball bearings. Door operator shall be pre -wired at factory complete with momentary up constant pressure down push button control, magnetic controllers, geared rotary limit switch attached to cable drum designed to coordinate reversing operations, spring set electric brake, and up -stop safety switch; mercury tilt type to disconnect power in case of over travel. Power connection shall be by heavy duty 230 volt plug for easy connection. The motors shall be located where maintenance can be provided without a ladder. C. Bi-fold door hardware shall include 3" dia. bottom guide roller with sealed bearing and column followers, door side cam locks shall be self unlatching type with white vinyl pull handles attached to vertical end members, center cane bolt pin 1" dia. minimum and embedded floor sockets, 16" minimum center plated door poppers and skid plates, all ' require hinge pins, 3/16" dia. 7.x 19 galvanized aircraft cables with wire rope clips and thimbles, bottom and top 2 ply rubber astragals, 5" dia. steel sheave wheels with ball bearings. D. Bi-fold door shall be installed according to manufacturer's installation instructions. E. Each Bi-fold door shall be provided with 3'-0" x 6'-0" steel entry door, 26 Ga. trim package, weatherstripping, lockset keyed and master keyed. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 ERECTION , A. The Erection shall be specified and in accordance with the approved erection instructions and drawings and the finished structure shall be proven weathertight. Dissimilar materials which are not compatible when contacting each other shall be insulated from each other by means of gaskets or insulating compounds. Improper or mislocated drill holes where permitted by the Engineer shall be plugged with an oversize screw fastemer and gasketed washer;, however, sheets with an excess of such holes or with such holes in critical locations shall not be used. Exposed surfaces shall be kept clean and free from sealants, metal cuttings, and other foreign materials. Stained, discolored or damaged sheets shall be removed from the site. B. All anchor bolts shall be accurately set by template while the concrete is in a plastic state. Uniform bearing under base plates and sill members shall be provided using a nonshrinking grout when necessary. Members shall be accurately spaced to assure proper fitting of covering. As erection progresses, the work shall be securely fastened to resist the dead load, and wind and erection stresses. 3.2 WALLCOVERING A. Wall covering shall be applied with the longitudinal configurations in the vertical position. Accessories shall be fastened into framing members, except as otherwise FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T' HANGARS 13121-8 ' U approved. Closure strips shall be provided as indicated and where necessary to provide weathertight construction. B. Eliminate end laps of wall panels to greatest extend possible. Where required, end laps ' shall be made over framing members with fasteners into framing members approximately 2 inches from the end of the overlapping sheet. Side laps shall be laid away from prevailing winds. Side lap distances, end lap distances, joint sealing, and spacing and ' fastening of fasteners shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's standard practice insofar as the maximum spacings specified are not exceeded and provided such standard practice will result in a structure which will be free from water leaks and meet design ' requirements. Exposed fasteners shall be installed in straight lines and shall present an orderly appearance. Spacing shall not exceed: 8 inches on center at end laps of covering, 12 inches on center at connection of covering to intermediate supports, and 18 inches on ' center at side laps of wall coverings except when otherwise approved. Method of applying joint sealant shall conform to the manufacturer's recommendation. Fasteners shall be installed in straight lines within a tolerance of Y2 inch in the length of a bay. Fasteners shall be driven normal to the surface and to a uniform depth to properly seat the gasketed washers. 3.3 ROOF COVERING A. Roof panels shall be fastened to framing members with self -drilling fasteners standard with the manufacturer. Spacing of fasteners shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's written instruction. Interlocking ribs shall be sealed. End laps of covering sheets and joints at accessories shall be sealed. Roof covering shall be applied with the longitudinal configurations in the direction of the roof slope. Closure strips shall be provided and as required to provide weathertight installation. ' 3.4 FIELD PAINTING IA. Immediately upon detection, abraded or corroded spots on shop -painted surfaces shall be wire brushed and touched up with the same material used for the shop coat. Shop - primed ferrous surfaces exposed on the building and all shop -primed surfaces of doors ' and windows shall be painted per Division 09900. Factory color finished surfaces shall be touched up as necessary with the manufacturer's recommended touch-up paint. 3.5 GUARANTEE A. The building shall be guaranteed against water leaks arising out of or cause by ordinary ' wear and tear by the elements for a period of five years. Such guarantee shall start upon acceptance of the work or the date the Owner takes beneficial possession, whichever is earlier. B. The Contractor shall furnish manufacturer's guarantees for roof and wall panels. ' END OF SECTION ' FY002151 DRAKE FIELD "T' HANGARS 13121 - 9 I I I H H I I L I I [1 I I I H I I I ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR NEW HANGER AT DRAKE FIELD FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANS GENERAL CONDITIONS The preceding General Conditions are part of these Specifications and this Contractor is referred to them and shall consult them in detail in connection with this part of the work. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS The Drawings and Specifications are to be construed according to full intent, meaning and spirit when taken together or separately. Drawings and Specifications taken co jointly shall be deemed to explain each other and be descriptive of necessary work to be performed under Contract. Any apparent discrepancy in either Drawings or Specifications shall be promptly reported to the Engineer, who is sole interpreter of the meaning of the Plans and Specifications, and his directions shall be followed. Anything shown on the Drawings and not mentioned in the Specifications, or vice -versa, shall be fully executed and carried out same as if mentioned in the Specifications and shown on the Drawings. For the sake of brevity these Specifications may omit, at times, phrases such as "Contractor shall furnish and install", "unless otherwise indicated or specified", etc., but these phrases are nevertheless implied. Mention of materials and operations requires the Contractor to furnish and install such materials and perform such operations complete to the satisfaction of the Owner. Exceptions are noted herein or shown on the Drawings. SITE INSPECTION AND FAMILIARITY WITH THE PROJECT The Contractor shall inspect the jobsites, study existing conditions, be completely familiar with the Drawings and Specifications, and, in general, be fully informed as to work required to complete Contract. No allowance will be made for misunderstanding after Contract is awarded. GENDER REFERENCE For the sake of brevity these Specifications may use the masculine "he", "him" or "his", etc. but shall nevertheless at all times indicate and include both the masculine and feminine gender. FEES, PERMITS, ETC. The Contractor shall pay all fees, licenses, permits, inspections charges, etc. incurred in obtaining services and installing work and shall deliver to Owner at completion of job all permits, inspection reports, etc. I LAWS, CODES AND ORDINANCES These Drawings and Specifications are to be regarded as minimum requirements. The Contractor shall further comply with all applicable Federal, State and Local requirements and with the 1999 edition of NFPA 70, National Electric Code, (with special reference to Articles 501 and 513 (Aircraft Hangers); the latest and current editions of NFPA 101 (Life Safety Code) and NFPA 409 (Aircraft Hangers). In case of conflicts between governing codes, state laws or local ordinances, the most stringent shall apply. Should the work of the Contractor fail to conform to the governing codes, he shall conformance at no expense to the Owner. SCOPE OF WORK ' Furnish all materials and equipment specified or called for on Drawings and , Specifications, except as stated otherwise. Furnish all incidental material and equipment not specifically mentioned but essential to make installation in accordance with intent and requirements of Drawings, Specifications and Contract. Work complete from point of service to each and every fixture shown on the Drawings or herein specified with all accessory construction as may be herein itemized or required to make installation complete and ready for service All material and equipment shall be new, of best quality and design and free from ' defects. All material and equipment furnished in quantity shall be all of one manufacturer for each item unless otherwise specified. Installation shall be complete including electrical service, mounting brackets, ditches, backfilling, patching, circuit breaker panels, boxes, covers, conduit, grounding, lighting fixtures, etc., connected, adjusted, aimed and ready for service. GUARANTEE The Contractor, by acceptance of the Drawings and Specifications and signing Contract, acknowledges his acquaintance with all requirements and guarantees that every part going to make up the systems as herein described shall be as specified and will be erected in a most thorough and substantial manner by experienced labor. He guarantees that all conduit and raceway as specified will be free from all obstructions of every description and will be free from holes or breaks and well -bonded together at joints. He further guarantees to hold himself responsible for any defects which may develop in 1 any part of the entire system, including apparatus and appliances as provided for under these Specifications, due to faulty workmanship, design or materials for a period of one year from date of final acceptance. Defects arising during this period will be promptly remedied by the Contractor at his expense to the complete satisfaction of the Owner. Lamps shall be excluded• from this guarantee, but one complete, new and operative set of lamps for lighting fixtures shall ' be in place at time of final acceptance. n I I I I 1, C C L_: CHARACTER OF SERVICE AND SYSTEM The electrical system shall commence at the handhole as shown on the Drawings on the load side of an existing meter at a delivery voltage of 120/240 volts, single phase, 60 hertz. HOUSEKEEPING AND SAFETY Contractor shall remove his rubbish from the premises at intervals and shall maintain the workplace in an orderly and safe manner. On completing his work, and prior to submission of final estimate, he shall remove all tools, appliances, material and rubbish from the grounds. See Drawings for special lighted barricades required for this project. COOPERATION AND COORDINATION This Contractor shall install his work without unduly delaying other trades. He shall furnish sufficient labor to accomplish this end. He shall coordinate his work with all other trades so that all electrical work shall be properly installed. The Contractor shall verify field and site conditions to determine the precise routing and location of electrical work. Installation of electrical work shall be coordinated with other equipment and structural members. Provide access panels as required by NEC for access of concealed electrical work. LABOR AND WORKMANSHIP Contractor shall comply with the labor laws of the State of Arkansas and the various Acts Amendatory and Supplementary thereto, and other Federal, State and Local laws, ordinances and legal requirements applicable thereto. All labor shall be performed in the best and most workmanlike manner by mechanics skilled in their trades. The standard of work required throughout shall be of such grade as will bring results of the first class only. Defective work shall be repaired or replaced at no expense to the Owner. Mechanics whose work is unsatisfactory to the Owner or are considered by the owner to be unskilled or otherwise objectionable shall be dismissed from the work upon notice from the Owner. All manufactured articles, material and equipment listed or described shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned, conditioned and aimed as directed by the Manufacturer and these documents. LOCATION OF FACILITIES Locations shown on Drawings are approximate unless dimensioned. Check large scale details to determine missing dimensions or for explanatory notes. Li I SUBSTITUTION OF SPECIFIED MATERIALS I The Specifications and Drawings make reference to material or equipment supplied by a particular manufacturer. This has been done to establish a minimum standard of acceptance concerning quality, workmanship, reliability, serviceability, etc. It is not the intent to discriminate against an approved equal by other manufacturers. The Contractor shall furnish sufficient detailed information to enable the Owner to determine whether or not the proposed substitute is equal to that appearing in the Specifications or on the Drawings. No substitute item shall be approved without the written consent of the Owner. Any additional work or changes necessitated by the approval and installation of substitute ' equipment shall be done by the Contractor without extra cost to the Owner. Any savings shall be passed to the Owner. HAZARDOUS AREAS Areas within 5 feet horizontally of engines or fuel tanks are Class 1, Division 2. 1 Vertically, these areas extend from floor level to 5 feet above the highest point of the wings. Horizontally, these areas extend 5 feet from the tips of the wings. For purposes of this project, the hazardous area is assumed to extend to 14 feet above floor level and to the walls on each side of the wings. Sealing requirements of Section 501 of the National Electrical Code shall apply to both the horizontal and vertical boundaries of this defined area. WIRING METHODS, CONDUIT AND FITTINGS All circuits shall be installed as shown and sized on the drawings in conduit types shown. EMT connections shall be compression type. Galvanized conduit, EMT and fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with applicable NEMA standards and ASTM specifications. Conduit shall be Republic or equal and fittings shall be Appleton or equal. GROUNDING All electrical equipment and the structure installed on this project shall be properly grounded in accordance with Article 250 of the 1999 National Electrical Code. A #14 stranded THHN copper grounding conductor, Green color, shall be installed in each conduit with lighting or receptacle circuits. ' Copperweld 5/8" x 8' ground rods shall be driven in undisturbed soil at the locations indicated on the Drawings to 6" below grade. Remove existing asphalt surface and backfill with concrete. LIGHTING FIXTURES ' Contractor to furnish and install lighting fixtures as listed in the Fixture Schedule on the Drawings. , I LJ I I I I I II C I H WIRE AND CABLE All conductors for panel feeder, lighting, receptacle and motor circuits shall be stranded copper, type THHN, 600 volt, code grade. Wire shall be sized as shown on the Drawings. Unless otherwise specified on the Drawings, ground wire shall be #2 AWG solid soft or medium drawn bare copper. ELECTRICAL PANEL Contractor shall furnish and a circuit breaker loadcenter as indicated on the Panel Schedule and located where shown on the Drawings. Loadcenter shall be rated 120/240 volts, I phase, 3 wire, 60hz and shall be Square D Type QO or equal. Circuit breakers shall be quick make and break, thermal -magnetic, trip indicating, with common trip for multipole breakers (no handle ties will be permitted). Circuit breakers shall be Square D Type QO or equal. The cabinet shall be NEMA Type 3R for exterior surface mounting. Fronts will be provided with locking provision with two (2) sets of keys to be provided to Owner. A typewritten directory of branch circuits shall be provided in cabinet. TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING Trenches shall be of such depth so as to provide a full 24" of fill over conduit. Width of trench shall be a minimum of 12 inches. Bottom of finished trench shall be free of rock. If necessary, this shall be accomplished by over -excavation and refilling to desired bottom elevation with rock -free material. The first 12" of backfill shall also be free of rock. All fill shall be compacted. Top of trench shall be asphalt to match existing. CUTTING AND PATCHING The Contractor is responsible for all cutting, patching and painting required by ' electrical work. The Contractor shall arrange with the appropriate sub -contractor for the execution of this work. All cutting, patching and painting shall be in accordance with applicable sections of these Specifications. Cutting of structural members is not allowed unless approved in writing by the Engineer. Factory painted equipment which has been damaged, scratched, or otherwise marred shall be restored to its original condition. ' ELECTRICAL TESTS AFTER INSTALLATION Before final acceptance will be given by the Owner, Contractor shall make t insulation and load tests to assure the proper performance of each circuit. Instruments for such tests shall be furnished by the Contractor. ' All circuits shall be tested in the presence of the Owner or his Representative with a two hundred and fifty (250) volt megohm meter and each reading shall be recorded. Test records shall be given to the Owner. SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS All submittals shall be submitted in seven (7) copies to the Owner. , The Owner shall examine these submittals in detail to determine if the material conforms to the Specifications and the Drawings. Written approval of the submittals is required be materials may be incorporated into the project. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS Contractor shall keep at least one (1) copy of the Drawings at the project at all times. These Drawings shall be annotated (red -lined) as required as the project progresses. This set of Drawings will be turned over to the Engineer at the end of the project for revision of the original Drawings. I I 2 4 6 8 9 10 11 ' 12 13 ' 14 15 '• 16 17 ' 19 • 19 20 ' 22 23 • 24 26 ' 27 23 ' 29 30 31 3? It 33 1 3d 35 36 State of Arkaaaas 79th General Assembly Regular Session, 1993 By. Senator Keet As Engrossed: 2/10/93 ACT 2911993 A Bill SENATE BILL 320 For An Act To Be Entitled "AN ACT TO REQUIRE THE INCLUSION IN ALL BIDS FOR PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS A SEPARATE PRICE PAY ITEM FOR TRENCH OR EXCAVATION SAFETY SYSTEMS; TO INVALIDATE BIDS WHICH DO HOT CONTAIN SUCH PROVISIONS; TO DECLARE AN EMERGENCY; AND FOR OTHER PURPOSES." Subtitle "AN ACT TO REQUIRE THE INCLUSION IN ALL BIDS FOR PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS A SEPARATE PRICE PAY ITEM FOR TRENCH OR EXCAVATION SAFETY SYSTEMS." BE IT ENACTED BY THE GENERAL ASSEMBLY OF .in STATE. OF ARKANSAS: SECTION 1. Whenever any agency of this state or of any county, municipality, or school district, or other local taxing unit or improvement district enters into a contract covered by the provisions of Arkansas Code Si 22-9-202 - 22-9-204 for the making of repairs or. alterations or the erection of buildings or for the making of any other improvements, or for the construction or improvement of highways, roads, streets, sidewalks, curbs, gutters, drainage or sewer projects, or for any other construction project in which the public work or public improvement construction project involves any trench or excavation which equals or exceeds five (5) feet in depth, the agency, county, municipality, school district, local taxing unit or improvement district shall require: (1) the current edition of Occupational Safety and Health Administration Standard for Excavation and Trenches Safety Syste, 29 CFR 1926, Subpart P, be specifically incorporated into the specifications for the project; and (2) the contract bid form to include a separate pay item for vjn76- I 1 1 1 As Engrassrd. 2110/93 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 • 21 • 22 • 23 • 24 23 26 27 28 29 30 • 31 32 trench or excavation safety systems and be included in the base bid. SB 320 SECTION 2. In the event a contractor fails to complete a separate pay item in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 1 of this act, the agency, county, municipality, school district,. local taxing unit or improvement district shall declare that the bid fails to comply fully with the provisions of the specifications and bid documents and will be considered invalid as a non -responsive bid. The owners, of the above stated project shall notify the State Department of Labor (Safety Division) of the award of a contract covered by this act. SECTION 3. All provisions of this act of general and permanent nature are amendatory to the Arkansan Code' of 1987 Annotated and the Arkansas Code Revision Commission shall incorporate the eame•in the Code. SECTION 4. If any provisions of this act or the application thereof to any person or circumstance is held invalid, the invalidity shall not affect other provisions or applications of the act which can be given effect without the invalid provisions or application, and to this end the provisions of this act are declared to be severable. SECTION 5. All laws and parts of laws in conflict with this act are hereby repealed. SECTION 6. Emergency. It is hereby found and determined by the Seventy -Ninth General Assembly of the State of Arkansas that the well-being of Arkansas' craft workers are unnecessarily exposed to the hazards of trench excavation and the mediate passage of this act is necessary in order to protect the health and safety of the Arkansas worker. Therefore, an emergency is hereby declared to exist, and this act being necessary for the immediate preservation of the public peace, health, and safety, shall be in full force and effect from and after its passage and approval. 33 /s/ Senator Keec 34 35 36 ., nnvca a vi 276 Overview Subpart P Excavations P -l. What are the most frequently cited serious I. Excavation violations? (January 1, 1990 to April 1. 1996) I [1 I 11 I I I I I [] I I IH 29 CFR 1926.652(aXI) (Protection in Excavations) .651(kXl) (Inspections) .651(j)(2) (Loose Rock/Soil) .651(cX2) (Means of Egress) .651(d) (Vehicular Traffic) .651(k)(2) (Inspections) .651(hX1) (WaterAccumulation) .651(1X1) (Loose Rock/Soil) .651(1X2)+(W alkway s/Guardrails) .651(c) (Falling Loads) .651(I)(3) (Adjacent Structures) .65l (lX 1) •(W alkways/Guardrai Is) .652(b) (Sloping/Benching Systems) .651((1)(1)(Adjacent Structures) .652(c) (Design/Proteetive Systems) .652(gX2) (Shield Systems Requirements) .652(g)(1) (Shield Systems/General) .651 (b)(4) (Underground Installations) .651(gXl) (Hazardous Atmospheres) .651(a) (Surface Encumbrances) .652(a)(2) (Protective Systems) 1926 Subpart?. * 29 CFR 1926.651(1)(2) was deleted by 59 FR 40730, dated August 9, 1994 ( publication of final rule Subpart M of Part 1926 (Fall Protection)). . P-2. What are some effective control measures that can used for the serious hazards discussed in P. * A. The competent person should develop a check list enumerating the items listed in P-1 and use the list to identify and correct unsafe or unhealthy conditions that exist on a particular worksite. B. All excavations including trenches must be shored or sloped that are 5 'feet (1.52 in) in depth, or greater (1926.652). For excavations less than 5 feet (1.52 m) in depth, the competent person examines the excavation for potential cave-in hazards and makes a determination if protection is needed (1926.652(a)(1)). ' `P-1 L L OCCUPATIONALSAFETY AND HEALTH 1926 Subpart P REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES 1926 Subpart P - Excavations' AUTHORITY: Sec. 107. Contract Worker Hours and Safety Standards Act (Construction Safety Act) (40 U.S.C. 333); Sear 4, 6,. 8, Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C. 653, 655, 657); Secretary of Labor's Order No. 12-71 (36 FR 8754), 8-76 (41 FR 25059), 9-83 (48 FR 35736), or 1-90 (55 FR 9033), as applicable. Section 1926.651 also issued under 29 CFR Part 1911. SOURCE: 54 FR 45959, Oct 31, 1989, unless otherwise noted. (59 FR 40730, Aug. 9, 1994] 1926.650 - Scope, Application, an d Definitions Applicable to this Subpart. (a) Scope and application. This subpart applies to all open excavations made in the earth's surface. Excavations are defined to include trenches. (b) Definitions applicable to this subpart Accepted engineering practices means those requirements which are compatible with standards of practice requited by a registered professional engineer. . Aluminum Hydraulic Shoring means. a pre-engineered shoring system comprised of aluminum hydraulic cylinders (crossbraces) used in conjunction with vertical rails (uprights) or horizontal rails (wales). Such system is designed specifically to support the sidewalls of an excavation and prevent cave-ins. Bell-bottom pier hole means a type of shaft or footing excavation, the bottom of which is made larger than the cross section above to form a belled shape. Benching (Benching system) means a method of protecting employees from cave-ins by excavating the sides of an excavation to form one or a series of horizontal levels or steps, usually with vertical or near -vertical surfaces between levels. Cave-in means the separation of a mass of soil or rock material from the side of an excavation, or the loss of soil from under a trench shield'or support system, and its sudden movement into the excavation, either by falling or sliding, in sufficient quantity so that it could entrap, bury, or other wise injure and immobilize a person. . • Competent person means one who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in. the surroundings, or working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them. Cross braces mean the horizontal members of a shoring system installed perpendicular to the sides of the excavation, the ends of which bear. against either uprights or wales. , . Excavation means any man-made cut, cavity, trench, or depression in an earth surface, formed by earth removal. Faces or sides means the vertical or inclined earth surfaces formed as a result of excavation work. Failure means the breakage, displacement, or permanent deformation of a structural member or connection so as to reduce its structural integrity and its supportive capabilities. ;. Hazardous atmosphere means an atmosphere which by reason of being explosive, flammable, .;poisonous, corrosive, oxidizing, irritating, oxygen deficient, toxic, or otherwise harmful, may cause death, illness, or injury. Kickout means the accidental release or failure of a cross brace. L L I Li I L I H I I I I I P-2 LJ I U I 1 I I I I I C I I OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH :,.1926.6S0(b) REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES Proeedvesystem means a method of protecting employees from cave-ins; from material that could fall or roll from an excavation face or into an excavation, or from the collapse of adjacent structures. Protective systems include support systems, sloping and benching systems, shield systems, and other systems that provide the necessary protection. . Ramp means an inclined walking or working surface that is used to gain access to one point from another, and is constructed from earth or from structural materials such as steel or wood. Registered Professional Engineer means a person who is registered as a professional engineer in the state where the work is to be performed. However, a professional engineer, registered in any state is deemed to be a "registered professional engineeC within the meaning of this standard when'approving designs for "manufactured protective systems" or 'tabulated data' to be used in interstate commerce. Sheeting means the members of a shoring system that retain the earth in position and in turn are supported by other members of the shoring system. Shield (Shield system) means a structure that is able to withstand the focus imposed on it by a cave-in and thereby protect employees within the structure. Shields can be permanent structures or can be designed to be portable and moved along as work progresses. Additionally, shields can be either premanufactured or job -built in accordance with 1926.652(cX3) or (cX4). Shields used in trenches are usually referred to as "trench boxes" or "trench shields." Shoring (Shoring system) means a structure such as a metal hydraulic, mechanical or timber shoring system that supports the sides of an excavation and which is designed to prevent cave-ins. . Sides. See 'Faces.' Sloping (Sloping system) means a method of protecting employees from cave-ins by excavating to form sides of an excavation that arc inclined away from the excavation so as to prevent cave-ins. The angle of incline required to prevent a cave-in varies with differences in such factors as the soil type. environmettal conditions of exposure, and application of surcharge loads. " ' Stable rock means natural solid mineral material that can be excavated with vertical sides and will remain intact while exposed. Unstable rock is considered to be stable when the rock material on the side or sides of the excavation is secured against caving -in or movement by rock bolts or by another protective system that has been designed by a registered professional engineer. Structural ramp means a ramp built of steel or wood, usually used for vehicle access. Ramps made of soil or rock are not considered structural ramps. Support system means a structure such as underpinning, bracing; or shoring, which provides support to an. adjacent structure, underground installation, or the sides of an excavation. Tabulated data means tables and charts approved by a registered professional engineer and used to design and construct a protective system. Trench (Trench excavation) means a narrow excavation (in relation to its length) made below the surface of the ground. In general, the depth is greater than the width, but the width of a trench (measured at the bottom) is not greater than 15 feet (4.6 m). If forms or otherstructures are installed or constructed in anexcavation so as to reduce the dimension measured from the forms or structure to the side of the excavation to 15 feet (4.6 m) or less (measured at the bottom of the excavation), the excavation is also considered to be a trench. Trench box See "Shield." Trench shield See "Shield." Uprights means the vertical members of a trench shoring system placed in contact with the earth and usually positioned so that individual members do not contact each other. Uprights placed so that individual members are closely spaced, in contact with or interconnected to each other. are often called "sheeting." Wales means horizontal members of a shoring ' P•3 I OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH 1926.650(b) • :. REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES system placed parallel to the excavation face whose sides bear against the vertical members of the shoring system or earth 1926.651- General Requirements. (a) Surface encumbrances. All surface encumbrances that are located so as to create a hazard to employees shall be removed or supported, as necessary, to safeguard employees. (b) Underground installations. '(1) The estimated location of . utility installations, such as sewer, telephone, fuel, electric, water lines, or any other underground installations that reasonably maybe expected to be =countered during excavation work, shall be determined prior to opening an excavation. (2) Utility companies or owners shall be contacted within established or customary local response times, advised of the proposed work, and asked to establish the location of the utility underground installations prior to the start of actual excavation. When utility companies or owners cannot respond to a request to locate underground utility installations within 24 hours (unless a longer period is required by state or local law), or cannot establish the exact location of these installations,the employer may proceed, provided the employer does so with caution, add provided detection equipment or other acceptable means to locate utility installations are used. (3) When excavation operations approach the estimated location of underground installations, the exact location of the installations shall be determined by safe and acceptable means. (4) While the excavation is open, underground installations shall be protected. supported or removed as necessary to safeguard employees. (c) Access and egress - P-4 (1) Structural ramps. (i) Structural ramps that are used solely by employees as a means of access or egress from excavations shall be designed by a competent. person. Structural ramps used for access or egress of equipment shall be designed by a competent person qualified in structural design, and shall be constructed in accordance with the design (u) Ramps andSways constructed of two or more structural members shall have the structural members connected together to prevent displacement. (di) Structural members used for ramps and r utways shall be of uniform thickness' ' (iv) Cleats or other appropriate means used to connect runway structural members shall be attached to the bottom of the runway or shall be attached in a manner to prevent tripping. (v) Structural ramps used in lieu of steps shall be provided with cleats or other surface treatments o the top surface to prevent slipping• (2) Means of egress from trench excavations. A stairway, ladder, ramp or other safe means of egress shall be located in trench excavations that are 4 feet (1.22 m) or more in depth so as to require no more than 25 feet (7.62 m) of lateral travel for employees. (d) Exposure to vehicular traffic. Employees exposed to public vehicular traffic shall be provided with, and shall wear, warning vests or other suitable garments marked with or made of reflectorized or high -visibility material. (c) Exposure to falling loads. No employee shall be permitted underneath loads handled by lifting or digging equipment. Employees shall be required to stand away from any vehicle being loaded or unloaded to avoid being struck by any spillage or falling C. I I J E I I Li I I I C I I OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH 1926.651(c) REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES materials.Operators • may rmnain iii • the cabs of vehicles being loaded or unloaded when the vehicles arc equipped, in accordance with 1926.601(b)(6), to ' provide adequate protection for the operator during loading and unloading operations. (f) Warningsystemfor mobile equipment When ' mobile equipment is operated adjacent to an excavation, or when such equipment is required to approach the edge of an excavation, and the operator does not have a clew and direct view of the edge of the excavation, a warning system shall be utilized such as barricades, hand or mechanical signals, or stop logs. If possible, the grade should be away from the ' excavation. (g) Hazardous atmospheres - (1) Testing and controls. In addition to the requirements set forth in subparts D and E of ' this part (29 CFR 1926.50 - 1926.107) to prevent exposure to harmful levels of atmospheric, contaminants and to assure acceptable atmospheric conditions, the following requirements shall apply: (i) Where oxygen deficiency ' (atmospheres containing less than 19.5 percent oxygen) or a hazardous atmosphere exists or could reasonably be expected to exist, such as in excavations ' in landfill arras or excavations in areas where hazardous substances are stored nearby, the atmospheres in the excavation ' shall be tested before employees enter excavations greater than 4 feet (1.22 m) in depth. (u) Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent employee exposure to atmospheres containing less than 19.5 ' percent oxygen and other hazardous atmospheres. These precautions include providing proper respiratory protection or sttttilation in accordance with subparts 'D and E of this part respectively. (tit) Adequate precaution shall be taken such as providing ventilation, to prevent employee exposure to an atmosphere • containing a concentration of a flammable gas in excess of 20 percent of the lower flammable limit of the gas. (iv) When controls are used that are intended to reduce the level of atmospheric contaminants to acceptable levels, testing shall be conducted as often as necessary to ensure that the atmosphere remains safe. (2) Emergency rescue equipment (i) Emergency rescue equipment, such as breathing apparatus, a safety harness and line, or a basket stretcher, shall be readily available where hazardous atmospheric conditions exist or may ieasonably be expected to develop during work in an excavation. This equipment shall be attended when in use. (ii) Employees entering bell-bottom pier holes, or other similar deep and confined footing excavations, shall wear a harness with a lifeline securely attached to it. The lifeline shall be separate from any line used to handle materials, and shall be individually attended at all times while the employee wearing the lifeline is in the excavation. . (b) Protectionfronr ha Lards associated with water accunruladon. (1) Employees shall not work in excavations in which there is accumulated water, or, in excavations in which water is accumulating, unless adequate precautions have been taken to protect employees against the hazards posed by water accumulation. The precautions necessary to protect employees adequately vary with each situation, but could include special support or shield systems to protect from cave-ins, water removal to control the level of accumulating water, or use of a safety harness and lifeline. (2) If water is controlled or prevented from accumulating by the use of water removal equipment, the water removal equipment and ' P -s H OCCUPATI0NALSAFETY AND HEALTH _ 1926.651(h)(2) RECULA'1'IONS AND PROCEDURES operations shall be monitored by a competent is provided to. protect . employees from the person to ensure proper operation. possible collapse of such structures .. . (3) If excavation work interrupts the natural 0) Protection of employees from loose rock or drainage of surface water (such as streams), soil diversion ditches, dikes, or other suitable means shall be used to prevent surface water from (1) Adequate protection shall be provided to entering the excavation and to provide adequate protect employees from loose rock or soil that drainage of the area adjacent to the excavation. could pose a hazard by falling or rolling from an Excavations subject to runoff from heavy rains excavation face. Such protection shall consist of will require an inspection by a competent scaling to remove loose material; installation of person and compliance with paragraphs (h)(1) protective barricades at intervals as necessary and (h)(2) of this section. on the face to stop and contain falling material; or other means that provide equivalent n Stability of adjacent structures. protection. (1) Where the stability of adjoining buildings, (2) Employees shall be protected from walls, or other structures is endangered by excavated or other materialsor equipment that excavation operations, support systems such as could pose a hazard by falling or rolling into shoring, bracing, or underpinning shall be excavations Protection shall be provided by provided to ensurer -the stability of such placing and keeping such materials or structures for the protection of employees, equipment at least 2 feet (.61 m) from the edge of excavations, orby the rue of retaining devices (2). Excavation below the level of the base or that are sufficient to prevent materials or footing of any foundation or retaining wall that equipment from falling or rolling • into could be reasonably expected to pose a hazard excavations," or by a combination of both if to employees shall not be permitted except necessary. when: " (k) Inspections. ' (i) A support system, such as underpinning, is provided to ensure the (1) Daily inspections of excavations, the safety of employees and the stability of adjacent areas, and protective systems shall be the structure; or made by a competent person for evidence of a situation that could result in possible cave-ins, (u) The excavation is in stable rock, or indications of failure of protective systems, _ hazardous atmospheres, or other hazardous (iii) A registered professional engineer conditions. An inspection shall be conducted by has approved the determination that the the competent person prior to the start of work soucture is sufficiently removed from the and as needed throughout the shift Inspections excavation so as to be unaffected by the shall also be made after every rainstorm or other excavation activity; or hazard increasing occurence. These inspections are only required when employee exposure can • (iv) A registered professional engineer be reasonably anticipated. has approved the determination that such excavation work will not pose a hazard to (2) Where the competent person fords • employees: evidence of a situation that could result in a possible cave-in, indications of failure of (3) Sidewalks, pavements and appurtenant protective systems, hazardous atmospheres, or structure shall not be undermined unless a other hazardous conditions, exposed employees support system or another method of protection - shall be removed from the hazardous area until P-6 i Li OCCUPATIONAL -SAFETY AND HEALTH 1926.651(k)(2) .+... REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES ' the necessary precautions have been taken to ensure their safety.:_ ' (1) Fall protection. (1) Walkways shall be provided where employees or equipment arc required or ' permitted to cross over excavations. Gurardrails which comply with 1926.502(b) shall be provided where walkways are 6 feet (1.8 m) or ' more above lower levels. (2) Adequate barrierphysical protection shall be provided at all remotely located excavations. ' All wells, pits, shafts, etc., shall be barricaded or covered. Upon completion of exploration and other similar operations, temporary wells, pits, shafts, etc., shall be backfilled. [54 FR 45959, Oct. 31, 1989, as amended by 59 FR 40730, Aug 9, 1994] • ' 1926.652 - Requirements forPi-otectiv e Systems. (a) Protection of employees in excavations. ' (1) Each employee in an excavation shall be protected from cave-ins by an adequate protective system designed in accordance with ' paragraph (b) or (c) of this section except when: (i) Excavations are made entirely in stable rock; or ' (ii) Excavations are less than 5 feet (1.52 m) in depth and examination of the ' ground by a competent person provides no indication of a potential cave-in. (2) Protective systems shall have the capacity Ito resist without failure all loads that are intended or could reasonably be expected to be applied or transmitted to the system. ' (b) Design of sloping and benching systems. The slopes and configurations of sloping and benching systems shall be selected and constructed by the employer or his designee and shall be in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (bxl); or, in the alternative, paragraph (b)(2); or, in the alternative, paragraph (b)(3); or, in the alternative, paragraph (b)(4), as follows: (1) Option (1) -Allowable configurations and slopes. (1) Excavations shall be sloped at an angle not steeper than one and one-half horizontal to one vertical (34 degrees measured from the horizontal), unless the employer uses one of the other options listed below. (i) Slopes specified in paragraph (b)(I)(i) of this section, shall be excavated to form configurations that are in accordance with the slopes shown for Type C soil in Appendix B to this subpart (2) Option (2) - Determination of slopes and configurations using Appendices A and B. Maximum allowable slopes, and allowable configurations for sloping and benching systems, shall be determined in accordance with the conditions and requirements set forth in appendices A and B to this subpart (3) Option (3) - Designs using other tabulated data. (I) Designs of sloping or benching systems shall be selected from and in accordance with tabulated data, such as tables and charts. (i) The tabulated data shall be in written form and shall include all of the following: (A) Identification of the parameters that a:Ycct the selection of a sloping or benching system drawn from such data; P.7 C OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH .. 1926 652(b)(3)(i)(B) REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES (B) Identification of the limits of use of the data, to include the magnitude and configuration of slopes determined to be safe•, (C) Explanatory information as may be necessary to aid the user in making a correct selection of a protective system from the data. (iii) At least one copy of the tabulated data which identifies the registered professional engineer who approved the data, shall be maintained at the jobsite during construction of the protective system. After that time the data may be stored off the jobsite, but a copy of the data shall be made available to the Secretary upon request. (4) Option (4) - Design by a registered professional engineer. (i) Sloping and benching systems not utilizing Option (1) or Option (2) or Option (3) under paragraph (b) of this section shall be approved by a registered professional engineer. (i) Designs shall.bein written form and shall include at least the following: (A) The magnitude of the slopes that were determined to be safe for the particular project; (B) The configurations that were determined to be safe for the particular project; (C) The identity of the registered professional engineer approving the design. (iii) At least one copy of the design shall be maintained at the jobsite while the slope is being constructed. After that time the design need not be at thejobsite, buta copy shall be made available to the Secretary upon request. P•S (c) Design ofsupportsystems, shteidsystenu, and oUterprotective systems. Designs of support systems , shield systems, and other protective systems shall be selected and constructed by the employer or his designee and shall be in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (c)(1); or, in the alternative, paragraph (cX2); or, in the alternative, paragraph (cX3); or, i the alternative, paragraph (c)(4) as follows: (1) Option (1) - Designs using appendices A, C and D. Designs for timber shoring in trenches shall be determined in accordance with the conditions and requirements set forth in appendices A and C to this subpart. Designs for aluminum hydraulic shoring shall be in accordance with paragraph (ex2) of this section, but if manufacturer's tabulated data cannotbe utilized, designs shallbe in accordance with appendix D. (2) Option (2) - Designs Using Manufacturer's Tabulated Data. (i) Design of support systems, shield systems, or other protective systems that are drawn from manufacturer's tabulated data shall be in accordance with all specifications recommendations, and limitations issued or madeby' the manufacturer... (i) Deviation from the specifications, recommendations, and limitations issued or made by the manufacturer shall only be allowed after the manufacturer issues specific written approval Vii) Manufacturers specifications, recommendations, and limitations, and manufacturers approval to deviate froth the specifications, recommendations, and limitations shall be in written form at the jobsite during construction of the protective system. After that time this data may be stored off thejobsite, but a copy shall be made available to the Secretary upon request. (3) Option (3) - Designs using other tabulated data. I I I I I H I C r I I OCCUPATIONALSAFETYANDHEALTH %; ; x1926.652 c i REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES • 0) Dmgnsofsupportsystems, shield registered The : ifenioof the n . registered professional engineer sysli ; or other protective systems shall approving the design. ' be selected from and be is accordance with tabulated data, such as tables and (iu') At least one copy of the design charts. shall be maintained at the jobsite during construction of the protective system. (U) The tabulated data shall be in After that time, the design may be stored written form and include all of the off the jobsite, but a copy of the design following: shall be made available to the Secretary I. upon request (A) Identification of the parameters that affect the selection (d) Materials and equipment. ' of a protective system drawn from such data; (1) • Materials and equipment used for protective systems shall be free from damage or (B) Identification of the limits of defects that might impair their proper function. ' use of the data; (2) • Manufactured materials and equipment (C) Fxplariatory information as used for protective systems shall be used and ' may be necessary to aid the user in maintained in a manner that is consistent with malting a correct selection of a the recommendations of the manufacturer, and protective system from the data. - in a manner that . will prevent employee ' • r .. exposure to hazards. - . ' (sir) . At least one copy of the tabulated • data, , which identifies •the registered (3) When material or equipment that is used professional engineer who approved the for protective systems is damaged, a competent I. data, shall be maintained at the jobsite person shall examine the material or equipment during construction of the protective and evaluate its suitability for continued use. If system. After that time the data may be . the competeritper n cannot assure the material stored off the jobsite, but a copy of the or equipment is able to support the intended ' data shall be made available to the loads or is otherwise suitable for safe use, then Secretary upon request such material or equipment shall be removed from service, and shall be evaluated and ' (4) Option (•t) - Design by a registered approved by a registered professional engineer professional engineer, before being returned to service. IC') Support systems, shield systems, (e) Installation andrenrovaLofrupport- and otherprotective systems not utilizing Option 1, Option 2 or Option 3, above, (1) GeneraL shall be approved by a registered ' professional engineer. (1) Menbers of support systems shall be securely connected together to prevent (ii) Designs shall be in written form sliding, falling, kickouts, or other '• and shall include the following: predictable failure. (A) A plan indicating the sizes, (ii) Support systems shall be installed ' types, and configurations of the and removed in a manner that protects materials to be used in the employees from cave-ins, structural protective system; and collapses, or from being struck by ' P-9 I I OCCUPATIONALSAFETYANDHEALTH 1 1926.652(e)(1)(ih) "�!•:•.. - REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES .. member of the support system. (w) .Individual members of support systems shall not be subjected to loads exceeding those which those members were designed to withstand. (iv) Before temporary removal of individual members begins, additional precautions shall be taken to ensure the safety of employees, such as installing other structural members to carry the loads imposed on the support system. (v) Removal shall begin at, and progress from, the bottom of the excavation. Members shall be released slowly so as to note any indication of possible failure, of the remaining members of the structtue or possible cave-in of the sides of the excavation. (n) BadBilling shall progress together with the removal of support systems from excavations. (2) Additional requirements for support systems for french excavations. l7 Excavation of material to a level no greater than 2 feed (.61 m) below the bottom of the members of a support system shall be permitted, but only if the system is designed to resist the forces calculatedr th foe full depth of the trench, and there are no indications while the trench is open of a possible loss of soil from behind or below the bottom of the support system. [) Installation of a support system shall be closely coordinated with the excavation of trenches. (t) Sloping and benching systems. Employees shall not be permitted to work on the faces of sloped or benched excavations at levels above other employees except when employees at the lower levels ate adequately protected from the hazard of falling, tolling. or sliding material or equipment. (g) Shieldsystenv- (1)• General .' (C) Shield .systems''shall not be subjected to loads exceeding those which the system was designed to withstand. (u) Shields shall be installed in a manner to restrict lateral or other hazardous movement of the shield in the event of the application of sudden lateral loads. (sir) Employees shall be protected from the hazard of cave-ins when catering or exiting the areas protected by shields. (iv) Employees shall not be allowed in shields when shields are being installed, removed, ormoved vertically. (2) Additional requirement for shield systems used in trench excavadons. Excavations of earth material to a level not • greater than 2 feet (61 m) below the bottom of a shield shall be permitted, but only if the shield is designed to resist the forces calculated for the full depth of the teach, and there are no • indications while the trench is open of a possible loss of soil from behind or below the bottom of the shield. I I I H I I H I 7 I I I P-10 I Li ' OCCUPATTONALSAFETYANDHEALTH -1926SubpartPAppA •r.. REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES I r I I 1 I I ii Li H I I I I 1926 Subpart P App A- S oil Classification (a) Scope and application - (1) Scope This appendix describes a method of classifying soil and rock deposits based on site and environmental conditions, and on the structure and composition of the earth deposits. The appendix contains definitions, sets forth requirements, and describes acceptable visual and manual tests for use in classifying soils. • (2) Apptcaion. This appendix applies when • a sloping or benching system is designed in accordance with the requirements set forth in 1926.652(b)(2) as a method of protection for employees from cave-ins..This appendix also applies when timber shoring for excavations is designed as a method of protection from cave-ins in accordance with appendix C to subpart P of part 1926, and when aluminum hydraulic shoring is designed in accordance with appendix D. This Appendix also applies if other protective systems are designed and selected for use from data prepared in accordance with the requirements set forth in 1926.652(c), and the use of the data. is predicated on the use of the soil classification system set forth in this appendix. (b) Definitions. The definitions and examples given below are based on, in whole or in part, the following; American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standards D653-85 and D2488; The Unified Soils Classification System; The U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) Textural Classification Scheme; and The National Bureau of Standards Report BSS -121. Cemented soil means a soil in which the particles are held together by a chemical agent. such as calcium carbonate, such that a hand -size sample cannot be crushed into powder or individual soil particles by finger pressure. Cohesive soil means clay (fine grained soil), or soil with a high clay content, which has cohesive strength. Cohesive soil does not crumble, can be excavated with vatical sideslopes, and is plastic when moist Cohesive soil is hard to break up when dry, and exhibits significant cohesion when submerged. Cohesive soils include clayey silt, sandy clay, silty clay, clay and organic clay. Dry soil means soil that does not exhibit visible signs of moisture content. Fissured means a soil material that has a tendency to break along definite planes of fracture with little resistance, or a material that exhibits open cracks, such as tension cracks, in an exposed surface. Granular soil means gravel, sand, or silt (coarse grained soil) with little or no clay content Granular soil has no cohesive strength. Some moist granular soils exhibit apparent cohesion. Granular soil cannot be molded when moist and crumbles easily when dry. Layered system means two or more distinctly different soil or rock . types arranged in layers. Micaceous xams or weakened planes in rock or shale are considered layered. Moist soil means a condition in which a soil looks and feels damp. Moist cohesive soil can easily be shaped into a ball and rolled into small diameter threads before crumbling. Moist granular soil that contains some cohesive material will exhibit signs of cohesion between particles. Plastic means a property of a soil which allows the soil to be deformed or molded without cracking, or appreciable volume change. Saturated soil means a soil in which the voids are filled with water. Saturatiordocs not require flow. Saturation, or near saturation, is necessary for the proper use of instruments such as a pocket penetrometerm or sheer vane. Soil classification system means, for the purpose of this subpart, a method of categonzutg soil and rock deposits in a hierarchy of Stable Rock, Type A. Type B, and Type C, in decreasing order of stability. The categories are determined based on an analysis of the properties and performance characteristics of the deposits and the characteristics of I P- 11 I u OCCVPATIONALSAFETYANDBEALTH c >'1926SubpartPAPPA . - REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES the deposits and the 'environmental conditions of exposure. Stable rock means natural solid mineral matter that can be excavated with vertical sides and remain intact while exposed. Submerged soil means soil which is underwater or is free seeping. Type A means cohesive soils with an unconfined, compressive strength of 1.5 ton per square foot (tsf) (144 kPa) or greater. Examples of cohesive soils are: clay, silty clay, sandy clay, clay loam and, in some cases, silty clay loam and sandy clay loam. Cemented soils such as caliche and hardpan are also considered Type A However, no soil is Type A if: (i) The soil is fissured; or (u) . The soil is subject to vibration from heavy traffic, pile driving, or similar effects, or . . (di) - The soil has been previously disturbed; (iv) The soil is part of a sloped, layered system where the layers dip into the excavation on a slope of four horizontal to one vertical (4H:1 V) or greater, or (v) The material is subject to other factors that would require it to be classified as a less stable material. Type B means: (i) Cohesive soil , with an unconfined compressive strength greater than 0.5 tsf (43 kPa) but less than 1.5 tsf (144 kPa); or (v) Soil -tlist — meets the ..unconfined compressive strength or cementation requirements for Type A, but is fissured or subject to vibration; or . . . (v) Dry rock that is not stable; or (vi) Material that is part of a sloped, layered system where the layers dip into the excavation on a slope less steep than four horizontal to one vertical (4H:1 V), but only if the material would otherwise be classified as Type B. -' Type C means. (1) ` Cohesive soil with an unconfined compressive strength of 0.5 tsf (48 kPa) or less; or (u) 'Granularsoiisincluding gravel, sand, and loamy sand; or (ii) Submerged soil or soilk which water is freely seeping; or (iv) Submerged rock that is not stable, or' (v) Material in a sloped, layered `system where the layers dip into the excavation or'a slope of four horizontal to one vertical (4H: IV) or steeper. Unconfined compressive strength means the load per unit area at which s soil will fad in compression. It can be determined by laboratory testing, or estimated in the field using a pocket penetrometer, by thumb penetration tests,.and other methods. _ Wet soil means soil that contains significantly (i) Granular cohesionless soils including: more moisture than moist soil, but in such a range of angular gravel (similar to crushed rock), silt, silt values that cohesive material will slump or begin to loam, sandy loam and. in some cases, silty clay flow when vibrated. Granular material that would loam and sandy clay loam, exhibit cohesive properties when moist will lose those cohesive properties when wet. (w) Previously disturbed soils except those which would otherwise be classed as Type C (c) Requirements - soil. t. (1) Clarsfication of soil and rock deposits. I C C L C C L L I C L C P•12 I I OCCUPATIONALSAFETYAND HEALTH 1926 Subpart P App A • REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES • Each soil and rock deposit shall be classified by excavated: and soil in the sides of the a competent person as Stable Rock, Type A, excavation Estimate the range of particle Type B, or Type C in accordance with the sizes and the relative•amounts of the • ' definitions set forth in paragraph (b) of this particle sizes. Soil that is primarily appendix composed of fine-grained material material is cohesive material. Soil ' (2) Basis ofctass+fwadon. The classification composed primarily of coarse -grained of the deposits shall be made based on the sand or gravel is granular material. results of at least one visual and at least one manual analysis. Such analyses shall be (ii) Observe soil as it is excavated. I. conducted by a competent person using tests Soil that remains in clumps when described in paragraph (d) below, or in other excavated is cohesive. Soil that breaks up recognized methods of soil classification and easily and does not stay in clumps is ' testing such as those adopted by the American . granular. Society for Testing Materials, or the U.S. Department of Agriculture textural classification (iii) Observe the side of the opened system. excavation and the surface area adjacent ' to the excavation. Crack -like openings (3) r1sual'andmanual analysts. The visual such as tension cracks could indicate and manual analyses, such as those noted as fissured material. If chunks of soil spall ' being acceptable in paragraph (d) of this .off a vertical side, the soil could be• appendix, shall be designed and conducted to fissured.' Small spalls are evidence of provide sufficient quantitative and qualitative moving ground and arc. indications of ' information as may be necessary to identify potentially hazardous situations. ' properly the properties, factors, and conditions affecting the classification of the deposits. (iv) Observe the area adjacent to the excavation and the excavation itself for ' (4) Layeredsystenrs. In a layered system, the evidence of existing utility and other system shall be classified in accordance with its underground structures, and to identify weakest layer. However, each layer may be previously disturbed soil. ' classified individually where a more stable layer v Observed the opened side of the lies under a less stable layer. ( ) excavation to identify layered systems. (5) Reclassification. If, after classifying a Examine layered systems to identify if the deposit, the properties, factors, or conditions layers slope toward the excavation. affecting its classification change in any way, the Estimate the degree of slope of the layers. changes shall be evaluated by a competent ' person. The deposit shall be reclassified as (vi) Observe the area adjacent to the necessary to reflect the changed circumstances. excavation and the sides of the opened excavation for evidence of surface water, (d) Acceptable visual and ntanual tests. - water seeping from the sides of the t excavation, or the location of the level of (1) Vuualtdsts. Visual analysis is conducted the water table. to determine qualitative information regarding the excavation site in general, the soil adjacent (vii) Observe the area adjacent to the to the excavation, the soil forming the sides of excavation and the area within the the open excavation, and the soil taken as excavation for sources of vibration at samples from excavated material. may affect the stability of the excavation ' face. (1) Observe samples of soil that are ' P-13 I OCCUPATIONAL -SAFETY AND HEALTH • 1926 Subpart P App A .1 REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES (2) Manual tests. Manual analysis of soil t. ` pressure. This test should be conducted samples is conducted to determine quantitative on an undisturbed soil sample, such as a as well as qualitative properties of soil and to large clump of spoil, as soon as provide more information in order to classify practicable after excavation to keep to a soil properly, minimum the effects of exposure to drying influences. If the excavation is • (1) Plasticity. Mold a moist or wet later exposed to wetting influences (rain, sample of soil into a ball and attempt to flooding), the classification of the soil roll it into threads as thin as 1/8 -inch in must be changed accordingly. diameter. Cohesive material can be successfully rolled into threads without (iv)-OOrerstrength tests. Estimates of crumbling. For example, if at least a two unconfined compressive strength of soils inch (50 mm) length of 1/3 -inch thread can also be obtained by use. of a pocket can be held on one end without tearing, penetrometerarby using a handoperated the soil is cohesive. shearvane. Cu) Drystrength. If the soil is dry and (v) Drying test The basic purpose of crumbles on its own or with moderate the drying test is to differentiate between pressure into individual grains or fine cohesive material with fissures, powder, it is granular (any combination unfissured cohesive material, and of gravel, sand, or silt). If the soil is dry granular material. The procedure for the and falls into clumps which break up into drying test involves drying a sample of smaller clumps, but the smaller clumps soil that is approximately one inch thick can only be broken up with difficulty, it (2.54 cm) and six inches (15.24 cm) in may be clay in any combination with diameter until it is thoroughly dry: gravel, sand or silt. If the dry soil breaks into clumps which do not break up into (A) If the sample develops small clumps and which can only be cracks as it dries, significant broken with difficulty, and there is no fissures are indicated visual indication the soil is fissured, the soil may be considered unfissured. (B) Samples that dry without cracking are to be brokenby hand. (ii) Thumb penetration. The thumb If considerable force is necessary penetration test can be used to estimate to break a sample, the soil has the unconfined compressive strength of significant cohesive material cohesive soils. (This test is based on the content The soil can be classified thumb penetration test described in as an unfissured cohesive material American Society for Testing and and the unconfined compressive Materials (ASTM) Standard designation strength should be determined. D2433 - "Standard Recommended Practice for Description of Soils (Visual (C) If a sample breaks easily by - Manual Procedure).") Type A soils with •hand, it is either a fissured an unconfined compressive strength of cohesive material or a granular 1.5 tsf can be readily indented by the material. To distinguish between thumb; however, they can be penetrated the two, pulverize the dried by the thumb only with very great effort. clumps of the sample by hand or Type C soils with an unconfued by stepping on them. If the clumps compressive strength of 0.5 tf cnn be do not pulverize easily, the easily penetrated several inchcs by the material is cohesive with fissures. thumb, and can be molded by light finger If they pulverize easily into very P-14 1 I 1 OCCUPATIONALSAFETYANDFIEALTH 1926 SubpartPApp B RECUL1ii0[QS AND PROCEDURES 1 small fragments, the material is A to subpart P of part 1926. granular. • (2) Maxinutnr allowable slope. The ' maximum allowable slope for a soil or rock 1926 Subpart P App B - Sloping and deposit shall be determined from Table B -I of Benching. this appendix. ' (3) Actualslope. (a) Scope and application. This appendix contains (I) the actual slope shall not be specifications for sloping and benching when used as steeper than the maximum allowable methods of protecting employees working in slope. excavations from cave-ins. The requirements of this ' appendix apply when the design of sloping and (d) the acmel slope shall be less steep benching protective systems is to be performed in than the maximum allowable slope, when accordance with the requirements set forth in there are signsof 1926.652(b)(2). occurs, the slope shall be cut back to an I. actual slope which is at least 1/2 (b) Defuritionr horizontal to one vertical (i2H:I V) less Actual slo a means the yep than the maximum allowable slope. P slope to which an excavation face is excavated. (III) When surcharge loads from stored material or equipment, operating Distress means that the soil is in a condition where a cave-in is imminent or is likely to occur. c competent ent or person ha are present, e Distress is evidenced by such phenomena as the greeto ihh actin determine the development of fissures in the face of or adjacent to an degee to which the actual slope must be open excavation; the subsidence of the edge of an reducedslopebelow the maximum allowable h ' excavation; the slumping of material from the face or reduction and shall assure that such the bulging or heaving of material from the bottom of is achieved. Surcharge loads from adjacent structures shall be an acavation; the spelling ofmaterial from the face of evaluated in accordance with •' an excavation; and ravelling, i.e., small amounts of 1926.651(i). material such as pebbles or little clumps of material suddenly separating from the face of an excavation and (4) Configurations. Configurations of ' trickling or rolling down into the excavationn, sloping and benching systerns shall be in accordance with Figure B-1. Maximum allowable slope means the steepest t incline of an excavation face that is acceptable for the • most favorable site conditions as protection against cave-ins, and is expressed as the ratio of horizontal distance to vertical rise (H: V). IShort tern exposure means a period of time less than or equal to 24 hours that an excavation is open. (c) Requirements - (1) Soil c&irsificntion- Soil and rock deposits shall be classified in accordance with appendix 1 P -is r OCCUPATIONALSAFETY AND HEALTH 1926 Subpart P App B .. .. - '_ REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES TABLE B-1 . MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SLOPES .. .. .. SOIL OR ROCK TYPE ( MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SLOPES (H:V)(1) FOR EXCAVATIONS LESS THAN 20 FEET DEEP(3) _________________________________________ I _______________________________ -. STABLE ROCK VERTICAL (90 Deg.) TYPE A (2) _ 1 3/4:1 (53 Dec.) TYPE B I 1:1 (45 Deg.) TYPE C 1 1/2:1 (34 Deg.) NOTE: - .. . 1. .Numbers shown in parentheses next to maximum allowableslopesare angres expressed in degrees from the horizontal Angles have been rounded off. 2. A short-term maximum allowable slope of 1/2H:lV (63 degrees) is allowed in excavations in Type A soil that are 12 feed (3.67 m) or less in depth. Short-term mthdnwn allowable slopes for excavations greater than 12 feet (3.67 m) in depth shall be 3/4H:1V (53 degrees). 3. Sloping or beaching for excavations greater than 20 feet deep shall be designed by a 'registered professional engineer. Figure B-1 Slope Configurations (All Slopes stated below are in the horizontal to vertical ratio) B-1.1 Excavations made in Type A soil. 1. All simple slope excavation 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 3/4:1. L 1 1 1 1 LSAFET AND HEALTH 20' Max. -N - V. 1 3/4 SIMPLE SLOPE - GENERAL Exception: Simple slope activations which are open 24 hours or less (short term) and which are 12 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1/2:1. 12' Max. 1!2 S@dPLE SLOPE - SHORT TERM 2. All benched excavation 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 3/4 to I and maximum bench dimensions as follows: P-17 OCCUPATIONALSAFETY AND HEALTH • 1926 Subpart P App B .. - REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES SIMPLE BENCH • 20M S' Mdc a Mez ' 1 314 MULTIPLE BENCH 3.. All excavations 8 feet or less in depth which have unsupported vertically sided lower portions shall have a maximum vertical side of 3 12 feet 8Max. 1 33I4x 31i2 MIac UNSUPPORTED VERTICALLY SIDED LOWER PORTION - MAXIMUM 8 FEET IN DEPTH All excavations more than 8 feet but not more than 12 feet in depth which unsupported verticallysided lower portions shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1:1 and maximum vertical side of 3 1/2 feet 1T Max. 3 1/Y Max. I Y P-13 I I I 1 I I. I. I I. OCCUPATIONALSAFETYAND HEALTH '' 1926 SubpattP Ann B REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES UNSUPPORTED VERTICALLY SIDED LOWER PORTION - MAXIMUM 12 FEET IN DEPTH All excavation 20 feet or less in depth which have vertically sided lower portions that are supported or shielded shall have a maximum allowable slope of 3/4:1. The support or shield sustem must extend at least 18 inches above the top of the vertical side. Support or shields stem — 1 ZO° Mwc. X14 18" Min. Total height of vertical side SUPPORTED OR SHIELDED VERTICALLY SIDED LOWER PORTION 4. All other simple slope, compound slope, and vertically sided lower portion cxcavatioos shall be in accordance with the other options permitted under sec. 1926.652@). B-1.2 Excavations Made in Type B Soil 1. All simple slope excavations 20 feet or less in depth shall have a miimum allable slope of 1:1. 30M.x. SIMPLE SLOPE 2. All benched excavations 20 feet or less in depth shall have a mixmum allable slope of 1:1 and maximum bench dimensions as follows: P-19 • OCCUPATIONALSAFETYANDHEALTH 1926 SubpartPAppB • • . .. REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES i This bench allowed in cohesive sol only. 20'Max 4' \ Max. \ SINGLE BENCH I This bench allowe d in cohesive soil only i 20' M ax.• .- i 6 � Max. 4' Max 1 MULTIPLE BENCH 3. All excavations 20 feet or less in depth which have vertically sided lower portions shall be shielded or supported to a height at least 18 inches above the top of the vertical side. All such excavations shall have a ma.'cimum allowable slope of 1:1. Support of shield system 20'MuN•J �l 18' Min Total height of vertical side P-20 OCCUPATIONALS-AFETYANDHEALTH 1926 Subpart PApp B REGULATIONS AND PROCED URLS VERTICALLY SIDED LOWER PORTION 4. All other sloped excavations shall be in accordance with the other options permitted in 1926.652(b). B-1.3 Excavations Made in Type C Soil 1. All simple slope excavations 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1 12:1. T1 1112 SIMPLE SLOPE 2. All excavation 20 feet or less in depth which have vertically sided lower portions shall be shielded or supported to a height at least 18 inches above the top of the vertical side. All such excavations shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1 I2:1. J Support or shield system I 2U' Mu 1 1/2 18 Total height of vertical side VERTIC AL SIDED LOWER PORTION 3. All other sloped excavations shall be in accordance with the other options permitted in 1926.652(b). B-1.4 Excavation Made in Layered Soils II. All excavations 20 feet or less in depth made in layered soils shall have a maximum allowable slope for each layer as set forth below. I I ' P-31 I ' OCCIJPATIONALSAEETYANDI{EALTH 1926 Subpart PApp B REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES 1 H A• 1 3/4 BOVERA • - -: ' �1 314 I ICOVERA 1 BQ1 I COVERB P•22 OCCUPATIONALSAFETYAND HEALTH 1926 Subpart P App B REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES. A1 C 1 112 AOVERC CA 1 BOVERC 2. All other sloped excavations shall be in accordance with the other options permitted in 1926.652(b). P-23 I I OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH "': 192GSubpartPApp C REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES I I [_1 I I r I r^ L HI I I I I 1926 Subpart P' App 'C •Tiinbe r Shoring for Trenches. (a) Scope This appendix contains information that can be used when timber shoring is provided as a .method of protection from cave-ins in trenches that do not exceed 20 feet (6.1 m) in depth. This appendix must be used when design of timber shoring protective systems is to be performed in accordance with 1926.652(c)(1). Other timber shoring configurations; other systems of support such as hydraulic and pneumatic systems•, and other protective systems such as sloping, benching, shielding, and freezing systems must be designed in accordance with the requirements set forth in 1926.652(b) and 1926.652(c). (b) Soil Casrifrcadon. In order to use the data presented in this appendix, the soil type or types in which the excavation is made must first be determined using the soil classification method set forth in appendix A of subpart P of this part. (c) Presentation of Information. Information is presented in several forms as follows: (1) Information is presented in tabular form in Tables C-l.l, C -l.2 and C-1.3, and Tables C-2.1, C-2.2 and C-2.3 following paragraph (g) of the appendix. Each table presents the minimum sizes of timber members to use in a shoring system, and each table contains data only for the particular soil type in which the excavation or portion of the excavation is made. The data are arranged to allow the user the flexibility to select from among several acceptable configurations of members based on varying the horizontal spacing of the crossbrvices. Stable rock is exempt from shoring requirements and therefore, no data are presented for this condition. (2) information concerning the basis of the tabular data and the limitations of the data is presented in paragraph (d) of this appendix, and on the tables themselves. (3) Information explaining the use of the tabular data is presented in paragraph (e) of this appendix. (4) Information illustrating the use of the tabular data is presented in paragraph (f) of this appendix (5) Miscellaneous notations regarding Tables C-1.1 through C-1.3 and Tables C-2.1 through C-2.3 are presented in paragraph (g) of this Appendix. (d) Basis and limitations of the data - (1) Dintensions of timbermenmbers. (i) The sizes of the timber members listed in Tables C-1.1 through C-1.3 are taken from the National Bureau of Standards (NBS) report, Recommended Technical Provisions for Construction Practice in Shoring and Sloping of Trenches and Excavations.' in addition, where NBS did not recommend specific sizes of members, member sizes are based on an analysis of the sizes required for use by existing codes :and on empirical practice. • . (i) The iequ¢cd dimensions of the members listed in Tables C-l.l through C-1.3 refer to actual dimensions and not nominal dimensions of the timber. Employers wanting to use nominal size shoring are directed to Tables C-2.1 through C-2.3, or have this choice under 1926.652(c)(3),.and are referred to.The Corps of engineers, The Bureau of Reclamation or data from other acceptable sources. (2) Limitation ofajiplicadon. (i) It is not intended that the timber shoring specification apply to every situation that may be experienced in the field. These data were developed to apply to the situations that arc most commonly experienced in current trenching practice. Shoring systems for use in situations that P-24 I I OCCUPATIONALSAFETYAND HEALTH 1926 Subpart PApp C • RECUI:ATIONS AND PROCEDURES are not covered bythe data in this appendix must be designed as specified in 1926.652(c). {) When any . of the following conditions are present, the members specified in the tables are not considered adequate. Either an alternate timber shoring system must be designed or another type of protective system designed in accordance with 1926.652. (A) When loads imposed by structures or by stored material adjacent to the trench weigh in excess of the load imposed by a two -foot soil surcharge. The term 'adjacent' as used here means the area within a horizontal distance from the edge of the trench equal to the depth of the trench. (B) . When vertical loads unposed on cross braces exceed a 240 -pound gravity load distributed on a one -foot section of the center of the crossbrace. (C) When surcharge loads are present from equipment weighing in excess of 20,000 pounds. (D) When only the lower portion of a trench is shored and the remaining portion of the trench is sloped or benched unless: The sloped portion is sloped at an angle less steep than three horizontal to one vertical; or the members are selected from the tables for use at a depth which is determined from the top of the overall trench, and not from the toe of the sloped portion. (e) Use of Tables. The members of the shoring system that are to be selected using this information arc the cross braces, the uprights, and the wales, where wales are required. Minimum sizes of members are specified for use in different types of soil. There are six tables of information, two for each soil type. The soil type must first be determined in accordance with the soil classification system described in appendix A to subpart P of part 1926. Using the appropriate table, the selection of the size and spacing of the members is then made. The selection is based on the depth and width of the trench where the members are to be installed and, in most instances, the selection is also based on the horizontal spacing of the crossbraces. Instances where a choice of horizontal spacing of crossbracing is available, the horizontal spacing of the crossbraces must be chosen by the user before the size of any member can be determined When the soil type, the width and depth of the trench, and the horizontal spacing of the crossbraces are known, the size and vertical spacing of the crossbraces are known, the size and vertical spacing of the crossbraces, the size and vertical spacing of the wales, and the size and horizontal spacing of the uprights can be read from the appropriate table. : (I) Examples to ll.ustrate the Use of Tables C -1.I through C-13. (1) Example 1. A trench dug in Type A soil is 13 feet deep and five feet wide. From Table C-1.1, for acceptable arrangements of timber canbe used Arrangement #1 Space 4X4 crossbraces at six feet horizontally and four feet vertically. , Wales arc not required. Space 3X8 uprights at six feet horizontally. This arrangement is commonly called skip shoring."' Arrangement #2 Space 4X6 crossbraces at eight feet horizontally and four feet vertically. Space 8XS wales at four feet vertically. Space 2X6 uprights at four feet horizontally. Arrangement#3 Space 6X6 crossbraces at 10 feet horizontally and four feet vertically. Space SX I0 wales at four feet vertically. Space 2X6 uprights at five feet horizontally E I I I I I I El I I I LI P-25 I I OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH 1926 Subpart PApp C REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES I I I I I Ii I [- [1 I I C1 I I Arrangement #4 Space 6X6 crossbraces at 12 feet horizontally and four feet vertically. Space 10X10 wales at four feet vertically. Space 3X8 uprights at six feet horizontally. (I) Example 2. A trench dug in Type B soil is 13 feet deep and five feet wide. From Table C-1.2 three acceptable arrangements of members are listed Arrangement #1 Space 6X6 crossbraces at six feet horizontally and five feet vertically. Space 8X8 wales at five feet vertically. Space 2X6 uprights at two feet horizontally. Arrangement #2 Space 6X8 crossbraces at eight feet horizontally and five feet vertically. Space 10X10 wales at five feet vertically. Space 2X6 uprights at two feet horizontally. Arrangement #3 Space 8X8 crossbraces at 10 feet horizontally and five feet vertically. Space 10X12 wales at five feet vertically. Space 2X6 uprights at two feet vertically. (3) Example 3. A hutch dug in Type C soil is 13 feet deep and five feet wide. From Table C-1.3 two acceptable arrangements of members can be used. P-26 Arrangement #1 Space 8X8 crossbraccs at six feet horizontally and five fed vertically. Space 10X12 wales at five feet vertically. Position 2X6 uprights as closely together as possible. If water must be retained use special tongue and groove uprights to form tight sheeting. Arrangement #2 Space 8X10 crossbraccs at eight feet horizontally and five feet vertically. Space 12X12 wales at five feet vertically. Position 2X6 uprights in a close sheeting configuration unless water pressure must be resisted. Tight sheeting must be used where water must be retained. (4) Example 4. A trench dug in Type C soil is 20 feet deep and 11 feet wide. The size and spacing of members for the section of trench that is over 15 feet in depth is determined using Table C-1.3.Only one arrangement of members is provided. Space 8X10 crossbraces at six feet horizontally and five feet vertically. Space 12X12 wales at five feet vertically. Use 3X6 tight sheeting. Use of Tables C-2.1 through C-2.3 would follow the same procedures. (g) Notes for all Tables. 1. Member sizes at spacings other than indicated are to be determined as specified in 1926.652(c), "Design of Protective Systems." 2. When conditions are saturated or submerged use Tight Sheeting. Tight Sheeting refers to the use of specially -edged timber planks (e.g., tongue and OCCUPATIONAI76AFETYAND IMALTH 1926 SubpartP App C... REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES groove) at least three inches thick, steel sheet piling, are embedded, the vertical distance from the center of or similar construction that when driven or placed in the lowest crossbrace to the bottom of the trench shall position provide a tight wall to *resist the lateral not exceed 36 inches. When atudsills are used, the pressure of water and to prevent the loss of backfill vertical distance shall not exceed 42 inches. Mudsills material Close Sheeting refers to the placement of are wales that are installed at the tow of the trench plunks side -by -side allowing as little space as possible side. between them. 6. Trench jacks may be used in lieu -of or in 3. All spacing indicated is measured center to combination with timber crossbraces. center. 7. Placement of crossbraces When the vertical 4. Wales to be installed with greater dimension spacing of crossbraces is four feet, place the top horizontal. .crossbrace no more than two feet below the top of the trench. When the vertical spacing of crossbraces is 5. If the vertical distance from the center of the five feet, place the top crossbrace no more than 2.5 lowest crossbrace to the bottom of the trench exceeds feet below the top of the trench. two and one-half feet, uprights shall be firmly embedded or a mudsillshall be used. Where uprights 1 P-27 I ' OCCUPATIONALSZFETYANDHEALTH 1926SubpaitPApp C „, REGULATIONS ANDPROCEDURES i TABLEC-1.1 ' TIMBER TRENCH SHORING • • MINIMUM TIMBER REQUIREMENTS :SOILTYPEA Pa =25xH+72psfQftSurcharge) S1MC IA!) AND r OF P•• DEPTH CROSS BRACES UPPIGHTS OF HOPS!.WIDTHOFTREi4CH VENT. VFRT. MA21MuMALLQ ABLaHaWCt(TALIFAOtIC rimctiSPACIt1G UP TO UPTO UPTO UPTO UPIO;PACIH St PACY (veer) (} 4 6 9 1] is (�I (INI f ! o Die 4 5 6 8 UPIO . ... ..-_ Not S 6 414 4%4 4%6 616 616 4 Red 2x6 UP TO Not .. ' 8 4X4 4%4 4%6 616 6%6 .4 2x8 TO UPIO 10 416 4%6 4X6 6%6 6%6 8%8 2x6 10•UPIO 8X8 12 4%6 4%6 6%6 6%6 2x6 UP TO Hat 3x0 10 6 4%4 4%4 416 1 Re'd --- ' UPIO TO 8 8%8 4X6 6X6 6%6 6%6 2x6 UP TO 10 6X6 6%S 6A6 6%8 6%8 ; 8%10 4 2x6 ' 15 UPIO H 6%8 6X8 10%10 3x8 UP IO ' 1S' 6 6 6 6 R R 4 6%8 3x6 UPIO 8%8 8 6X6 6X6 6X6 6X8 6%8 4 4 3x6 TO UP i0 10 8X8 8X8 8X8 8X8 8X10 8X10 4 3x6 20 UP IO . 12 8X8 •8-X 4-148 10 4 -10444 ' 02 0Z _ ]0 S sH0IE1 IC'daAcrequiazlrriwihtbe 4b st n;hnctksseh't850psi e PGaj,Lsacdmabasofe#alaimmVh_gbeslhst vdkwocd. P28 OCCUPATIONALSAFETYAND HEALTH 1926 SubpartP App C • - REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES TABLEC-12 TIMBER TRENCH SHORING -- MINIMUM TIMBER REQUIRMENTS SOIL TYPE B P — 45 X H + 72 psf (2 ft. Surcharge) DEPTH SiZE A OF . rnmci (FEET) CROSS BRAG WALES RIGHTS MAX ALLOWABLE NOR. SP CING (FEET) HORIZ PACING (FEED WIDTH OF TRENCH (FEET) VERT. SPACING (FEET) jyy (Il I) VERT. PACIN (FEET) UP TOO? '4 T C 6 UP T U UP T 12 UP TO 15 CLOSE 5 TO 6 4x6 4x6 6x6 6x6 6x6 5 6x8 5 UP TO 8 6x6 6x6 6x6 6x8 6x8 5 8x10 5 TO (JPTOI06x6 6x6 6x6 6x8 6x8 5 10x10 5 10 See . 10 UP TO 6 6x6, 6x6 6x6 6x8 6x8 5 8x8 5 TO 8 6x8 6x8 6x8 8x8 8x8 5 • 10x10 5 TO (JPTO103d 8x8 8x8 8x8 8x10 5 flJxJ2 5 15 t 15 UPTOd 6x8. 6x8 6x8 8x8 8x8 5 8x10 5 3x6 TO UP TO 8 8x8 8x8 8x8 8x8 8x10 5 0x12 5,.: 3x6 UP T010 8x10 8x10 8x10 8x10 .8x10 5 12x12 5 = 3x6 20 See Note 0 SEE NOTE I '. Mlxed oak or equivalent with a bending strength not less than850 psL " Manufactured members of equivalent strength may by substituted for wood. { P-29 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH 1926 Subpart PApp C .. .. .._. .. .. .. REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES TABLE C • 13 ' Tll fER TRENCH SHORNG --MNIMUM TI►�9ER REQUtPJQ NTS SOIL TYPE C P = 80 XH + 72 psf (2 fl. Surcharge) ' DEPTH . SIZZ(ACTUAL) AND SPACING OF MEMBERS'° OF CROSS BRACE WALES JPRIGHTS MAX • 'TRENCH HORIZ. WIDTH OF TRENCH (FFEET) VERT. VERT. W. HOR SPAC. GET) SPACING UP To up io uP TC UP TO UP IC SPACING(IN} PACNG FEE See Note 2) (FEET) 4 6 • 9 12 IS (FEET) (FEET) OSE gUPTO66xS6xZ6xS8xSSx8 5 8x10 . 5 2x6 I. TO 8 .8x8 8x8. 8x8 8x8 8x10 S tOxfl 5 2x6 TO UP TO 1 8x10 8x10 8x10 8x10 10x10 5 5 2x6 10 Note! 10 UPTO6 8x8 8x8 8x8 8x8 8x10 5 IOx12 5 2x6 [JPTOS 8x10 8x10 8x10 8x10 10x10 5 1h12 .: 5 2x6 ' .T0See . ote 1 ' issee 1 15 UP TO 6 8x10 8x10 8x10 8x10 10x10 5 Ld2 5 3x6 • 1 f0c:0et ' OVER SEE NOTE 1 ' lvfthed oak or equictalent with a bending strength not less t 850 psi "MM;nthctured members of equicalent strength may by subs2uted for wood. 1 ' P-30 OCCTTPATIONALSAFETYANDI43 ALTH r1926Subpart PAPP C: REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES TABLE C • 2.1 TINIDER TRENCH SHORING -- MINIMUM TIMBER REQUIREMENTS' SOILTYPE A P(e). = 25 X H? .72 psf (2 ft. Smthatge) SIZE (S4S) AND SPACING OF MEMBERS ** DEPIFi OF CROSS BRACES WALES -UPRIGHTS TRICE HOBIZ FTIDTHOFIRENCH(FeLU VE111', - SITE QERr, MAXIMUM ALLQWABI I !4auzcrITALrscnG SPACING urn urm urn uric uric SPACIRO PACING ' (n (FEET) 4 6 9 n 11 (FEE J (FLT) CLOSE 4 5 6 8 UPT O . 4X4 4X4 4X4 4X4 474 4 13eot Req'd 476 - UPPo +x+ +x+ 4x4 +X6 +7b 4 RNegd Rtgd 4X8 TO Dp 476 476 476 676 6X6 4 8X8 4 474 l0 10, nO 4Xb 4X6 474 6766X6 4 8X8 4 476 UP6 0 4X4 4X4 4X4 6X6 675 4 Rt d e 4X10 to UP TO 476 4X6 4X6 6X6. 6X6 4 0 4.. 474 $ TO• 6Y6 674 6X6 676 676 4 a73 . 4 4X8 %10 10 .. I5 UPTo 676 676 618 676 6X6 4 8X10 4 4X6 4X10 UPT O 616 676 676 6X6 4 6101 4 ... 3X6 15 UP8 o 676 67.6 658 676 4 8X8 4 3X6 4x12 TO UP TO 6X6 638 676 6S6 . 673 8X10 4 376 20 10 ,4 UPTO 6X6 676 6X6 619 6k9 4 8X12 4 34X12 O p SEENOTE! 1 ' Dou,1as fir or equivalent with ablerdib stn:ngth not less than 1500 psi btanufacturd members of equivalent sttength maybe substituted for wood P-31 OCCUPATIONALSAFETYANDHEALTH •• •- 1926SubpartPApp C REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES -. TABLE C • 2.2 TIMBER TRENCH SHORING -- MINIMUM TIMBER REQUIREMENTS SOIL TYPE B P(a)=45XH+72psf(2 ft. Surcharge) DEPTH SIZE (S4S) AND SPACING OF MEMBERS ** OF CROSS BRACES WALES UPRIGHTS HOalL WIDIH 09TRF11CH(Ff.1J 571E VERT. MASIMuMALLaVABLE HCAIZQtfAL3?ACU(C TRENCH SPACR{G SPACUIGUP71 (I �•1 I� (sesn UPTO 110 UPTO 11210SPACIN (FEET) (1;__ 4 6 9 11 1S CLOSE 1 3 { 6 UP TO 47b 496 4X6 696 6X6 5 633 5 4 4112 5 6 - 1° - 496 " 496 693 6X6" 696 S em : S __. 33 433 TO UPPTO 496 496 6X6 693 633 .5 8X10 5 418 10 Ste Fkte 1 UP TO 6(g 5 8X8 5 396 4X10 6 10 6 6$3 6Y989 8X8 i5. 10X10 S 3X6 4X10 .......___ TO UPIO 10 633 633 8X8 8X8 833. 5 10X11 .5__ 393 4X101.:_ 15 Sty x�l - UP TO 6X8 613 633 68 8X8 5 8X10 5- 493 6 15 WIG 633 0 8;3 8:3 5 10X11 5 4354 8 TO 8X3 8X8 833 8:3 818 5 11X11 5 475 1010 20 Set 020 SEE NOTE 1 * Dcths fi_ or equivaknt with a blendib strn;-th rot less than 1500 psi **MamiSacturadmembers ofequivalentstrer 1h maybesubstitutedforwood. P-32 OCCUPATIONALSAFETY AND HEALTH 1926 Subpart P App C • - 'REGUL&TIONS AND PROCEDURES i TABLEC-2.3 TIMBER TRENCH. SHORING -- MINIMUM TI!v2ER.REQUIREMENTS* SOIL TYPE C P(a) = 80 X H+ 72 psf (2 &Surcharge) DEPTH SIZE (545) AND SPACING OF MEMBERS** OF CROSS BRACES WALES UPRIGHTS . TRENCH HOp, WIDTH OF TRENCH (FEET) s2E vnr: MAZIAIIWAU0PABL! II0DIANTALSIACN0 UPTO uprO upr0 uuro u ro SPACING SPACING SPACING (FUI) (FEET). ( T) .4 6 9 • 12 15 �) CLOSE �� 68b 686 0 6X6 8� S 8X8 ' 5 386 UPTO 8 686 61 616 888 888 S 10810 S 376 TO UPIO 686 686 888 818 888 5 10812 S 386 10 10 Se! 1 •Note , UPTO 6 6 6� 6X8 SF2 8� . S . 10810 S . 4X6 10 UP TO 8 Sit 822 81 8103 On 3 10X10 S 4X6 TO See — 15 Nole 1 = . See Note 1 UPTO 8X8 81@ 813 8810 8XIO S 10812 S 41615 6 See TO Hcce 1 . See 20 : HcLe 1 See Hotel 04R SFE NOTE 1 --- --- - Douglas fir or equi4ant with sbending strength not less than 1500 psi '" Manufactured members of equhlent strength may be substituted for wnod. P33 I Li OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH 1926 SubpartPAppD RCOUTATIONS AND PROCEDURES ' presented in paragraph (g) of this appendix. 1926 Subpart P App D - Alttminu m �6) Figures, illustrating typical installations of Hydraulic Shoring for Trenches hydraulic shoring, are includedjust prior to the Tables. The illustrations page is entitled ^Aluminum Hydraulic. Shoring. Typical • ' (a) Scope. This appendix contains information that Installations.' can be used when aluminum hydraulic shoring is provided as a method of protection against cave-ins in (d) Basis and limitations of the data. ' trenches that do not exceed 20 feet (6.1m) in depth. This appendix must be used when design of the (1) Vertical shore rails and horizontal wales aluminum hydraulic protective system cannot be are those that meet the Section Modulus performed in accordance with 1926.652(cX2). requirements in the D-1 Tables. Aluminum material is 6061-T6 or material of equivalent (b) Soil Classification. ' In order * to use data strength and properties. presented in this appendix, the soil type or types in ' which the excavation is made must first be determined (2) Hydraulic cylinders specifications. using the soil.. classification method set forth in appendix A of subpart P of part 1926. (1) •2 -inch cylinders shall be a minimum 2 -inch inside diameter with a ' (e) Presentation of Information. Information is minimum safe working capacity of no presented in several forms as follows: less than 18,000 pounds axial compressive load at maximum extension. I. (1) Information is presented in tabular form Maximum extension is to include full in TablesD-1.1, D-1.2, D-1.3 and D-1.4. Each range of cylinder extensions as table presents the maximum vertical and recommendedby product manufacturer. horizontal spacings that may be used with ' various aluminum member sizes and various (ii) 3 -inch cylinders shall . be a hydraulic cylinder sizes. Each table contains minimum 3 -inch inside diameter with a data only for the particular soil type in which the safe working capacity of not less than ' excavation or portion of the excavation is made. . 30,000 pounds axial compressive load at Tables D-1.1 and D-12 are for vertical shorts extensions as recommended by product in Types A and B soil. Tables D-1.3 and D-1.4 manufacturer. are forhorizontal wafer systems in Types B and C soil. (3) Limitation of application. (2) Information concerning the basis of the () It is not intended that the aluminum ' tabular data and the limitations of the data is hydraulic specification apply to every presented in paragraph (d) of this appendix. situation that may be experienced in the field. These data were developed to apply ' (3) Information explaining the use of the to the situations that are most commonly tabulardata is presented in paragraph (e) of this experienced in current trenching practice. appendix. Shoring systems for use in situations that are not covered by the data in this ' (4) Information illustrating the use of the appendix must be otherwise designed as tabular data is presented in paragraph (f) of this specified in 1926.652(c). appendix. ' When any of the .. following (5) Miscellaneous notations (Footnotes) conditions are present, the members regarding Table D-I.l through D-1.4 are spccificd in the Tables are not considered ' P-34 I I OCCUPATIONALSAFETYAND HEALTH 1926 Subpart P App D ' .. •: t. ... .. REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES -adequate. In this ease, an alternative (1) Example 1: , • aluminum hydraulic shoring system or •other type of protective system must be A trench dug in Type A soil is 6 fat deep and 3 designed iii accordance with 1926.652. feet wide. From Table D-1.1: Find vertical shores and 2 inch diameter cylinders spaced 8 feet on center (o.c.) (A) When vertical loads imposed on cross horizontally and 4 feet on center (o.e.) vertically. (See braces exceed a 100 Pound gravity load Figures &3 for typical installations) distributed on a one foot section of the center of the hydraulic cylinder. (2) Example 2: (B) When surcharge loads ate present from equipment weighing in excess of 20,000 pounds. (C) When only the lower portion of a trench is shored and the remaining portion of the trench is sloped or benched unless: The sloped portion is sloped at an angle less steep than three horizontal to one vertical; or the members art sdeded hornthe tables for rue at a depth which is determined from the top of the overall trench, and not from the toe of the sloped portion. (e) Use ojTables D-1.1, D-1.2, D-1.3 and D-1.4. The members of the shoring system that are to be selected using this. information are the hydraulic cylinders, and either the. vertical shores or the horizontal wales. When a water system is used the vertical timber sheeting to be used is also selected from these tables. The Tables D-l.l and D-1.2 for vertical shores are cued inType A and B soils that do not require sheeting. Type B soils that may require sheeting, and Type C soils that always require sheeting, arc found in the horizontal wale Tables D-1.3 and D-1.4. The soil type must first be determined in accordance with the soil classification system described in appendix A to subpart P of part 1926. Using the appropriate table, the selection of the size and spacing of the members is made. The selection is based on the depth and width of the trench where the members are to be installed In these tables the vertical spacing is held constant at four feet on center. The tables show the maximum horizontal spacing of cylinders allowed for each size of wale in the water system tables, and in the vertical shore tables, the hydraulic cylinder horizontal spacing is the same as the vertical shore spacing. (t) Example to Illustrate the Use oft/re Tables: A trench is'dug in Type B soil that does not require sheeting, 13 feet deep and 5 feet wide. From TableD-1.2: Find vertical shores and 2 inch diameter cylinders spaced 6.5 feet o.c. horizontally and 4 feet o.c. vertically. (See Figures 1 & 3 for typical installations) , • (3) , A trench is dug in Type B soil that does not require sheeting, but does experience some minor raveling of the trench face. the trench is • .16 feet deep and 9 feet wide. From Table D-12: Find vertical shores and 2 inch diameter cylindrr(with special oversleeves as designated by Footnote #2) spaced 5.5 feet o.c. horizontally and 4 fat o.c. vertically. Plywood (per Footnote (g)(7) to the D-1 Table) should be used behind the shores. (See Figures 2' & 3 for typical installations.) . (4) Example 4: A trench is dug in previously disturbed Type B soil, with characteristics of a Type C soil, and will require sheeting.. The trench is IS fat deep, and 12 fat wide 8 foot horizontal spacing between cylinders is desired for working space. From Table D-1.3: Find horizontal wale with a section modulus of 14.0 spaced at 4 feet o.c. vertically and 3 inch diameter cylinder spaced at 9 feet maximum o.c. horizontally, 3 x 12 timber sheeting is required at close spacing vertically. (See Figure 4 for typical installation.) (5) Example 5: A trench is dug in Type C soil, 9 feet deep and 4 feet wide. Horizontal cylinder spacing inexcess of 6 feet is desired for working space. From Table D-1.4: Find horizontal wale with a section modulus of 7.0 and 2 inch diameter cylinders spaced at 6.5 feet o.c. horizontally. Or, find horizontal wale with .a 14.0 section modulus and 3 inch diameter P35 1 I I ' OCCUPATIONALSAFETYANDHEALTH • • 1926SubpartPAppD REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES L I I I 11 r] E. L I I L cylinder spaced at 10 feet o.c. horizontally. Both wales are spaced 4 feet o.c. vertically, 3 x 12 timber sheeting is required at close spacing vertically. (See Figure 4 for typical installation.) (g) Footnotes, and general notes, for Tables D-1.1, D-1.2, D-1.3, and D-1.4. (1) For applications other than those listed in the tables, refer to 1926.652(c)(2) for use of manufacturer's tabulated data. For trench depths in excess of 20 feet, refer to 1926.652(c)(2) and 1926.652(c)(3). (2) 2 inch diameter cylinders, at this width, shall have structural steel tube (3.5 x 3.5 x 0.1875) oversleeves, or structural ovcrsieeves of manufacturer's specification, extending the full, collapsed length. ' (3) Hydraulic cylinders capacities. (i) 2 -inch cylinders shall be a minimum 2 -inch inside diameter with a safe working capacity of not less than 18,000 pounds axial compressive load at maximum extension. Maximum extension is to include full range of cylinder extensions as recommended by product manufacturer. (ii) 3 -inch cylinders shall be a minimum 3 -inch inside diameter with a safe work capacity of not less than 30,000 pounds axial compressive load at maximum extension. Maximum extension is to include full range of cylinder extensions as recommended by product manufacturer. (4) ' All spacing indicated is measured center to center. (5) Vertical shoring rails shall have minimum section modulus of 0.40 inch. (6) When vertical shores an: used, there must be a minimum of three shores.spaced equally, horizontally, in a group. (7) Plywood shall be 1.125 inch thick softwood or 0.75 inch thick, 14 ply, arctic white birch (Finland form). Pleasenote that plywood is not intended as a structural member, but only for prevention of local raveling (sloughing of the trench face) between shores (8) See appendix C for timber specifications. (9) Wales are calculated for simple span conditions. (10) See appendix D, item (d), for basis and limitations of the data. II P-36 1 OCCUPATIONALSAFETYANDHEALTH 1926Subpart? App 1) REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES ALUMINUM HYDRAULIC SHORING •TYPICAL INSTALLATIONS ncautnl nananaA - , VRTOAL42*0tli vaTfCH.ILL cat HrwALxavae xmwuc xAec RRTiy7 (u'ISFIRYµttp) _— IOICOnALWAC71G -- .O.iWa'KiG ' MTICALR MR.OL.T -. CRdCOI ' IC AWC VLlfOUl.)IA7. ' 1l MAL • ' HYpGRICCYL M vuncL ' v coc VRTIC L ' ruAz TYAX uAx nmrclmi uAICH[ .. nCCOH03 AIJWNd1HYTRIR1C9i)AN. - sew ' VaTICAL urmm w9a mw HMO=Rnwc A (STAID) HORm�rru ' 4ACN• �� H.N6Q7fN.AACQIC WAL /- � HItLLliC / CYL`LEf I TICLL • P.CW� VTR1iLL.3A1L • "UTICAL' i QAC 7 • hYCRAWC ' • CYI ,GSA I %j rwc /" /if M1C P•37 ' • OCCUPATIONAL SAFETYAND HEALTH . - 1926 Subpart P App D REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES 1 ' TABLED -1.1 • ALUMINUM HYDRAULIC SHORING VERTICAL SHORES FOR SOIL TYPE A HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS DEPTH MAXIMUM MAXIMUM WIDTH OF TRENCH (FEET) OF HORIZONTAL VERTICAL TRENCH SPACING SPACING _ UP TO B OVER 8 UP OVER I2 UP TO12 TO15 ________(FEET) (T) (FEET? OVER 5 8 ' UP TO 10 OVER 10 8 4 2INCH 2INCH 3INCH UP 15 TO DIAMETER DN� �ER DIAMETER ' OVER ' 15 7 UP TO 20 ' OVER 20 NOTE (1) Footnotes to tables, anigznerB1 notes on Ea c shoring. are found in Appendix D, Item (g) Note (1): See Appendix D, Item (g)(1) ' Note (2): See Appendix D, Item (g)(2) ' P-38 F OCCUPATIONALSAFETYAND HEALTH 1926 SubpartP App D r,i - - REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES TABLED -1.2 ALUMWUM HYDRAULIC SHORING VERTICAL SHORES FOR SOIL TYPE B HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS DEPTH MAXIMUM MAXIMUM WIDTH OF TRENCH (FEET) OF HORIZONTAL VERTICAL TRENCH SPACING SPACING UP TO 8 . OVER 8 UP OVER 12 UP 10 12 10 15 ., (FEEfl ADD OVER UP TO 8 OVER 10 ti.S 4 2INCH 2INCH 3INCH t` UP TO DIAMETER DIAMETER DIAMETER 1S NOTE(2) OVER 1S 5.5 UP TO 20 OVER 20 NOTE (1) Footnotes to tables, and_generalnotes.onhydcaulicshoSngrare_foundinAppendix D, Itan (� Note (1): See Appendix D, Item (g)(1) Note (2): See Appendix D, Item (g)(2) P-39 I. I I 1 1 1 I OCCUPATIONALSAFETYANDHEALTK I926SubpartPAppD . ,:..; REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES TABLED-i.] ALUMINUM HYDRAULIC SHORING WALER SYSTEMS • FOR SOILTYPEB WALES HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS TIMBER UPRIGHTS DEPTH OF WIDTH OF TRENCH(FEET) MAX. Ha RIX SIACICIG Iar< C=ttt: R) TRENCH Yana SFAacG Irc1D zeenON MaomUS prcUy UP TOO 0VERBUPT012 0VER12UPro1s SOLID S h.i(FEET) 2Fr. 3ir. H0RM SPACU{C aLeeoeR oIAMITLR H0IIIZ SPACRIG aueloeR owuIU&SPACMG H0P.IL ruNNGe oIAMeTZ OVER 3.5 8.0 2111 8.0 u 1H 2 8.0 3IN 5 UP TO .4 7.0 9.0 2 IN 9.0 In' 9.0 3IN - - 3X12 10 14.0 12.0 3IN 12.0 3114 12.0 31N OVER 3.5 6.0 21116.0 BOT �) 6.0 3IN 10 UP TO 15 4 - 3X12 - 7.0 8.0 3IN 8.0 31N 8.0 3IN 14.0 10.0 3IN 10.0 3IN 10.0 3IN OVER 15 UP TO 4 .3.5 5.5 2IN 5.5 N2y 5.5: 3IN 3X12 - 7.0 6.0 3IN 6.0 31146.0 3IN 20 14.0 9.0 3IN 9.0 3114 9.0 3IN OVER 20 NOTE (1) Footnotes to tables, andgen al notes�n hyrlFaxll� shet noar-fa td in Appendix D, Item (g) Notes (1): See Appendix D, Item (g)(1) Notes (2): See Appendix D, Item (g)(2) Consult product manufacturer and/or qualified Engineer for Section Modulus of available w-Ees. a OCCUPATIONALSAFETYANDHEALTH •' • 1926SubpartPAppD •- -- • - RECULATTONS AI'1D PROCEDURES .. TABLED - 1.4 ALUMINUM HYDRAULIC SHORING WALER SYSTEMS .FOR SOIL TYPE C WALES HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS TIMBERUPRIGHTS DEPTH OF TRENCH c (FELT) vERnckL SPACING (DTI sEcnos MODULUS mm (fnn,_)) WIDTH OF TRENCH (FEET) MAXRORI1SPACING (ON CENTIIt) UPTO8 OVMOUPTO13 016TR12UPT015 SOLID $REQ 2Fr. 3Fr. RI NCI. MACWc CYI.WWEF OLAM1TIR NORIL VAGNO CyLWOIR OIA MK NORLL UACNC C LM0l9 OIANITIR OVER UP TO 4 3.5 ` 6.0 2111 6.0. NOW(2) 6.05 3IN 3X12 - - 7.0 6.5 2IN 6.5 x up) 6.5 3W 14.0 10.0 31N 10.0 3IN 10.0 31N 10 OVER 3.5 4.0 21N . • 4.0 15 NUTrp) 4.0 3IN 7.0 5.5 3IN 5.5 31H 5.5 3IN 10 UPTO 4... 3X12 - 15 14.0 8.0 3IN 8.0 31N 8.0 3IN OVER .15 UPTO 4 3.5 3.5 21K 3.5 ROTE(i)3.5 311 __ - 7.0 5.0 '3IN 5.0 3IN 5.0 3IN .3X12 14.0 6.0 31N 6.0 3 lx . 6.0 3 nr 20 OVER20 --NOTE(I)--'- footnotes to tables, and genemi notes on hydiaulc shoring an foetid in Appendix D, Item (g) Notes (1): See Appendix D, Item (g)(I) Notes (2): See AppendixD, Item (g)(2) 'Consult product manufacturer and/or gwlifed engineer for Section Modulus of avaBable wales. r. P-41 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH 1926 Subpart P App E REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES 1926 Subpart P App E - Alternatives to Timber Shoring I Fig:se 1. A.4xvaum Eydnulic Shoring Ri [NtS 0 O O O Figure 2. PneunaEc/hydralic Shoring ti r-42 OCCUPATIONAL -SAFETY AND HEALTH 1926 Subpart EApp E •••.:V" .. -.• RECUI ATIONS AND PROCEDURES Figure 3. Trench Jacks (Screw lacks) Figure 4. Trench Shields P•43 • 1 ' OCCVPATIONALSATETYANDHEALTH 1926SubpartPAppF RECUI.AT1ONS AND PROCEDURLS The following figures are a graphic summary of ' 1926 Subpart P App F - the requirements contained in subpart P for excavations 20 feet or less in depth. Protective systems Selection of Protective Systems for uscin excavations more than 20 feet in depth must be designed by a registered professional engineer in accordance with sec. 1926.652(b) and (c). • I. H. Is the excavation more ' than5 feetin depth? ' Is there potential NO YES Is the excavation for cave-in? entirely in stable rocs? 1 ., NO :m,ad!e cavation maybe YES ' withrtical sides. ' YES Excavationmustbe NO sloped, shored, or shielded. ' Slopinz Shoring or shielding se ecte . se ecte Go to Figure 2 Go to Fig -e 3 ' FIGURE 1- FRE M!NARY DECISIONS 1 ' P -al JVJ1J (LG4M f LUNI. LIL. DV. r-dya 1-Lb4 r-I0b4 by 'Y 17:12 Arkansas State Licensing Law For Contractors Act 150 of 1965 Revise May, 1997 tJ1J (cce'4 r t L.LJPII. 1.11. O1). r-oo..) I -LO. r -ow AS Amen 180 of 1985 495 of 1987 26 of 1989 795 of 1989 856 of 1993 553 of 1995 335 of 1997 378 of 1997 An Act to Rc diify the Provisions of Act 124, Approved Febcwcy 24, 1939, and Act 217, Appmvrd March 2J, -I945, and Act I53, Approved Fcbntazy 23, 1951 and t%&Wving the Paaice of Contracting in the State of Arionsws to Fix Maximum Salaries and Establish Qualifications for Emplryees of the Board and to limit the Number of Emptovca to be employed by the Board. BE IT ENACTED BY THE GENERAL ASSEMBLY OF :• j, 1 THE STATE OF ARKANSAS: CHAPTER 25 1 CONTRACTORS 1. Subchapter I- Geaenl Provisions • §17-25-101 Deftaitiaa (a) As coed in this chapter. tmtess the coast otherwise requires, contractor'' tn"ns am' pan, G.w.. pirtna.thip. wpaaaasbip. associas1on, mrporatiotL or ather atganization. or any co °bonbon thavoE st for a fixed pdeq oomanssia,, (cc, or ttrage, attempts to or submits a bid to 'cOcatr a1, or mntraets or atdettalzs to construct, or assumes dmtge, ut a 4. Jrl1J lGLLu r LUIY I • Lit... bU. r-I-Gb4 r-i0l'14 I' -4r U'7 '77 1Y:1.5 VJ I I G E I L n 11 I H L_ J I C I I H Ji:. .. 1.q_ • -• •. 5, fr • n .-,.L, . ?- , •• IY. IlL .L1 u q _ •• .It . I ____ (b) However, the twenty thousand dollar .($20,000) cxmption shalt not apply to any ptojca of mnstrucion in which any of the constniaion work neossw to complete the projoa, except any inyrogress Change orders, is divided into sepatatc omesas of amawus less than twenty thousand dollars (520,000) pwpose being to dcamn t the provisions of this chapter. (e) it is the intention of this definition to Include all improvetnarts or stnamnes, cx=pting only single family residences. (d) Malaiais pttcttated by a Dome contactor from a. third party shall not tc considered as pan of the suboontraaas projoo, if the prime contractor has the proper dassitotion.. listed an a cement atmraaoes lk4 a forthe :work brint. pafocmcd by the suboontragor. §I7-25102 Exemptions h•"4 j1hip'rtA §17-25.103 Pesaltics - Esforcetnent .. 1 • • 11 .. •.:. •. 1 • i • • • — 1 •_ p • • Jfll :•• 'iii JJu:. • .•• :• 1111 v. • • _ • •• (2) Shall pent or fie the license =EiGeuc of artotttcr, _ (3) Shall give false or forged evidence of any kind to, the board, or any member therm[ in obtainingi oatifoie of lice se; (4) Shalt impersonates aoaha; cc (S) Shall use an mined or revoked t.r,6ate of lioasc I. (b) The doing ofatty actor thing herein ptchitited by soy applicant or lieauet shal4 in the disaetioo .o; ti.c board,' mnAitute sutlidcnt grounds to rcfiae a license -to set applicant.' of to revoke the license of a licensee \ 7GL J (GGL4 ( t -UN I . LIL. MU. � I throe percent (3%) of the total eorluaa Wag pafamed by the cootnaor. (2) The Contractors Licensing Board sha0 have the power to withhold approval, for up to six (6) months, of any. application from anyparser[[ who, priory approval of ttc. application, has beep fotud in violation of this section. (3) All hsittgs and appeals thgt;f>rortt under this sruion shall be pursuant to, the provisions of the Admiaistrative Procedure Act, as amended, §25-1 5-201 et seq. (4) No .prooccdings ender this section may be 00Q7waz°°d 'thc Cauncas iioe?ucrg Board -tier three (3) 5an from the date an Which the act or omission which is the basis for the pr000edmg om rred. (5) Ile 4or+aeots licensing Boaed.shsll have th e power to file suit in the Circuit Cntat of Puladd Canty to btain a jUdwnatt to lac amain[ of any Penalty ttpt paid within thirty (30) days of savior on the contractor of-tAc order assessing the pauI•J, •guess the circuit-ocun at a stay prsuant to the. provisions of the section. F fl! • F.( - 'F. .P,!P .. - fr. .Lt. .--.. a.1!1 • .11.1 I -.. - - ' lit •5 •.S c4 . S • I.7r.I-.. ii - • .• , 41. a ti KS r —ca. 14b4 Y—bb5 PINK b7 ' 7y 1'e: 1-5 1 Fr - . -.I,..r. S • ''4c'..i!!• , .- WI-i, :rny • -,blt •'"�1etit A1ii §17-25-106 Grain Bin Exemptiat . . H The Provisions of this section shall not apply to the (ortshe purpose in bins on a farm which ate to. be used solely. fa the purpose of storing grain. harvested bY,'the owner. or: lessccofthe tazm. Subchapter 2 - Contractors Uceasing Board §17-75-201 Crgtioe - Members (a) That is seated a Contractors ling Board. consisting of sewn (7) members, who shall be appointed by.th c: Governor. (b) Each member shalt be kart t1>aty.5ve (3 ,) gems of - age and must have beat a residatx of the State of Artausas for the previous five (5) ' r'wC':*•, '1r&)IIr [T' T 'S_. I I I H C I I I 1 I LI I I I I I 5k113722247 CONT. LIC. C. 80. r -o7J I -db4 a-uob I'ir'r< i, I I I I I I C I I I I I I I I [1 (c) (1) Manbas shall sons 8voyvr tams. I (2) Tams shall cqirc on Dcoaaber 31 of the fifth yaar. (3) Each member shall hold over after the expiration of his tam until his successor shall be duly appointed and qualified. (4) If a vacancy shall axvt in the board for any a•, • it shall be filled by appointtacm by the Governor. (5) The Governor may remove any member of the board at any time for .dusomduct. in .mpetm y. a neglect of duty. I .1 • •• • • • 11 . I ••y (2) Each mcnber of the board shall receive fifty dollars (550.00) pa Lan in Addition to the pa dicta provided for in subdivision (1) of this subsection §17-25-202 CI.;gaaization and Fcuctions (a) The board shall elect a chairman, vieoduirmatt, and scactary, each to serve in his tap I VC, cap;edty. for one (1) year. Offc— shall be dated by the baud .mtually. M (c) Throe (3) inanbaa of the board shall tortstiace a gttataa dt I §17-25-203 Powers (a) The board shall have pow= to make suds bylaws, rules and regulations for its operation as it st all consider appropdnt4 provided that they are not in conflict with the laws of the State oiAriansas. F.,Wh •P •j. • • -,.• • I - I • II i*hh' t:Lt1ttu.hu1_1 §17-25-205 Dispasitioa of Funds ., bLS)i11 .. . _7_ 5h01372224'l CUNI. LIC. BD. h -H93 T-264 P-007 MAR 09 '99 17:14. (b) The se retary shall keep a register of all applications for liooasc showing for cads; (l) The date of application, tame, qualifiation. place o(business, place ofresidav (3) A complete transcript of the proceedings, including evidence submitted by applicant;,, lioeosca, the board. Or otherwise. at any hearing. (c) The books and register of this board. including transaipu of pro¢edings, shall be prima fade evidence of all maters iccordod therein. A Certified copy of such books or register, including transcripts of pmaodings. under the sal of the board and attatrd by its s=cary, shall be received in evidence in all Courts of the state in licu of the original. eriui •4jh.- ifr 'jiik 4' (i) A rcwrd shall be made and presaved by the board of ash aamination of appIieant or licensee. The 6ndingf of the board the and a tzrtificd ropy of the record shall tc furnished to arty app: ie-,ir or licensee desiring to appeal from the findings of the tout E, as provided In §17-2S-317, upon paymau of the costs of rvnsaibing the r000rd. Subchapter 3- Licensing §17-25301 Significance - Proof c Ic-i, - S ¶-;uI..'.t. SI JnI .. S. P ITS. IS. I. •ilr._:.tr. ! LA I *lPt I I mndominiwn, utility. highway, scorer, gnSung, or m0' other mprovratem or sttuctute. When the Cocr of the work to be done by the connaaor, but not limited to labor and mataial,, is twcoq thousand dollars (no ono) or more, soy pesos, firm; a corporation, before being entitled tothe Issuance of hatch permits, furnish saris6ctay proof so the inspector or atnhorgp that he is duly lionised tat the terms of this chapter• (2) It shall be hmlawful for the building ros=e or ether authority to issue a allow the issuance of a,building permit unless and until the applianz has fianished cviderhcc that he is either exempt from the provisions of this dhaptar err is duly Iitrnud hider this chapter to tarty out or sopairrtend the work for which the permit has been applied. §17-25-302 Limitations The board shall have power to -limit the license to the daraacr of work for which the applicant is qualified. .. t „ v • 1 • 1 r • fr:- 1 __ 1 • v.l • , S. • C S 1S - liii. Si Si ill Y_ (2) The thirty (30) day requirement may be waived by the Contractors Liccnsing Board provided -the coogacra has on Etc with the CCnttacotr Licensing Board .a completed original application and proof of suaoc-illy to pleting any esounitation required - tP. §1725304 financial Statement pi t .Ir•EIr% .S.: 55 13- -9- I LJ I Li I I I rI I I CII C I I I I [1 C I I I I I I I Ii I JWj.j fL44Yr {_UIY1. Li'. Old. T &r,r.flwn,_ IT-,. F. r . 1L' .. .uiil. ,ji pm'.i i'1J4 ___ -. • 14s;IP .c. Ii .. §17-25-305 Applicant Qaalifiatians (a) The board, in determining the qualifations of any applicant for original fosse or any ratcw,t liana\ shall, among other things, consider the following: (1) Elm . (2) Ability, (3) Charaacr, (4) The manner of pafomuna of previow contracts; (5) Frnandal aanditioq (6) Equlp tag (7) Any Wicr f= tending to Aw ability and willingtess to ansavo the public health and safay; d (S) Detiutit in emptying with die provisions of this dtapta' or arty other law of the state' . (b) The board may dcvelop reciprocal ageements with Other stAcs with similar licensing raponsrbilitia. §17-25-306 Eraminatioos - Certification (a) If ar application compliers with the boards rules and regulatans• that the applicant shall be eraitcd to an aaminadon to determine the appliants qualifiatiarts. p. §17-25-307 Expiration • _ 1 r: w • • M. r.. T•a. -10- r JJ- 1 LL,, 1 VOJ 4 If9\ YJ JJ 11 • lJ §1725.308 Grounds for Revorstinn - n1 • • l.'.i.. • ,. • . . •.,it, §17-75309 Procedure for Rcvocatioa - Rcissuance (c) A time and plan for the hcaring shat l 6e. fined by the board and held in the 6ty of little Rork. - rr rra-• - -tn- • ci'f J #r I'. 1..1,. • I 7 ,L -- h.-. M,-. ¼ L:i •!11!U ! N1 . I - - . •L� . . r o' .. . . .... ... 1J4!I! ,_ - '4A• I!:.t I. •. .ts - - ., in'. p• • ii. .1 j. SI! 0 -II- QulJ reeG"f LUNI. LUL. di). State of im 6nd'utgs in the case of a revomrion oft liamse, or of a rc ssuance oft revolted lier'ar §17--25310 Replaccmeat Ct §17-25.311 Corpontloas and partnetahips . Unlawful Acts (b) It stall be urdawfd ends violation of this chapter for any two (2) or mare cmtraaors. whet.,. doing business as individaals, partaaslups, atrporaloas, or ntha to joinUy submit a bid a aaa into a motes,. fur cwtstruaion as a joint vattmc unless all parties to the joint vatturn arc lionised pursuant to this t3tapcer (c) Anyaanbinarioa of tonnactas cdt thana joint vmtwe shat( obtain a Ucenso t the mmbina m prior to submitting a bid. §17-25-312 Review Any Pany 4014L%A by, any decision of this bond shall have the r(Ju to seek review tltaeof pttrstattt to the provisions of the Administrate Ptoadutc Act. as avnatdcd. §2,5 -I$ -20t ctsoq. §17-25313 License Requirements to AecompinY Iavitatiaa to Bid , r' 1g1111�.1 .. -- I - 1.0,_pc i. _______ - Jth-!fr - §17-25-314 [Rcpealedl -12- r-U J I -4b4 a-tob7 IIHK I0 '99 1V:16 I- .. . -..t. u'_I •.,I.pj.j_. .n ff I ILi &4P:II 4 I p. . I I L_ b101Stdd44'( CUN1: LIL. bU. h-byj 1-4b4 e -t711 n-* b7 'yy 1/:16 ARKANSAS STATE CONTRACTORS BOND LAW ACT 162 OF 1987 As Amended by: Act 487 of 1989 Act 783 of 1991 Act 37 of 1992 1 ' U._1 1C0'4 r-YJiYJ D15TRIBLT'ED BY: Contractors Licensing Board 621 Eat capita[ Aveaae Uftk Rack, AR 72202 (501) 37241 ' OYJID reeGve LUNI. Lll-. CL. r-Q=Q I-Gb4 r-b1L Subchapter 4 - Contractors Bond ' §17-25-401 Definitions, I I ri I I • (a) (1) 'Contractoe shall include all. I'' • original, prime and general contractors andr: all subcontractors. It is defined to be any person, firm, joint venture, partnership, Copaxtnership, association, corporation, or other organization engaged in the business of the construction, alteration, dismantling, demolition, or repairing of roads, bridges, viaducts, sewers, water and gas:. mains, streets, disposal plants, water filters; tanks, towers, airports, buildings, dams, levees, canals, railways and rail ficilitics, oil and gas wells, water wells, pipelines, refineries, industrial or processing plants, chemical..., plants, power plants, electric, telephone, or`' any other type . of energy or message transmission lines or equipment, or any other kind of improvement or structure. (2) The term 'contractor' stall include any contractor who is required to' obtain a contractor's license under the state licensu,g law of this State, §17-25-101 et seq. ' (b) However, when a person or entity acts as a contractor in the conshuction,; ' erection, alteration, or repair of his own or 'I` its own property or of a single=fmilq . . ' residence or if the cost of the workto be done, including, but not limited.to, labor and materials, is less than twenty thousand dollars ($20,000), the person or entity shall not be deemed a contractor tinder this chapter- - [I I u -z- I •bI01S(LGG4'/ LUNI. Lit.. bL. r-oj I -b4 r -F913 1'-K b7 } §1725-402 ✓✓ Expenses - Deposition of Funds • I :•U:.• Y 1• .• • 1" ••. I• 1 • /1 1 �• i• 1 • 1 _ • 1 1 � 1• IN • • •:.1 • 1. ••: 1 1 I : .- • -11 III H 11• •' Il• 1 • 1 i.4u lul.• Ic • I • 111 O I• V\11 • ••♦ 1 • L' •I • • ••-11 Security 1 .• • • I. u compensation CO •, II \ • • • 1 MI \ • 1.. * . •. . :11 1 I .1 1 • • L • .1/I • :11 • w1 .1 • •• • • • 1 • 1 1 , \ I4 1 1 • • V w• • YrI1 Y1 •� \ • I • 1 • • Y • L. X1 •1 i • . • • • - .. • • 1 w% a 1.r • 1 • I Y• \ §17-25-403 Liability of Customer I 1' FI •' •• 11 . V • Y. I :• •.• 1 III 1 • • • • • • 1 1 • l e •L V • • 11 _1 • 1 . 11 L 1 •'11• •..1• .1 _1 •1.1 be Y• 1 • V 1 1 /.' • • v • I Y1 11 1.1 • 1 wt1 Z. : r/ • 1 1 / w • • YY • 1 de Irl II V • 11.' -•e1 11 it L• • 1,' •• 1 • V • Y. • 1 1111 11\ • 1: 1 prior1• 11. •. ILF• • 1 • • : V 1 Bond filing, II • • • 11 .1.:r rut' • • 1.. ...1• • e . 11 . 1 w 1 tie 11 1.' 1. 1 \ • 1 . 1 ' 1 1.' • 1 • V • •-1 1 i • • 1 •L•• i••YI 11e ••L• • •1 : 11 1,• ze 1 • • •' 11 •w 1/ I K 1 ••11 •' ••IJ 1 1 •- ••L•1 •1 !tL 1 ' �•• 11 juj&tu • L' • 1 1 .• • 1" •••.1 1c • 1 : I -I - 111 1 • 1.1 `!1.• . • to 1. - • • Conditioned • • 1 contractor ••1• I• u. L • • I Y• 111 1.• • • .. .. :1 ..• I I • .. • 1 I L5 1 • • wl • • I 1. I.- • - .Y. 1- Employment •V 1 1 • V 1 111• rlw!It \ 1 • •'I • IK •' -3- I] I I I C I I I I 11 LII C I I I L I I L I I I I I I •�I71S(d2d47 CONT. LIC. BD. -b'S3 T-264 P-1714 t'IWt 09 99 1?:1? §17-25-405 (Repealed) §17-25-406 Notice of Bond Cancellation rt • P. • • I : V • .•. 1 It • • • • It I • • • • • : • • • ► 1 :1 • 1 • t•• V t 1 ••• I: t 1 , •. ••• • • II.,•' • • II II • • I I •• • 11 I I •I and U. 1 •U•YIV 1 • t1 \ • 1 • I I • • ; t • I I. •- I. w-•• • 1 • K 1 • I w515.4(1. • w L • U. . I 1 • •• •• .1 1 • •. 1 • • iM • • • : • • a.. ♦ 11 11 • • . U•1 .. • 1 • • • • • • G - • • • • • r §17-25-407 (Repealed) §17-25-408 Failure to Comply Penalties - Enforcement 1 - Y.that• I • Y \C 1 • • HI• j:11t/J i• 1 .• • 1 1.• i I• • Y' 1• •. Y 1. 1 •• 1 V II 1• . I: • a •' • I11hVSJiUIIJIIJ• -4- • . • I I • • to 1. • • • : • and �l • I V • • dee=d : • • • • • 1 . • • r \ • \ I. i • • 1• .. • • I. • • . •• I•• 111• •. 11 11 I.t • ii• • • i •J•1 I contract ' • 5 -• . i•• • •J• • y • I of I t11 : • • ..• •" t ••I • • ,• 1. •• . • 1 • i • • t • v • -" • • '• t • • • • I . • 112 •••: • i1 • • •ir •I • ••- •• • • ••111• 11. • • • it • •' . t • • h 1en.I II• ••I.1• • I 1 L' . . .. . . . •.r •: • v . 1.I • • • • 1 • ••- \ i• to I • 1 • • • • I . r t I t • : • • • • • •.' • • I •• •.• filing G• I ss • contained •' a •. • the .•• • • the •••.V• i1• p:•. . ••. • S. I. I. I• - • u1 • • II w1 r n. •• •�.•i •I • I I,• I• 11 • pip 1 :• v -5- I 5013722247 CONT. LIC. BD. 17?S-409 Proocediangs uponVhohatiou 1 • (a) any.. violatign of this subchapkri then board shat?have the•power to tssae >;xtbpoaas "and bring be m1. the board •as a witness any person 1St State' 'azd may acquire• the witness to :bring: with hum any book, writing, or otherthirig• under his control wbich he is bound by law to produce in evidence: • . •.:L•111. u.L . .V ..1 II. •- • IIII•.11•:• 1 1 • III . • •' I bl • .: • :1.. •1 1 1 11 L 111• :.V • .•.I��L • I .1 1 ' I 1 I .1 • II I .1I1• • ♦r . •• •�1 • p.. • I •• u'• .1 •1 i II,. 111..• I. NI I Si .Il1I II .: • • ,i•l: 1.• 41 I V • II P. •1 1• • • I. • I Y I. 1 I •1. .I • 1 • 1._cI I • I • II IIV •• I I •:1. V•II .I • . I.• • u • `lr 1 • •• • .I .I •.L • I • 1111 1 • •I •11 • Jil I :11 .a.' 1 Imo: IIJ :•• :•••...: I.�1••II UI� 1 .V•1• ,.•I • I1 I:1•I I S. III l,I • a. 11. ' • •I 11 I II ' \ \.•1 •I. -1.I i• 1 :• F-UdJJ. T-264 P- 11b MHk b9-'99 17:18 . 1 1 I. �I CUNT. LIC.8D. I --U93 T-264 P-b1b MAR 09 '99 17:18 'LJ • 1 I. I.. I. For Forms & More Information Please Contact CONTRACTORS,` LICENSING BOARD 621 East Capitol Little Rock, Arkansas 72202 (501) 372-4661 0 -c/Pr DOCUMENT 00500 CONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into on the day of 2000, by and between Harrison Davis Construction Co Inc herein called the Contractor, and the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, hereinafter called the Owner: WITNESSETH: That the Contractor, for the consideration hereinafter fully set out, hereby agrees with the Owner as follows: That the Contractor shall furnish all the materials, and perform all of the work in manner and form as provided by the following enumerated Drawings, Specifications, and Documents, which are attached hereto and made a part hereof, as if fully contained herein and are entitled 8 Bay "T" Hangars "F" & "G" for Drake Field, dated March 2000. Advertisement for Bids Instructions to Bidders Bid and acceptance thereof Performance Bond SHEET INDEX Sheet 1 Payment Bond General Conditions Supplemental Conditions Specifications Drawings (See Sheet Index below) Cover Site Plan Description 3 Floor Plan - "T" Hangars "F" and "G" 4 Elevation and cross sections "T" Hangars "F" and "G" 5 Foundation Plan - "T" Hangar "F" 6 Foundation Plan - "T" Hangar "G" E-1 Electrical Plan - 'T' Hangar "G" E-2 Electrical Details That the Owner hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor for the faithful performance of this Agreement, subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Specifications or Bid, in lawful money of the United States, the amount of: Four Hundred Twenty Five Thousand Nine Hundred Seventy Dollars ($ 425.970.00 ). The Work will be substantially completed within 120 days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in Notice to Proceed, and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with the General Conditions within 120 days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run. A notice to proceed, for materials purchasing only, shall be issued by the Owner to the Contractor after execution of the Contract documents. A FY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS 00500- 1 I A separate notice to proceed will be issued by the Owner to the Contractor to begin construction, at which time the merely (120) calendar day construction period shall begin. 4. Liquidated Damages: Owner and Contractor recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) Contractor shall pay Owner Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3 for Substantial Completion, if Contractor shall neglect, refuse, or fail to complete the remaining Work within the time specified in Paragraph 3 above for final payment or any proper extension thereof granted by Owner, Contractor shall pay Owner Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3 for completion and readiness for final payment. 5. That within 30 days of receipt of an approved payment request, the Owner shall make partial payments to the Contractor on the basis of a duly certified and approved estimate of work performed during the preceding calendar month by the Contractor, LESS the retainage provided in the General Conditions, which is to be withheld by the Owner until all work within a particular part has been performed strictly in accordance with this Agreement and until such work has been accepted by the Owner. 6. That upon submission by the Contractor of evidence satisfactory to the Owner that all payrolls, material bills, and other costs incurred by the Contractor in connection with the construction of the work have been paid in full, final payment on account of this Agreement shall be made within 60 days after the completion by the Contractor of all work covered by this Agreement and the acceptance of such work by the Owner. 7. It is further mutually agreed between the parties hereto that if, at any time after the execution of this Agreement and the Surety Bond hereto attached for its faithful performance and payment, the Owner shall deem the Surety or Sureties upon such bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason such bond ceases to be adequate to cover the performance of the work, the Contractor shall, at his expense, within 5 days after the receipt of notice from the Owner, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such form and amount and with such Surety or Sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Owner. In such event, no further payment to the Contractor shall be deemed to be due under this Agreement until such new or additional security for the faithful performance of the work shall be furnished in manner and form satisfactory to the Owner. 8. No additional work or extras shall be done unless the same shall be duly authorized by appropriate action by the Owner in writing. FY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS 00500-2. 0 • IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and date first above written, in three (3) counterparts, each of which shall, without proof or accounting for the other counterpart be deemed an original Contract. SEAL: WITNESSES: LAfl ATTEST: -- �✓/� /ice/_�/ Approved as to form: CONTRACTOR - Title CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS OWNER By Mayor Fred Hanna Attorney for Owner FY002151 DRAKE FIELD `T' HANGARS 00500 - 3 • City of Fayetteville, Arkansas • Budget Adjustment Form Budget Year Department: General Government Date Requested Adjustment# 2000 Division: Airport July 5, 2000 00-060 Program: Airport Capital Project or Item Requested: S193,854 is requested in the T -Hangar Unit Capital Project. Justification of this Increase: The additional funding is to cover the purchase of two eight -bay T -Hangars at the Fayetteville Municipal Airport. The contract was bid for two hangars as a cost savings effort. Account Name Building Costs Project or Item Deleted: $193,854 from the New Industrial Hangar Capital Project. Justification of this Decrease: With the construction of two eight -bay T -Hangars, the construction of an Industrial Hangar will not be needed at the present time. Increase Expense (Decrease Revenue) Amount Account Number Project Number 193,854 5550 3960 5804 00 98056 1 Decrease Expense (Increase Revenue) Account Name Amount Account Number Project Number Building Costs 193,854 5550 3960 5804 00 99040 1 Approval Signatures Requested By Date d 4-S 1.yt�o Beget anger Date Date 1k- t'I-D'7) ate ate Budget Office Use Only Type: A B Date of Approval Posted to General Ledger Posted to Project Accounting Entered in Category Log C E Blue Copy: Budget & Research / Yellow Copy: Requester CaDATA�FORMSBA.ADABADJFU0.WK4 FAY ETTESTILLE 'L J AIRPORT DEPARTMENT THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS TO: CITY COUNCIL MEMBERS THRU: FRED HANNA, MAYOR THRU: ALETT LITTLE, ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT DIRECTOROe FROM: DALE FREDERICK, AIRPORT MANAGER DATE: JUNE 20, 2000 SUBJECT: CONTRACT WITH HARRISON DAVIS CONSTRUCTION TO CONSTRUCT TWO EIGHT -BAY T -HANGARS AT FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT/DRAKE FIELD The Economic Development and Airport Departments request approval to award the contract to the Harrison Davis Construction Co., Inc. for the low bid of $425,970.00 to construct two eight -bay T -Hangars at Fayetteville Municipal Airport/Drake Field. The project was bid for two hangars as a cost savings effort. The engineer has recommended a 15% contingency ($63,895.50), making the amount to be approved $489,865.50. The total amount falls under the engineer's estimate of $565,000. Approval of an associated Budget Adjustment in the amount of $193,854 is also requested. The Airport Board recommended approval of this contract at their June 8' meeting. DF/lp Attachment: Five Original Contracts Staff Review Forms Engineer's Recommendation and Bid Tabulation Notice of Selection Budget Adjustment Purchase Requisition Project Manual (Bid Specifications) 4500 SOUTH SCHOOL AVENUE, SUITE F • AIRPORT TERMINAL BUILDING • FAYETTEVILLE, AR 72701 PHONE 501-718-7640 Ext. 5 • FAX 501-718-7646 ALEMCCLAND CONfITING I un.vri, 1,•,-,i ENGINEERS, INC. June 8, 2000 Dale Frederick Airport Manager, Drake Field 4500 South School Suite F Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 Re: Bids on 8 Bay "T" Hangars "F" & "G" Dear Mr. Frederick: V.O. Sax 1229 Fayefleville, Arkansas 72702-1229 501-443-2377 FAX 507-443-9241 FY002151 After reviewing the Bids, I recommend that the contract be awarded to the Low Bidder Harrison Davis Construction Co., Inc. for his bid of $425,970.00. Enclosed find a copy of the Certified Bid Tabulation, If you have any questions, please contact me. Sincerely, McCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. Arnold D. Rankins, P.E., R.L.S. Project Manager J:\2000\002 I 56\hanger @6/19/2@e0 21:18 5014439241 MCCLELLANU ENGINEERS PAGE 02 NOTICE OF SELECTION TO: Harrison Davis Construction Co., Inc. PROJECT DESCRIPTION: 8 Bay 'T' Hangars "F" & "G" for Drake Field RECEIVED JUN 2 0 2000 AIRPORT The OWNER has considered the BID submitted by you for the above described WORK in response to its Advertisement for Bids dated May 31, 2000 and Instructions to Bidders. You am hereby notified that your BID of $ 425.970.00 has been selected for consideration by the Fayetteville City Council. You are required by the Instructions to Bidders to execute the Contract and furnish the required CONTRACTOR'S Performance BOND, Payment BOND, and certificates of insurance within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date of this Notice to you. Furnish six original copies of each document leaving the Contract and Bonds undated. If you fail to execute said Contract and to furnish said BONDS and certificates within fifteen (15) days from the date of this Notice, said OWNER will be entitled to consider all this rights arising of your BID BOND. The OWNER will be entitled to such other rights as may be granted by law. You are required to return an acknowledged copy of this NOTICE OF SELECTION to the OWNER. by Dated this 20th day of June, 2000. McCLELLAND CO SULTI)VG ENGINC, Arnold D. Rankins Title Project Engineer ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE Receipt of the above NOTICE OF SELECTION is hereby acknowledged this the day of Title FY002 131 DRAKE FIELD 'T' HANGARS 2000. Notice of Selection - I STAFF REVIEW FORM X AGENDA REQUEST X CONTRACT REVIEW GRANT REVIEW For the Fayetteville City Council meeting of July 5, 2000 FROM: Dale Frederick Airport Name Division Award Contract to Harrison Davis Const. to construct two T -Hangars General Gvmt. Department ACTION REQUIRED: Request the award of a contract to Harrison Davis Construction Co., Inc. for the low bid of $425,970 to construct two eight -bay T -Hangars at Fayetteville Municipal Airport/Drake Field. Contract was bid for two hangars as a cost savings effort. Engineer has recommended a 15% contingency ($63,895.50), making the requested amount to be approved $489,865.50. Total amount falls under the engineer's estimate of $565.000. Approval is requested for an associated Budget Adjustment in the amount of $193,854. Attached are 5 original contracts, please return 4 signed to Airport. COST TO CITY $489.865.50 Cost of this Request 5550-3960-5804.00 Account Number 98056-1 Project Number BUDGET REVIEW: 409.278 Category/Project Budget $113,266 Funds used to date $296.012 Remaining Balance Budgeted Item REVIEW: GRANTING AGENCY: g -CO Date dinator Date -Vu (p -o2/ Date Inte 1 Auditor Date 6-al_oo Purchasing Officer Date T-Hanear Unit Category/Project Name Airport Improvements Program Name Airnort Fund Budget Adjustment STAFF RECOMMENDATION:The Airport Bd. recommended approval of this contract at their June 8'" meeting. Division Head ( —20—oo Date Cross Reference New Item: Yes Prev. Ord/Res#: Orig Cont. Date: Contract #: No STAFF REVIEW FORM Page 2 Description: Meeting Date: July 5, 2000 Approval of low bid contract with Harrison Davis Construction to construct two eight -bay T -Hangars at Fayetteville Municipal Airport/Drake Field, and approval of associated Budget Adjustment. Comments: Budget Coordinator Accounting Manager ity Attorney /v Purchasing Officer ADA Coordinator Internal Auditor Reference Comments: Reference Comments: Reference Comments: Reference Comments: Reference Comments: Reference Comments: FAYETTEVLLE THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS DEPARTMENTAL CORRESPONDEN To: Alett Little, Economic Development Director From: Heather Woodruff, City Clerk Date: July 12, 2000 Attached is a copy of Resolution 92-00 and the signed contract to Harrison Davis Construction Company and the approval of a budget adjustment to construct two eight -bay T -Hangars at the Fayetteville Municipal Airport/Drake Field. The originals will be microfilmed and filed with the City Clerk. Your Purchase Requisition has been forwarded to Nancy Smith for a contract number. The Budget Adjustment has been forwarded to Steve Davis. cc: Steve Davis, Budget & Research Nancy Smith, Internal Auditor Marilyn Cramer, Accounting • CHANGE ORDER NO. 1 November 13, 2000 8 Bay "T" Hangars, Hangars "F" & "G" Drake Field — Fayetteville, Arkansas Project No. FY002151 Change: A) Install Backflow preventer, Pressure Regulator, Valve and Frostprool Hydrant. Increase 1,209.00 Original Previous Changes Net Change Revised Contract Price $425,970.00 $0.00 $1,209.00 $427,179.00 Final Completion 1/3/01 0 1/3/2001 Note: Effective on Date Approved by Owner. Recommended B4&r MCE, Inc. Engineer Date: J:\2000\002151\CHANGE ORDER #1.WPO Accepted Harrison Davis Construction Co., Inc. Contractor Date: - a� Approved By: City of FyettevilIe Owner Date: �d FAYETTEVILLE THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS DEPARTMENTAL CORRESPONDENCE TO: FRED HANNA, MAYOR FROM: ALETT LITTLE, ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT DIRECTOR v' DATE: NOVEMBER 21, 2000 SUBJECT: CHANGE ORDER WITH HARRISON DAVIS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF AN 8 -BAY T -HANGAR The Airport staff requests the Mayor's signature approving Change Order #1 in the amount of $1,209.00 with Harrison Davis Construction Company for the construction of an 8 -bay T -hangar. This Change Order resulted from an increase in the scope of work on the project to modify the water line. These changes are required to connect water service and are designed to recommendations of the Water Department. A project contingency will provide adequate funding for this Change Order. I November 6, 2000 , LJLL nwnro6Ca crvIccoHcTeucnoll co m. License No. 0016150201 Licensed General Contractor Mr. Arnold Rankin McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. 1810 North College Ave. Fayetteville, AR. 72701 RE: Request for Pricing Change — Rework Water Line 8 Bay "T" Hangars "F" & "G" Drake Field, Municipal Airport, Fayetteville, At MCE No. FY002151 Dear Mr.Rankins: Harrison Davis Construction Company; Inc. is pleased to submit this request for extra pricing for your review and consideration. The following is a description of the work to be performed, as we understand it. Scope of Work 1. Install One (1) - 1" valve after meter loop with cast iron valve access. 2. Install One (1) -'/4" pressure reducing valve, One (1) - 47 dual check backtlow preventer, and One (1) — 2' buried hydrant outside of new valve box. 3. Excludes any additional permits or other special requirements not stated. All of the above including materials, labor, equipment, layout, supervision, applicable taxes, insurance and bond premiums for the total lump sum amount of One Thousand Two Hundred Nine ($1,209.00) Dollars. We appreciate the opportunity to present you this proposal and look forward to hearing from you further. Please review and respond as soon as possible. !v Sincerely, dunmy C Estimator / Project Manager 1931-A Deane Street, Fayetteville, AR 72703 • (501) 443-0996, (501) 5244883, FAX: 443.0136 Z0'd 9£t0£trbtOS SSN0J SrA'aeitb Wd L' _0 NOW 00-90—A N pdd oi g 92-00 MICR4FIIr ED to-�j- 'LQR trG et _ AGENDA REQUEST X CONTRACT REVIEW GRANT REVIEW For the Fayetteville City Council meeting of FROM: Alett Little Name STAFF REVIEW FORM €ic k* 5* l or Harrison Davis Construction Co. ( 1 Z� Airport Division Economic Development Department ACTION REQUIRED: Request the Mayor's signature approving Change Order #1 in the amount of $1,209.00 with Harrison Davis Construction for the construction of an 8 -bay T -hangar. This Change Order resulted from an increase in the scope of work on the project to rework the water line. These changes are required to connect water service and are designed to recommendations of the Water Department. A project contingency will provide adequate funding for this Change Order. COST TO CITY: $1,209.00 Cost of this request 5550 3960-5804.00 Account Number 98056 Project Number • CONTRACT/GRANT/LEASE REVIEW: Mit Z41lJc4,4%b)/-as O0 Acco g n er Date l-zz v C%ty AttornDate V ii as Purchasing Officer Date 603.132.00 Category/Project Budget $ 543,335.00 Funds used to date $ 59,797.00 Project Name X Budgeted Item Administrative Services Dir. Date 8 Bay T-hanears F & G Category/Project Name Fixed Assets Program Name Airport Fund Budget Adjustment Attached <�GRANTING AGENCY: Ct uu r X n-tx& (!lu/6t� Internal Audit Date ADA Coordinator Date Grants Coordinator Date STAFF RECOMMENDATION: Staff recommends approval. Dat Cross Reference j� Dat New Item: Yes Prev. Ord/Res#: 92-00_ Djtq fy Orig Cont. Date: 7-5-00 / Orig Cont #: 765 Date No S STAFF REVIEW FORM Page 2 Description: Meeting Date: N/A Change Order #1 with Harrison Davis Construction Company for the construction of a T -hangar Comments: Budget Manager Accounting Manager City Attorney Purchasing Officer Internal Auditor ADA Coordinator Grants Coordinator Reference Comments: Reference Comments: Reference Comments: Reference Comments: Reference Comments Reference Comments: Reference Comments: FAYETTEVfLLE THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS DEPARTMENTAL CORRESPONDENCE To: Alett Little, Economic Development From: Heather Woodruff, City Clerk Date: December 6, 2000 Attached is a copy of the completed staff review form and signed change order no. 1 for the contract with Harrison Davis Construction for the eight -bay T -hangar. I am returning two originals for you to distribute. The original will be microfilmed and filed with the City Clerk. cc: Nancy Smith, Internal Audit a L RESOLUTION NO. 92-00 A RESOLUTION AWARDING AN ENGINEERING CONTRACT IN THE AMOUNT OF $425,970, PLUS A 15% CONTINGENCY AMOUNT OF $63,895.50, TO HARRISON DAVIS CONSTRUCTION COMPANY TO CONSTRUCT TWO EIGHT - BAY T -HANGARS AT THE FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT/DRAKE FIELD; AND AUTHORIZING THE MAYOR AND CITY CLERK TO EXECUTE SAID CONTRACT; AND APPROVAL OF A BUDGET ADJUSTMENT IN THE AMOUNT OF $193,854. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: section 1. That the City Council hereby awards an engineering contract in the amount of $425,970, plus a 15% contingency amount of $63,895.50, to Harrison Davis Construction Company to construct two eight -bay T -hangars at the Fayetteville Municipal Airport/Drake Field and authorizes the Mayor and City Clerk to execute said contract. A copy of the bid tabulation and contract are attached hereto marked Exhibit "A" and made a part hereof. Section 2. The City Council hereby approves a budget adjustment in the amount of $193,854 increasing Building Costs, Acct. No. 5550 3960 5804 00, Project No. 98056 1 by decreasing Building Costs, Acct. No. 5550 3960 5804 00, Project No. 99040 1. A copy of the budget adjustment is marked Exhibit "B" attached hereto and made a part hereof. • PASSED AND APPROVED this 5th day of July • 2000. ✓,' APPROVED: r , I By: �s F d Hanna, Mayor